Intermec Technologies 2126 PCMCIA Wireless Network Interface User Manual ttlepage

Intermec Technologies Corporation PCMCIA Wireless Network Interface ttlepage

Contents

APPENDIX M

578-100-019 Revision B Page 1 of 4Compliance Statement InsertDevice Name: Wireless LAN Access Point Model Number: 6710The responsible party for the compliance of this device is: Intermec Technologies Corporation550 Second Street SECedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 USA(319) 369-3100CAUTION: See users guide instructions for handling, charging, and replacing batteries. Failure to follow those instructions can result inpersonal injury, fire, or battery explosion.This product conforms to the following approvals. The user(s) of this product are cautioned to use accessories and peripherals approved byNorand Corporation. The use of accessories other than those recommended or changes to this product that are not approved by NorandCorporation may void the compliance of this product and may result in the loss of the users authority to operate the equipment.FCC Digital Emissions ComplianceThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits aredesigned to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radiofrequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there isno guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception,which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:• • Reorient or relocate the radio of television receiving antenna.• • Increase the separation between the computer equipment and receiver.• • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the radio or television receiver is connected.• • Consult the dealer or an experienced radio television technician for help.Canadian Digital Apparatus ComplianceThis Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.Cet appareil numérique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Règlement sur le matériel brouilleur du Canada.FCC Spread Spectrum Transmitter ComplianceThis device is also certified to operate under Part 15, Subpart C, Section 15.247 of the FCC rules for Intentional Radiation Products. This certificationincludes Docket 87-389 covering rules effective June 1994. It may not cause interference to authorized radio communication devices, and must accept anyinterference caused by those devices.Canadian RSS-210 Spread Spectrum Transmitter ComplianceOperation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesired operation of the device.Canadian 2.4 GHz Spread Spectrum Radio CertificationThis device requires a radio license, unless it is installed totally inside a building. (User’s must obtain this license.)Une license radio est requise oour ces dispositifs, sauf ouor ceux installés tout á fait á l’intérieur d’un bâtiment. (Il faut que l’utilisateur obtienne cettelicense.)Antenna RequirementsFCC rules section 15.203 and Canada RSS-210 require that this device be operated using an antenna furnished by Norand Corporation. The antennacoupling on this product has been designed to accept only antennas manufactured Norand. Use of an antenna other than that furnished with the equipment isprohibited by FCC and Industry Canada rules.European NoticeThe 902-928 MHz Spread Spectrum Transmission (SST) radio referred to within the manual is not available for sale in Europe (including, but not limited to,Great Britain, Italy, Germany, France, Spain, Norway, Denmark, Sweden, Finland, Portugal, and the Benelux countries). Any references in the manual to 902-928 MHz SST, or modules containing 902-928 MHz SST radios, should be disregarded by the users of this product in Europe.
578-100-019 Revision B Page 2 of 4DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY(According to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014)PAGE ONE OF TWOTHE PRODUCT HEREWITH COMPLIES WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF :THE LOW-VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 72/32/EEC.THE EMC DIRECTIVE 89/336/EEC.Manufacturer’s Name: European Representative:Intermec Technologies Corporation Intermec International Incorporated550 2nd Street SE Sovereign House, Vastern RoadCedar Rapids, Iowa 52401 Reading, BerkshireRG1 8BT EnglandDeclares that the product listed below:Product Type: ITE/Residential, Commercial, and Light IndustrialProduct Name: Wireless LAN Access Point Model Number: 6710Product Options: All Beginning Serial Number: AllDate Issued: May 30, 1996Conforms to the following product specifications:Safety: IEC 950 / EN 60950EMC: EN 55022 : 1995 / CISPR Publications 22 : 1993, Class B Limits and MethodsEN 50082-1 : 1992 Generic Immunity StandardETS 300 339 : Jun. 1993 Draft RES Generic EMC for radio equipmentsIEC 801-2 per Draft prETS 300 339, Clause 9.2 + 8 kV Air / + 4 kV ContactIEC 801-3 per Draft prETS 300 339, Clause 9.13 V/M, 80-1000 MHz, 80% @ 400 HzIEC 801-4 per Draft prETS 300 339, Clause 9.3AC Power Leads + 2 kV; Signal and Control Leads + 1.0 kVIEC 801-5 (Draft) Tested per Draft prETS 300 339, Clause 9.8IEC 801-6 Tested per Draft prETS 300-339, Clause 9.4 AC Power Leads and Signal andControl Leads 3 Vrms, 150 kHz - 80 MHz, 80% @ 400 HzDraft prETS 300 339, Clause 9.6, Tested per IEC 1000-4-11 30% (10 ms), 60% (100 ms), and 95% (5000ms) of 220 VAC nominal.prETS 300 683 : EMC Standard for short range devicesIEC1000-4-2 Tested per Draft prETS 300 683, Clause 9.3+ 8 KV Air / + 4 KV ContactENV 50140 Tested per Draft prETS 300 683, Clause 9.23 V/M, 80-1000 MHz, 80% @ 400 HzIEC1000-4-4 Tested per Draft prETS 300 683, Clause 9.4AC Power Leads + 2 kV; Signal And Control Leads + 1.0 kVENV 50142 Tested per Draft prETS 300 683, Clause 9.8ENV 50141 Tested per Draft prETS 300 683, Clause 9.5AC Power Leads and Signal and Control Leads 3 Vrms,150 kHz - 80 MHz, 80% @400 HzIEC 1000-4-11 Tested per Draft prETS 300 683, Clause 9.730% (10ms), 60% (100ms), and 95% (5000ms) of 230 VAC nominal.Type Approval Certification(s): see second page of Declaration of Conformity
578-100-019 Revision B Page 3 of 4DECLARATION OF CONFORMITYPAGE TWO OF TWOI, the undersigned, hereby declare that the equipment specified above conforms the above Directive(s) andStandard(s).Company Official: Arvin Danielson Position: Vice PresidentSignature: Signed Copy on File Date: June 3, 1998European Contact: Scott Mercer, Intermec International Incorporated, Sovereign House, Vasern Road, Reading,Berkshire, RG1 8BT England; Phone INT+44 118 987 9400; Fax INT+44 118 987 9401Product Type: ITE/Residential, Commercial, and Light IndustrialProduct Name: Wireless LAN Access Point Model Number: 6710 Product Option: RM111Type Approval Certifications:BRAZIL: FCC ID: EHARM450P CANADA: 1008 195 234ACHILE: FCC ID: EHARM450P COLOMBIA: FCC ID: EHARM450PCOSTA RICA: FCC ID: EHARM450P DENMARK: 97001DTelestyrelsenFINLAND: Label added in Finland GERMANY: A129416H RM11A132600J QEHONG KONG: FCC ID: EHARM450P ICELAND: Samþykkisnúmer IS-2454-00ITALY: DGPGF/SEGR/2/144/03/336451/AP/0000778 NORWAY: TypegodkjenningsnummerNO97000460-RPERU: FCC ID: EHARM450P SPAIN: E D.G.Tel 07 97 0100SWEDEN: Godkand av Post&Telestyrelsen UNITED ARAB No special markingsUe970071 EMIRATES:UNITED W.T. License Exempt URUGUAY: FCC ID: EHARM450PKINGDOM: ID: 11918 I-ETS 300 220VENEZUELA: FCC ID: EHARM450PProduct Option: RM160Type Approval Certifications:ARGENTINA: FCC ID: EHARM915P AUSTRALIA: FCC ID: EHARM915PBRAZIL: FCC ID: EHARM915P CANADA: 1008 102 269CHILE: FCC ID: EHARM915P COLOMBIA: FCC ID: EHARM915PCOSTA RICA: FCC ID: EHARM915P MEXICO: SCýT: RCPNORM97-319PERU: FCC ID: EHARM915P PHILIPPINES: FCC ID: EHARM915PUNITED STATES: FCC ID: EHARM915P VENEZUELA: FCC ID: EHARM915PProduct Option: RM180Type Approval Certifications:ARGENTINA: FCC ID: EHARM24002PC AUSTRALIA: FCC ID: EHARM24002PCAUSTRIA: CEPT-RLAN A BRAZIL: FCC ID: EHARM24002PCCANADA: 1008 101 760A CHILE: FCC ID: EHARM24002PCCOLOMBIA: FCC ID: EHARM24002PC COSTA RICA: FCC ID: EHARM24002PCDENMARK: CEPT/RLAN/DK/9514 FINLAND: Label added in FinlandTelestyrelsenFRANCE: 96 0145 PP 0 GERMANY: G128682H
578-100-019 Revision B Page 4 of 4GREECE: ÁÑ×ÉÊÁ ÅËÅÃ×ÏÌÅÍÇ ÓÕÓÊÅÕÇ HONG KONG: FCC ID: EHARM24002PC×ÑÇÓÇ:ÌÅÔÁÖÏÑÁÓ ÄÅÄÏÌÅÍÙÍ'Åãêñéóç Êõêëïöñéáò ÕÐÌÅ/ÄÔÅÅ/ÅÊ537ICELAND; CEPT RLAN IS-2433-01 INDIA: FCC ID: EHARM24002PCITALY: CEPT-RLAN I KOREA: Radio Type RegistrationDCSR/2/4/144-03/335321/AT/0000158MEXICO: SCýT: RCPNORM97-308 NETHERLANDS: ministrie van verkeer en waterstaatNL96030574 CEPT-RLAN NLNORWAY: CEPT-RLAN N PERU: FCC ID: EHARM24002PCPOLAND: M£ SINGAPORE: TAC No: PMREQ-WLAN-B-1028-96Œ.H. Nr 042/98SPAIN: CEPT RLAN E 00 96 0431 SWEDEN: Godkaend av Post- och TelestyrelsenUe 960004CEPT-RLAN S Norand Corporation RM180TAIWAN: 85G0069 TURKEY: FCC ID: EHARM24002PCUNITED CEPT-RLAN GB UNITED STATES: FCC ID: EHARM24002PCKINGDOM:VENEZUELA: FCC ID: EHARM24002PCProduct Option: RM188Type Approval Certifications:JAPAN: MKK Approved
6710 Access PointUSER’SGUIDE""""""""""""""""""""""""""""P/N961-047-081RevisionCJuly1998
"NOTICEThispublicationcontainsinformationproprietarytoIntermecTechnologiesCorpo-ration.Itisbeingsuppliedtoyouwiththe express understandingthat theinfor-mationcontainedhereinisforthebenefitofthecontractingpartyonly,andmaynotbecopied,distributed,ordisplayedtothird partieswithout the express writ-tenconsentofIntermecTechnologiesCorporation,andshall bereturnedtoInter-mecTechnologiesCorporation uponwrittenrequest.Ifapurchase,license,ornondisclosureagreementhasbeenexecuted,thetermsofthatagreementshallgovernthisdocument.Thispublicationisfurnishedforinformationonly,andtheinformationinitissubject tochangewithoutnotice.Althougheveryefforthasbeenmadetoprovidecompleteandaccurateinformation,IntermecTechnologiesCorporationassumesnoresponsibilityorliabilityforanyerrorsorinaccuraciesthatmayappearinthisdocument.Wewelcomeyour commentsconcerningthispublication.Althougheveryefforthasbeenmadetokeepitfree oferrors,somemayoccur.Whenreportingaspecificproblem,pleasedescribeitbrieflyandincludethebooktitleand partnumber,aswell astheparagraphorfigurenumberandthepagenumber.Sendyour commentsto:IntermecTechnologiesCorporationPublicationsDepartment550 SecondStreetSECedarRapids,IA52401INTERMEC,NORAND,PEN*KEY,andTRAKKER areregisteredtrademarksandANTARESandJANUSaretrademarksofIntermecTechnologiesCorporation.Ó1996 IntermecTechnologiesCorporation.All rightsreserved.Thispublicationprintedonrecycled paper.AcknowledgmentsPortionsofthisproductcontainsoftwarewhichislicensedfromandiscopyrightedbyEpilogueTechnology Corporation,1988--1995,all rightsreserved.DECnetandVTareregisteredtrademarksofDigitalEquipmentCorporation.EthernetisatrademarkofXeroxCorporation.Hewlett-PackardandHPareregisteredtrademarksandHPOpenViewisatrademarkofHewlett-PackardCompany.MicrosoftisaregisteredtrademarkofMicrosoftCorporation.NetscapeNavigatorisatrademarkofNetscapeCommunicationsCorporation.Novell andNetWare areregisteredtrademarksandIPXandSPXaretrademarksofNovell,Inc.PCATisaregisteredtrademarkofInternationalBusiness MachinesCorporation.PROCOMM andPROCOMM PLUSareregisteredtrademarksofDataStormTechnologies,Inc.ProximandRangeLANaretrademarksofProxim,Inc.
FCC ComputerCompliance"NOTICEThisequipmentmeetsClass BdigitaldevicelimitsperPart15 ofFCC Rules.Theselimitsprotectagainstinterferenceinaresidentialarea.Itemits,uses,andcanradiateradiofrequencyenergy.Ifyoudonotinstall andusethe equipmentaccordingtoitsinstructions,itmayinterferewithradiosignals.However,thereisnoguarantee thatinterferencewill notoccurinaparticularinstallation.Ifthisequipmentdoescauseharmful interferencetoradio ortelevisionreception,whichcanbedeterminedbyturningourequipmentoff andon,theuserisencour-agedtotrytocorrect theinterferencebyone ormore ofthefollowingmeasures:"Reorientor relocatetheradio ortelevisionreceivingantenna."Increasetheseparationbetweenthecomputerequipmentandreceiver."Connect the equipmentintoanoutletonacircuitdifferentfromthat towhichtheradio ortelevisionreceiverisconnected."Consult thedealeroranexperiencedradio ortelevisiontechnicianforhelp.FCC SpreadSpectrumRadioCertification"NOTICEThisdeviceiscertifiedto operateunderPart15,SubpartC,Section15.247 oftheFCC rulesforIntentionalRadiationProducts.ThiscertificationincludesDocket87-389 coveringruleseffectiveJune1994.Itmaynotcauseinterferencetoauthorizedradiocommunicationdevices,andmustacceptanyinterferencecausedbythosedevices.AntennaRequirements"NOTICEFCC rules section15.203 andCanada’sRSS-210 requirethat thisdevicebe oper-atedusinganantennafurnishedbyIntermecTechnologiesCorporation.Thean-tennacouplingonthisproducthasbeendesignedtoacceptonlyantennasmanufacturedbyus.Use ofanantennaotherthanthatfurnishedwiththe equip-mentisprohibitedbyFCC andIndustryCanadarules.CanadianComputerComplianceThisClass Bdigitalapparatusmeetsall requirementsoftheCanadianInterference-CausingEquipmentRegulations.Cetappareil numeriquedelaclasseBrespectetouteslesexigencesduReglementsurlematerialboilleurduCanada.CanadianSpreadSpectrumRadioCertification"NOTICEThisdevicecomplieswithRSS-210 ofIndustryCanada.Operationis subject tothefollowingtwoconditions:(1)thisdevicemaynotcauseinterference,and(2)thisdevicemustacceptanyinterference,includinginterferencethatmaycauseundesiredoperationofthedevice.
Canadian2.4GHzRadio License"NOTICEThisdevicerequiresaradiolicense,unless itisinstalledtotallyinsidea building.(Usersmustobtainthislicense)Unelicenceradio estrequisepour cesdispositifs,saufpour ceuxinstalléstoutàfaitàl’intérieurd’un bâtiment.(Ilfautquel’utilisateurobtiennecettelicence.)TelephoneInstallation Warning NoticesThefollowingnoticesapplyto equipment thatmaybeconnectedtotelephonelinesorsystems.Foryourpersonalsafety,andtoprotect thisequipmentfrompotentialelectricalorphysicaldamage,doNOTconnectequipment totelephonelinesordatacommunicationequipmentunless thefollowingwarningshavebeenread,understood,andcompliedwith."Neverinstall telephonewiringduringalightningstorm."Neverinstall telephonejacksinwetlocationsunless thejackis specifi-callydesignedforwetlocations."Nevertouch uninsulatedtelephonewiresorterminalsunless thetele-phonelinehasbeendisconnectedat thenetworkinterface."Usecautionwheninstallingormodifyingtelephonelines."Avoidusingtelephone(otherthancordless type)duringanelectricalstorm.Theremaybearemoteriskofelectricshockfromlightning."Donotusethetelephonetoreportagasleakinthevicinityoftheleak.Installation du téléphone:avertissementsLesavertissementsquisuivents’appliquentàtoutéquipementquipeutêtrebranchéauxlignesousystèmestéléphoniques.Pourvotresécuritépersonnelle etpourprotégerl’équipementdetoutdommage électrique ouphysiquepotentiel,NEPASbrancherun ordinateurtablette électronique ousespériphériquesauxlignestéléphoniquesouéquipementsavantquelesavertissements suivantsaientétélus,comprisetobservés:"Nejamaisinstallerdecâblagetéléphoniquependantun orage électrique."Nejamaisinstallerdeprisetéléphoniquedansun endroithumideàmoinsquelapriseaitétéspécifiquementconçuepourêtreutilisée danslesendroitshumides."Nejamaistoucherlesfilsdetéléphone oudel’équipement terminalnonisolésàmoinsquelalignetéléphoniquen’aitétédébranchée del’inter-faceréseau."Userdeprudencelorsdel’installationoudelamodificationdelignestéléphoniques."Éviterd’utiliserun téléphone(autrequ’un appareil téléphoniquesansfil)pendantun orage électrique.Ilpourraityavoirun faiblerisqued’é-lectrocutionparlafoudre."Nepasutiliserletéléphoneafindesignalerunefuitedegazàproximitédelafuite.
BCAUTION:Intermec Technologies Corporation suggests you buy cables fromustoconnectwith otherdevices.Ourcables are safe,meetFCC rules,and suitourproducts.Othercables may notbetested.They maycause problemsfromelectrostaticdischargeorinducedenergy.Ourwarranties do notcoverloss, injury,ordamagefromothercables.
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide iCONTENTS""""""""""""""""""""""""""""SECTION1Preface 1-1.............................................Purpose ofThisGuide1-1................................Organization1-1........................................IntendedAudience1-3...................................RelatedPublications1-3.................................Wireless StationUser’sGuides1-3....................SystemManagementPublications1-4.................CustomerSupport1-4...................................SECTION2Features and Functional Overview2-1....................Description2-1.........................................BridgingFunctionality2-2...............................GeneralConcepts2-2................................Access PointBridgingLayer2-4......................NetworkOrganization2-4........................Forwarding2-5..................................PendingMessages2-5............................FloodingConfigurations2-6.......................Proxy ARPServer2-7............................BridgePorts2-7.....................................EthernetPort2-7................................EthernetPortFilters2-8.........................RadioPorts2-9..................................OWL/IP Port2-10.................................
CONTENTS"ii 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideConfigurationandManagement2-11......................Configuration2-11....................................DiagnosticsandConfigurationPort2-11............RemoteAccess 2-12...............................TCP/IP2-12...................................DHCPClient2-12.............................Telnet2-12....................................HTTP 2-13....................................ElectronicSoftwareDistribution2-13...............TFTP ClientandServer2-13...................Scripting2-13.................................NetworkManagement2-14............................SampleConfiguration2-14................................Components2-16.........................................Accessories2-19..........................................PowerCord2-19......................................IndustrialLockingMountingBracket2-19..............SECTION3Installation 3-1..........................................CheckingtheDefaultConfiguration3-1...................PreparingfortheInstallation3-2.........................CollectingtheEquipment3-2............................EthernetLANComponents3-2.......................10BASE2Components3-3........................10BASE-TComponent3-3........................10BASE5Components3-4........................CommunicationEquipment3-5.......................LocalDIAGPortAccess 3-5.......................Telnet3-6.......................................WebBrowser3-6.................................NetworkManagementPlatform3-6...................FindingtheBestLocation3-7............................SiteSurvey3-7......................................GeneralInstallationGuidelines3-7...................MountingtheAccess Point3-8...........................Horizontal(Tabletop)Mount3-8......................VerticalandCeilingMounts3-9.......................
CONTENTS"6710 Access PointUser’sGuide iiiConnectingtoEthernet3-10..............................10BASE2Ethernet3-11...............................EndofSegment3-11..............................Middle ofSegment3-12............................10BASE5Ethernet3-13...............................N-SeriesTransceiver3-13..........................VampireTap3-13.................................10BASE-TEthernet3-16..............................InstallingPC Cards3-17..................................WLIF3-17...........................................900 MHz3-18........................................S-UHF3-19..........................................ApplyingPower3-20.....................................SECTION4Configuration 4-1.......................................CreatingaLocalDIAGPortSession4-2...................AccessingtheConfigurationMenus4-4................AccessingtheROMCommandMonitor4-5.............CreatingaTelnetSession4-6.............................DefaultandSiteSettings4-7.............................TCP/IP4-7..........................................Security4-8.........................................Bridge4-8..........................................ConfiguringtheAccess Point4-12.........................MainMenu 4-12......................................UsingtheViewCommand4-14........................TCP/IPOptions4-16......................................IPAddress 4-16......................................IPSubnetMask4-17..................................IPRouter4-18........................................IP FrameType4-19...................................DHCP4-19...........................................DHCPServerName4-20..............................BootpOperation4-21..............................NetworksWithDHCPandBootpServers4-21.......Handshaking4-21................................InfiniteLeases4-21...............................AutoARPMinutes4-22...............................
CONTENTS"iv6710 Access PointUser’sGuideBridgeOptions4-23......................................Serial Number4-23...................................LanID4-23..........................................[Root]4-24...........................................RootPriority4-24.................................SuperRootCandidates4-24....................SuperRootSelection4-25......................SuperRootRedundancy4-25...................[GlobalRadio]4-25................................SetGlobally4-27..............................Value4-27....................................[GlobalFlooding]4-28.............................Inbound4-28..................................OutboundtoSecondaries4-29..................OutboundtoStations4-30......................FloodingLevelChecklist4-31......................S-UHF FloodingLevel4-36........................FloodRegister4-36................................ARPServer Mode4-36................................[Ports]4-38..........................................Name4-39........................................MAC Address 4-39................................Status4-40.......................................HelloPeriod4-40..................................EthernetOptions4-41....................................OWL FrameType4-41................................CableType4-42......................................[StaticAddresses]4-42................................[NormalRXFilter]4-43...............................[FrameTypes]4-44................................[SubTypes1]4-46.................................User-DefinedSubtypesin[SubTypes1]and[SubTypes2]4-46.........................FilteringExamples4-48...........................Example1 4-49................................Example2 4-50................................
CONTENTS"6710 Access PointUser’sGuide v[AdvancedRXFilter]4-52.............................[Expressions]4-52.................................ExprSeq 4-53..................................Offset4-54....................................Mask4-54....................................Op4-54.......................................ValueId4-55..................................Action4-55...................................[Values]4-56......................................[Bridging]4-57.......................................BridgePriority4-57...............................DesignatedBridgeCandidates4-57.............DesignatedBridgeSelection4-58...............Summary4-58................................Status4-58.......................................FloodRegister4-59................................WLIFOptions4-60.......................................SecurityId4-60......................................NodeType4-61.......................................[MasterParms]4-62..................................ChannelandSubchannel4-62......................NetworkWith15 orFewerAccess Points4-63....NetworkWith16 or MoreAccess Points4-63.....Wireless Hops4-65................................[SlaveParms]4-66....................................MAC Config4-68.....................................[ManualMAC Parms]4-69............................HopPeriod4-70...................................BeaconFrequency4-70............................DeferralSlotandFairness Slot4-70................FragmentSize4-71...............................TransmitMode4-72...............................NormAckRetry4-72..............................FragAckRetry4-73...............................NormQFSKRetry4-73............................FragQFSKRetry4-73.............................900 MHzOptions4-74....................................FileName4-74.......................................Mode--Channel4-74...................................
CONTENTS"vi6710 Access PointUser’sGuideS-UHFOptions4-76......................................FileName4-76.......................................Call Sign4-76........................................Frequency4-77.......................................Master Mode4-77....................................AttachPriority4-78...................................OWL/IPOptions4-79.....................................Overview4-79........................................OWL/IPMenu 4-82...................................Mode4-82........................................[IPAddresses]4-83................................Type4-83.....................................Address 4-84..................................[TXFilter]4-84...................................SecurityOptions4-86.....................................Password4-86....................................ServicePassword4-86.............................AdvancedPassword4-87...........................CombiningRadioOptions4-87............................SameLANID4-87....................................DifferentLANIDs4-88...............................CreatingaWebBrowserSession4-88......................ConfigurationGuidelines4-92.............................PlanningYourInstallation4-92........................UsingtheConfigurationGuide4-92....................SECTION5SoftwareDownload5-1..................................FileSystemStructure5-1................................BootSegments1 and2 5-1...........................DataSegments3 and4 5-1...........................ActiveandInactiveSegments5-2.....................RAMSegment5-3...................................SegmentNames5-3.....................................FileNames5-4..........................................DownloadingPrograms5-4..............................FileMenu Commands5-4................................FbCommand5-5........................................FdCommand5-6........................................FdelCommand5-7......................................
CONTENTS"6710 Access PointUser’sGuide viiFeCommand5-8........................................TFTP Command5-8.....................................TFTP Server5-9.....................................ServerStart5-10..................................ServerStop5-10..................................ServerLog5-10...................................TFTP ClientCommands5-10..........................Get5-11..........................................Put5-12..........................................ScriptCommand5-12.....................................CreatingScriptFiles5-13.............................SampleScriptFile5-14...............................ScriptFileCommandSummary5-15...................TFTP ClientCommandRetry5-16.....................RebootCommand5-16................................SDVarsCommand5-17...................................ServerIpAddress 5-18.................................ScriptFilename5-18..................................StartTime5-18.......................................Status5-19...........................................CheckPoint5-19......................................Terminate5-20.......................................SetActivePointers5-21................................NextPowerUpTime5-21...............................ROMCommandMonitor5-22.............................StartingtheCommandMonitor5-22...................ViewingROMCommands5-23.........................B5-23...............................................FXs5-23............................................FD5-23..............................................FR5-24..............................................NPWD5-24..........................................SRz5-24............................................PWD5-25............................................FD5-25..........................................FE<s|all>5-25...................................FI5-26...........................................FSsn5-26.......................................FBs5-26.........................................FFRf5-26........................................FPCfs5-26......................................
CONTENTS"viii 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideFPD5-26.........................................FPE5-27.........................................FPX5-27.........................................PN5-27.........................................PQ5-27..........................................MIString5-28....................................RMI5-28.........................................X5-28............................................ExitingtheROMCommandMonitor5-29...............SoftwareDownloadExample5-29.........................UpgradingThroughDIAGPort5-29...................StartingtheTFTP Server5-31.........................UpgradingTFTP Clients5-31..........................SECTION6IndicatorLights 6-1.....................................Overview6-1...........................................ETHERNET Lights6-2..................................STATUSLights6-2......................................STATUS6-3.........................................MODE6-4..........................................NETWORKMODELights6-5............................PCMCIALights6-6.....................................Power-UpSequence6-7..................................APPENDIXAAccess PointSpecificationsA-1.........................ProductSpecificationsA-1................................ElectricalSpecificationsA-1..............................EnvironmentalSpecificationsA-2.........................PhysicalCharacteristicsA-2..............................
CONTENTS"6710 Access PointUser’sGuide ixAPPENDIXBWLIFSpecifications and Antennas B-1...................RM180 B-1..............................................RadioOperationB-2.................................PartNumbersB-2...................................AntennaRegulationsB-3.................................WhipAntennaB-3.......................................RemoteAntennaKitsB-3................................MediumGainPatchB-3..............................MediumGainCollinearDipoleB-4....................HighGainCollinearDipoleB-4.......................HighGainYagiB-5..................................AntennaAdapterCableB-5..............................Model2100 AntennasandCablesB-6.....................2.4GHzAntennasB-6................................2.4GHzAntennaCablesandConnectorsB-6...........APPENDIXC900 MHzSpecifications and Antennas C-1................RM160 C-1..............................................RadioOperationC-2.................................PartNumbersC-2...................................AntennaRegulationsC-2.................................WhipAntennaC-2.......................................RemoteAntennaKitsC-3................................APPENDIXDS-UHFSpecifications and Antennas D-1..................RM111 D-1..............................................RadioOperationD-2.................................PartNumbersD-2...................................Wireless HopsD-3...................................AntennaConnectorD-3..................................WhipAntennasD-3......................................SiteLicenseD-4.........................................Technology D-4..........................................TransactionRatesD-4...................................
CONTENTS"x6710 Access PointUser’sGuideInstallationGuidelinesD-5...............................PredictingCoverageD-5..............................InstallingaSingleAccess PointD-6...................InstallingMultipleAccess PointsD-6..................ExtendingCoverageD-6..........................ReusingtheFrequencyD-7........................IncreasingSystemThroughputD-8................Option1D-9.................................Option2D-9.................................FrequencyandSeparationGuidelinesD-10..........APPENDIX EOWL/IP E-1.............................................IntroductionE-1.........................................OWL/IPRestrictionsE-2.................................AddressingLimitationsE-2...........................InstallationLimitationsE-2...........................OWL/IPSafeguardsE-3..................................DefaultSettingsE-3.................................AddressingLimitationsandFloodingRestrictionsE-4...PermanentFiltersE-4................................DefaultFilterSettingsE-6............................SubnetFilteringE-6.................................PasswordSecurityE-7...............................OperationE-7.......................................TunnelOriginationE-9...............................BuildingtheSpanningTree E-9...................EstablishingandMaintainingTunnelsE-10.........RedundancyE-10.................................FrameForwardingE-11...............................OutboundE-11....................................InboundE-11.....................................StationMobilityE-12..................................MobileIPComparisonE-12................................
CONTENTS"6710 Access PointUser’sGuide xiOWL/IPConfigurationExamplesE-13.....................Example1:Class CIPAddressesE-13.................Step1E-15.......................................Step2E-15.......................................Step3E-15.......................................OptionA:UnicastAddressingE-16.............OptionB: DirectedBroadcastE-16..............Step4:SetTXFiltersE-17........................Example2:Class BIPAddress UsingSubnettingE-19. .Step1E-19.......................................Step2E-19.......................................Step3E-21.......................................OptionA:UnicastAddressingE-21.............OptionB: DirectedBroadcastE-21..............OptionC:All SubnetsBroadcastE-22...........Step4E-23.......................................APPENDIXFPortand CablePin-OutsF-1.............................DIAGPortPin-OutsF-1.................................AUIPortPin-OutsF-2...................................DIAGPortCableF-3....................................APPENDIXGMIBG-1................................................ProductContentsG-1....................................AboutThisProductG-1..................................GettingStartedG-2......................................MIB-II InformationG-2..................................6710 Access PointMIBInformationG-3...................Access toManagementInformationG-4...................MIB-II NotesG-6........................................MIBDirectoryG-6.......................................
CONTENTS"xii 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideMIBOutlineG-8........................................ProductOIDsG-8....................................SystemInformationG-9..............................InterfaceInformationG-12.............................SNMPVersion1ConfigurationGroupG-17.............BridgingParametersG-18.............................ControlGroupsG-22..................................MIBDefinitionsG-23.....................................GLOSSARYGlossary-1.....................................INDEX Index-1..........................................FIGURESFigure2-1 6710 Access Points2-1........................Figure2-2 6710 Access PointFunctions2-2..............Figure2-3SampleNetworkConfiguration2-15............Figure2-4Access PointComponents2-16..................Figure2-5PC CardSlots2-17............................Figure3-1T-Connector3-3..............................Figure3-2CableTerminator3-3.........................Figure3-3CableWithRJ45 Plugs3-3....................Figure3-4N-SeriesTransceiver3-4......................Figure3-5VampireTap3-5..............................Figure3-6MountingBracket3-9........................Figure3-7Endof10BASE2Segment3-11.................Figure3-8Middle of10BASE2Segment3-12...............Figure3-9N-SeriesTransceiver3-14......................Figure3-10 VampireTap3-15.............................Figure3-11 10BASE-T3-16...............................Figure3-12 WLIF PC CardAssembly3-17.................Figure3-13 900 MHzPC CardAssembly3-18..............Figure3-14 S-UHF PC CardAssembly3-19................Figure3-15 AC PowerInputConnection3-21..............
CONTENTS"6710 Access PointUser’sGuide xiiiFigure4-1LocalSession4-3.............................Figure4-2TelnetSession4-6............................Figure4-3Access PointsServicingIPWirelessStations4-49.........................................Figure4-4Wireless HoppingThroughWLIFRadios4-65....Figure4-5OWL/IPOverview4-80........................Figure4-6WebBrowserSession4-89......................Figure6-1IndicatorLights6-1..........................FigureB-1AntennaAdapterCableB-5...................FigureD-1ExtendingCoverageD-7......................FigureD-2FrequencyReuseD-8.........................FigureD-3IncreasedSystemThroughputD-10.............FigureE-1SecondaryLANE-8..........................FigureE-2OWL/IP TunnelE-8..........................FigureE-3ExampleClass C ConfigurationE-14............FigureE-4ExampleClass B ConfigurationE-20............TABLESTable4-1ConfigurationGuide4-92......................Table6-1ETHERNETIndicatorLights6-2...............Table6-2Error ModeStatusCodes6-3...................Table6-3MODEIndicatorLight6-5.....................Table6-4NETWORKMODEIndicatorLights6-5.........Table6-5PCMCIAIndicatorLights6-6...................Table6-6DIAGPortBaudRates,ROM Mode6-6..........TableD-1CoveragePredictionD-5......................TableE-1MobileIPComparisonE-13....................TableG-1MIB-II InformationG-3........................TableG-2MIBInformationG-4..........................TableG-3MIBDirectoryG-7.............................TableG-4productsGROUPG-8.........................TableG-5hw GROUPG-9...............................TableG-6fsinfoGROUPG-10.............................
CONTENTS"xiv6710 Access PointUser’sGuideTableG-7segmentGROUPG-10..........................TableG-8dirGROUPG-11...............................TableG-9criticalErrorsGROUPG-11......................TableG-10 nifxGROUPG-12.............................TableG-11 portStateGROUPG-13........................TableG-12 portStatsGROUPG-14........................TableG-13 ptxqGROUPG-15.............................TableG-14 pmsgGROUPG-16............................TableG-15 communityTABLEG-17.......................TableG-16 trapTargetTABLEG-17........................TableG-17 rtGROUPG-18...............................TableG-18 brgGROUPG-19.............................TableG-19 addrGROUPG-20............................TableG-20 brgStateGROUPG-20.........................TableG-21 bridgeStatsGROUPG-22......................TableG-22 powerUpGROUPG-23.........................TableG-23 softwareDownLoadGROUPG-23...............
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 1-1Section 1Preface""""""""""""""""""""""""""""Purpose ofThisGuideThisuser’sguidedescribestheinstallation,setup,andmaintenance ofthe6710 Access Point.Thisguidecoversaccess pointFLASHversion1.27 orgreaterandROMversion1.12 orgreater.NorandCorporationisnowpartofIntermecTechnologiesCorporation.Aspartofour continuingeffortsto offerthebroadestrange ofsystemsolutionsintheindustry,the6710Access Pointandotheropenwireless localareanetwork(LAN)componentshavebeenmergedintotheINTERMECRIntegratedNetworkCommunicationsArchitecture(INCA).Whereappropriate, wehavecontinuedtousetheNorandnameinreferencestothe openwireless LANtomaintaincontinuitywithexistingproductinthefield.OrganizationThisPrefacedescribestheintendedaudienceforthisguide,listsrelated publications,andtellshowtocontact theCustomerResponseCenter. Othersectionsdothefollowing:Section2,“FeaturesandFunctionalOverview”Describestheaccess pointandhowitoperatesonthe openwirelessLAN.Italsodescribesaccess pointcomponents.
SECTION1"Preface1-26710 Access PointUser’sGuideSection3,“Installation”Helpsyouprepareyoursitebeforeyouinstall theaccess point,andshowshowtoconnect theaccesspoint to10BASE-T,10BASE2,and10BASE5Ethernet.Section4,“Configuration”Describeshowtocreateacommunications sessionwiththeaccess point,access FLASHandROM,andsetuptheaccess pointthroughitsconfigurationmenus.Section5,“SoftwareDownload”Describesfilesystem methodologyandthefunctionalcharacteristicsofthesoftwaredownload process.Section6,“IndicatorLights”Describestheaccess point’sindicatorlightsandcontainstroubleshootingtips.Appendixescontainsupplemental information:AppendixAListsmechanical,electrical,andenvironmentalspecificationsfortheaccess point.AppendixBLists specificationsandantennasfortheWLIFradio.AppendixCLists specificationsandantennasforthe900 MHzradio.AppendixDLists specificationsandantennasforthesynthesizedUHFradio.ItalsodiscussesUHFtechnology.AppendixEDescribesOWL/IP(IPtunneling).AppendixFShowsportandcablepin-outs.AppendixG Describesthe6710 ManagementInformationBase(MIB).Theglossaryat the endofthismanual listsnetworkterms.
SECTION1"Preface6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 1-3IntendedAudienceThisuser’sguideisintendedfortheseaudiences:"Networkadministratorwhoisfamiliarwithvarioustypesandconfigurationsofcomputernetworks,howtheywork,andtheterminology usedwhendiscussingthem."Hardwareinstallerwhoisresponsibleforperformingthephysical installationoftheaccess pointandanyrelatedhardwarethat mightberequired.RelatedPublicationsThefollowingpublicationsareavailable.Theyincludeinformationabouthardwareandsoftwareproductsrelatedto orusedwiththeaccess pointandthenetworkonwhichitoperates.Numbersinparenthesesafterthetitleindicatethepublication’spartnumber.ContactyourSalesRepresentativefororderinginformation.Wireless Station User’sGuidesWireless station user’sguidesdescribehowtosetup,operate,andmaintainradioterminalsineachseriesofterminal.Specificmanualsare:PEN*KEYRModel6400 User’sGuide(961-047-093)PEN*KEYModel6500/6550 User’sGuide(961-047-099)RT1100 RadioTerminalUser’sGuide(961-047-069)RT1700 RadioTerminalUser’sGuide(961-047-068)RT5900 RadioTerminalUser’sGuide(961-047-121)
SECTION1"Preface1-46710 Access PointUser’sGuideSystemManagementPublicationsNORAND OpenWireless LANwithHPOpenViewforWindowsUser’sGuide(961-051-009)Thisguidedescribeshowtoinstall andusetheOpenViewforWindowsnetworkmanagementplatformbyHewlett-Packard(HP).OWLViewforHPOpenViewforUNIXUser’sGuide(961-051-011)Thisguidedescribeshowtoinstall andusetheOWLViewforHPOpenViewforUNIXnetworkmanagementplatform.OWLViewforHPOpenViewforWindowsUser’sGuide(961-051-010)Thisguidedescribeshowtoinstall andusetheOWLViewforHPOpenViewforWindowsnetworkmanagementplatform.CustomerSupportThegoalofIntermecTechnologiesCorporationis100percentcustomersatisfaction.Ifyouwouldlikemoreinformationabout theaccess pointorotheropenwirelessLANsystemcomponents,contactusthroughtheCustomerResponseCenter.InNorthAmerica,call:800-221-9236 or319-369-3533
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 2-1Section 2Features and Functional Overview""""""""""""""""""""""""""""This sectiondescribesthe6710 Access Pointandhowitoperatesonthe openwireless LAN.This sectionalsodescribesaccess pointcomponents.DescriptionThe6710 Access Pointprovidestransparent, wirelesscommunicationsbetweenawiredEthernetLANandwireless stations.Figure2-1showscurrentdesigns;informationinthisuser’sguideappliestobothdesigns.Figure 2-16710 Access Points
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview2-26710 Access PointUser’sGuideTheaccess pointfunctionsasa 4-port translatingbridge.Functionalitywithintheaccess pointcanbepartitionedintotwomajorfunctionalblocks:bridgingfunctionalityandmanagementfunctionality.Bridgingfunctionspertaintotheforwardingofdatathroughtheaccess point.Managementfunctionalityinvolvesconfiguration,softwareupgrade,andnetworkmanagement.Figure2-2isasimplified diagramshowingthefunctionswithintheaccess point.Figure 2-26710 Access PointFunctionsRS-232 Diagnostics PortMIBSNMPAgentDHCPTCP/IPTFTPHTTPTelnetDeviceConfigurationFileSystemForwardingDatabasePort2(NIC2)Port3(NIC1)Port4(OWL/IP)Proxy ARPPort1(Ethernet)NetworkOrganizationBridgingAUI10BASE2 10BASE-TManagementand Configuration BridgingBridging FunctionalityGeneralConceptsBridgesarecommoncomponentsinwiredLANs.Bridgesaredevicesthatjointwo ormoreLANsegments.Thisprovidestheappearance ofasingleLANsegment totheprotocolsandapplicationsthatoperatewithintheLAN.
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 2-3Bridgesoperateat theMediaAccess Control(MAC)sublayeroftheDataLinkLayer(Layer2)oftheInternationalOrganizationforStandardization(ISO)protocolmodel. Operatingat theMAC layerallowsbridgesto operatetransparentlytocommonlyusednetworkprotocols suchasTCP/IP,Novell SPX/IPX,NetBEUI,andDECnet.InwiredLANs,bridgesdothefollowing:"Segment trafficforbetterefficiencyand performance."ExtendthereachofLANswhencablelengthornodelimitshavebeenreached."TranslatebetweendifferentLANtypes suchasIEEE802.3Ethernetand802.5TokenRing.ALANenvironmentnormallyconsistsofacollectionofnodesorstations,eachidentifiedbyaunique48-bitphysicaladdress (alsocalledanIEEE address or MACaddress). Datais sentontheLANasframesorpacketsthatcontainthesource address ofthestationsendingtheframe,andthedestinationaddress oftherecipientstation.Abridgehasatleast twoports,eachconnectedtoadifferentLANsegment.Bridgeslearnwhichsourceaddressesaregeneratingtrafficoneachoftheirports.Ifthebridgereceivesaframewithadestinationaddresscorrespondingtoasourceaddress ithas seenonanotherport,itforwardstheframetotheport.Ifitreceivesaframewherethesourceand destinationaddressesare onthesameport,itignores(drops)theframe,sincethedestination nodereceivesthe originaltransmission.Generally,ifa bridgereceivesaframeforan unknowndestinationaddress onanyoneport,itfloodstheframe onall otherports.
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview2-46710 Access PointUser’sGuideAccess PointBridging LayerThe6710 Access Pointfunctionsasa bridgewith uptofourports:"AnEthernetport."One ortworadioports."AnOpenWireless LAN/InternetProtocol(OWL/IP)port.Theaccess pointisatranslatingbridgebecauseitforwardsframesbetweenEthernetandwireless mediathathaveuniquephysicalandMAC protocol implementations.Theaccess pointimplementsthebasiclearningandforwardingfunctionsofasimplewiredLANbridge.Italsoincludesadditionalfunctionalitytoaddress uniqueproblemsinwireless LANs.Significantfunctions supportedat thebridginglayerincludenetworkorganization,supportfor roamingandpower-managedstations,and programmablefloodinglevels.NetworkOrganizationOpenwireless LANnetworksmaybecomplex,supporting:"Small orlargenumbersofaccess pointsonasinglewiredLANbackbone."Stationsthatroambetweencoverageareasandemploypowermanagement toimprovebatterylife.Morecomplextopologiesincludethefollowing:"Range extensionthroughwireless access points, whicharenotconnectedtothewiredLANbackbone."SecondaryLANs(connectionofwiredLANsegmentsbywireless links)."Mixedradiofrequency(RF)media."OperationovermultipleIPsubnets."Multiple,independentwireless LANsononewiredLANbackbone.
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 2-5Access pointsautomaticallyconfigureintoaself-organizednetworkusingaspanningtree topology.Theyautomaticallyreconfigurethenetworktomaintainreliableoperationasdevicesareaddedor removed,orinthe eventofsometypesofwiredLANfailure.Thespanningtreeprovidesefficient,loop-free forwardingof framesthroughthenetworkandrapidroamingofmobilestationswithinthenetwork.Thespanningtree isinitiatedbythesuper root,anaccesspoint thatcoordinatesthenetworkand distributescommonsystemparametersto otheraccess pointsandstations.Thesuper rootiselectedfromagroupofaccess pointsdesignatedat thetime ofinstallation.The electionprocessalso occursinthe eventofasuper rootfailure,preventingasinglepointof failure.ForwardingThebridgemaintainsaforwardingdatabase ofall physicalstationaddressesknowntotheaccess point,andthecorrectportforeachaddress.Thisdatabasemakesefficientforwardingdecisionsinthebridgingsoftware.Thedatabaseisupdatedthroughmonitoringaddressesoneachport,andbymessagesexchangedbetweenaccesspointswhenstationsroam.Thedatabasealsoincludesthepowermanagementstatusofeachstation,supportingthependingmessagefeature ofthenetwork.Pending MessagesWireless stationsmayusepowermanagement tomaintainbatterylife.Thesestationswakeup periodicallytoreceivemessagesthat mayhavearrivedwhiletheir radiowaspowered down.Thebridgingsoftwareprovidesapendingmessagedeliveryservice,allowingframestobehelduntilthestationisreadytoreceivethem.
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview2-66710 Access PointUser’sGuideFlooding ConfigurationsStandardLANbridgesfloodframesonall portswhenthedestinationaddress isunknown.Additionally,manynetworkprotocolsusemulticastaddressingfor connectionandstatuscommunications.Amulticastframeisaspecialtype of framedestinedformorethanonephysicaladdress.Standardbridgesalwaysfloodmulticastframes.Mostwireless mediasupportedintheaccess pointoperateatlowermediaspeedsthanEthernet.Indiscriminatefloodingfroma busyEthernetbackbonetoawirelessmediumcanconsumeasubstantialportionoftheavailablewireless bandwidth.Thisreduces systemperformance eventhoughfloodedframesarefrequentlynotintendedforstationsonagivenwireless segment.Toallowperformancetuning,theaccess pointprovidesseparatefloodingcontroloptionsforboth unicast(singlephysicaladdress)andmulticastframes.Access pointsservingasdesignatedbridgesconnectingwiredLANsegmentsmaybeconfiguredtousedifferentfloodingsettingsthanaccess points servingonlywireless stations.Two ofthewireless mediasupportedintheaccess point—synthesizedUHF(S-UHF)and900 MHz—providereliableattachmechanisms, whichguarantee thatwireless stationsarealwaysintheaccess point’sforwardingdatabase.Unicastfloodingisnever requiredforthesestations.TheWireless LANInteroperabilityForum(WLIF)2.4GHzoptionalsoprovidesareliableattachmechanismforstationsusingtheNORANDRNetworkLayer(NNL)terminalemulation networkprotocol.Multicastfloodinglevelsaresetforindividualnetworksbasedontheneedsofwireless stationstoreceivemulticastframes.FornetworkswithIPwireless stationsonly,theProxy ARPServerprovidesanoptionto enablingmulticastflooding.
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 2-7Proxy ARP ServerTheProxy ARPServerisanadvancedfloodingcontrolcapabilityforstationsusingIP.AnARP(AddressResolutionProtocol)isatype ofmulticast messageusedtodeterminethephysical(MAC)address ofastation usingaspecificIPaddress.WhenProxy ARPisenabled,theIPaddressesofstationsusingIPareincludedintheforwardingdatabase.IfthedestinationIPaddress matchesanentryintheforwardingdatabase,theARPis sent tothephysicalunicastaddress matchingthatIPaddress.Toallowcustomizationofthiscapabilityto optimizeperformance,theserveroperatesinone ofthefollowingmodes:"Noflooding."Delayedflooding."Normalflooding.Proxy ARPServerisdiscussedinmoredetail inSection4,“Configuration.”BridgePortsTheaccess pointhasthefollowingphysicalports:"AnEthernetport."TwoPCcardslotscapable ofacceptingavarietyofwireless NetworkInterfaceCards(NICs).Theaccess pointalsohasalogicalOWL/IPport.EthernetPortTheEthernetportcanbeconfiguredtosupport10BASE-Ttwisted pair,10BASE2thinnet,oranAUIconnection.TheAUIconnectioncansupport10BASE5thicknetor10BASEFfiberoptic connectionswiththeappropriatemediaadapters.
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview2-86710 Access PointUser’sGuideThephysicalconnectionsare onthebottompaneloftheaccess point.ThedesiredEthernet mediumis selectablethroughthedeviceconfigurationmenus.Section3,“Installation,”hasmoreinformationaboutconnectingtheaccess point toEthernet media.Section4,“Configuration,”describeshowtoset themedium throughtheconfigurationmenus.EthernetPortFiltersTheEthernetportcanbeconfiguredtosupportavarietyofpreconfiguredandcustominputfilters.Access pointsarecommonlyinstalledonLANsthatcarrytrafficforwiredandwireless devices.Settingfilterspreventsunnecessarytrafficfrom thewiredLANfrombeingforwardedontothewireless medium.Thisisimportantbecausecommonwireless technologiesoperateatdataratesbelowEthernetspeeds.Normally,filtersareset topass trafficknowntobe(orlikelytobe)destinedforwireless stations,anddroptrafficnotdestinedforstationsrequiringwireless connectivity.FilteringoccursintheEthernetdriversoftwarethatcontrolslowleveloperationoftheEthernetports,minimizinginvolvementofotherfunctionswhenunnecessaryframesarereceived.Inmostinstallations,thepredefinedfiltersareused.Thedefaultaccess pointconfigurationsetsnofilters.Filtersetupisdiscussedinmoredetail inSection4,“Configuration.”Filteringandfloodingcontrol(describedonpage2-6)arecomplimentarybuthavedifferentfunctions.Filtersallowframestobe eliminatedbaseduponcontentoftheframe,usuallythenetworkprotocolheaderfieldswithintheframe.Forexample,filterscanbeset to eliminatesome orall IPtrafficorNovell IPXtraffic.
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 2-9Filteringoccursregardless ofwhetherthedestinationaddress isintheforwardingdatabase.Usingfilterscanimprovetheperformance oftheaccess pointand preventundesiredframesfrombeingforwardedtowireless stationsattachedtotheaccess point.Floodingdecisionsaremadeafterframeshavebeenreceivedonaportandfiltered.Floodingsettingsdeterminehowtheaccess pointforwardsframestodestinationaddressesnotintheforwardingdatabase.RadioPortsEachofthetworadioportsintheaccess pointareaconnectionintoaLANsegmentconsistingofall wirelessstationsandaccess pointsthatusethesamewirelesstechnology,arewithinwireless communicationsrange oftheaccess point,andareconfiguredtocommunicatetogether.ThetwoPCcardslotsareintendedforwireless NICsandaredesignatedasNIC1 andNIC2.Internally,theyareconfiguredasPort3 andPort2,respectively.Thefollowingwireless optionsarecurrentlysupported:"WLIF(2.4GHz)."900 MHz."450 MHzS-UHF.Thedifferent mediaoptionsprovidealternativecoverageandthroughput tradeoffs.Radiomediaoptionsaredescribedinmoredetail inAppendixesB,C,andD.Theaccess pointalsosupportscombinationsoftwoadaptersforoperationinmixedmediasystems;or,forWLIFradios,awireless access pointcapability.Thefollowingdualradioconfigurationsaresupported:"WLIFand900 MHz."WLIFandS-UHF."WLIFandWLIF(limitedtoMaster/Slaveconfigurationforwireless access points).
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview2-10 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideConfigurationofindividualradio optionsandtheWLIFwireless access pointconfigurationarediscussedinSection4,“Configuration.”OWL/IP PortTheOWL/IPportisalogicalportusedininstallationswherethewireless infrastructureisrequiredto operateacross multipleIPsubnets;thatis,ininstallationswhereIProutersareused.TheOWL/IPportisanadvancedcapabilitythatallowsstations supportingIPandnonroutableprotocols suchasNNL(usedinsometerminalemulationinstallations)toroamwithoutlosingconnectivitywhenawireless LANinstallationmustextendovermultipleIPsubnets.Insomecases, OWL/IPmayalsoprovideconnectivityinlarger,routednetworkswhenroamingbetweenIPsubnetsisnotrequired,butwhereitisdesirabletoconfigureasinglewireless networkacross routerboundaries.OWL/IPusesGeneralRouterEncapsulation(GRE),aregistered protocolfrom theTCP/IPprotocolsuite. GREallowsframesdestinedforstationsonadifferentIPsubnettobeencapsulatedwithanIPaddress thatpassestransparentlythroughrouters.Encapsulationisalsosometimesreferredtoastunneling.Tosimplifyconfiguration, OWL/IPfunctionalityistreatedasanadditionalportwithintheaccess pointarchitecture.Itisalogicalportinthat thereisnophysicalradio orwiredLANportassociatedwithOWL/IP.Encapsulatedframesmaybesent throughanyofthethreephysicalports.Access points separatedbyone ormoreroutersmaybethoughtofasoriginatingandreceivingnodesonthetwosidesofatunnelthatisestablishedthroughtherouter.
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 2-11Theforwardingdatabase entryforastationonthe otherside ofthetunnel includesthephysicalport(NIC1,NIC2,orEthernet)theframeshouldbeforwardedthrough,andanindicationthatencapsulationisrequired.Thereceivingaccess pointonthe otherside ofthetunnelde-encapsulatestheframeandthenforwardsitonthecorrectphysicalport.OWL/IPisdescribedinmoredetail inSection4,“Configuration,”andAppendixE,“OWL/IP.”Configuration and ManagementConfigurationTheaccess pointcanbeconfiguredthroughalocalRS-232connection,or remotelythroughaTCP/IPconnection.Theaccess pointincludesacommandmonitorandmenu drivenconfigurationwithonlinehelp.Thecommandmonitorandfilesystemconfigurationarecontainedinpermanentread-onlymemory(ROM)withintheaccess point,andcanbeaccessedthroughtheRS-232 diagnosticsportevenifsoftwareisnotloadedintheaccess point.Mostaccess pointfunctionalityisprovidedbythesoftwarestoredwithinthefilesystem.Configurationparametersarestoredin nonvolatileEEPROMmemory,andaremaintainedinthe eventofpowerloss.Diagnostics and Configuration PortAnRS-232 configurationportisprovidedfordirectaccess totheaccess point’scommandmonitorandconfigurationmenus.Access throughthediagnosticsportispassword-protectedforsecurity.
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview2-12 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideTheportusesastandardPC ATstylecable,andoperatesatspeedsupto57.6Kbps.Configuration usingthisportisdescribedinSection4,“Configuration.”RemoteAccessRemoteaccess isavailable overTCP/IPconnectionsusingTelnetorHypertextTransferProtocol(HTTP) forconfigurationmanagement,andSimpleNetworkManagementProtocol(SNMP) fornetworkmanagement.TCP/IPTheaccess pointsupportsremoteaccess throughaRequestforComments(RFC)compliantTCP/IPstack.Beforeinitialusage,thestackmustbeinitiallyconfiguredwithanIPaddress andanoptionaldefaultrouterthroughtheRS-232diagnosticsport.Alternatively,theaccess point maybeconfiguredwithaDynamicHostConfigurationProtocol(DHCP)servername.Theaccess point thenobtainsitsIPaddress,defaultrouter,andsubnet maskfromaDHCPserver.DHCPClientTheaccess pointcontainsaDHCPclient,allowingit toreceiveanIPaddress overthenetwork.TheDHCPclientsupportstemporaryand permanentleases.ItalsoacceptspermanentleasesfromaBootstrapProtocol(Bootp)server.See Section4,“Configuration,”forfurtherdetail onDHCPoperation.TelnetTelnet maybeusedtoaccess theaccess point’sconfigurationmenus.Thecommandinterfaceisidenticaltothecommandinterfacethroughthediagnosticsport.SeeSection4,“Configuration,”formoreinformationaboutaccess throughTelnet.
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 2-13HTTPTheaccess pointsupportsconfiguration usingHTTP fromaworkstationequippedwithaWeb browser.InternetExplorerorNetscapeNavigatorisrecommended.SeeSection4,“Configuration,”formoreinformationaboutaccess throughaWeb browser.ElectronicSoftwareDistributionTheaccess pointsupportselectronicsoftwaredistribution,whichallows softwareupgradesafterinstallation.Theaccess pointprovidesadualbankfilesystemwithoneactivebankandoneinactivebank.Itoperatesfrom theactivebank,allowingsoftwareupgradestobestoredintheinactivebank.Thisenablesupgradestobeloadedwhiletheaccess pointisoperating.Theupgradecanbestartedimmediatelyafterdownloadingbyswappingtheactiveandinactivebanksandrebooting.Theaccess pointcanalsobeprogrammedtoloadthenewsoftwareatalatertime,suchasafterall access pointshavebeen upgradedorduringatime oflittlesystemactivity.TFTPClientand ServerSoftwaredownloadsareaccomplishedusingtheTrivialFileTransferProtocol(TFTP),anothermemberoftheIPsuite.Eachaccess pointcontainsaTFTP clientandserver.TheTFTP clientallowstheaccess point to obtainsoftwareupdatesfromaTFTP server.Theserver canbeanaccesspointconfiguredwiththeTFTP serverenabled,oranothernetworkworkstationwithTFTP server capability.ScriptingTheaccess pointsupportsascriptingcapabilitythatautomatesmostofthesoftwaredownload process.Scriptscanbeuploadedtotheaccess point throughTelnetorSNMP.
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview2-14 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideNetworkManagementTheaccess pointisinstrumentedfornetworkmanagement,withvariablesdefinedintheManagementInformationBase(MIB).TheMIBisSNMPV1compliant.ManagementinformationcanbeaccessedthroughtheSNMPagent.TheMIBmaybe orderedseparatelyandcompiledforanySNMPnetworkmanagementplatform.AdditionalcapabilitiesaresupportedintheOWLViewnetworkmanagementapplicationforHPOpenView.AppendixG, “MIB,”containsthe6710 Access PointMIB.Consult thefollowingdocumentationformoreinformationon networkmanagement:"NORAND OpenWireless LANwithHPOpenViewforWindowsUser’sGuide(961-051-009)"OWLViewforHPOpenViewforUNIXUser’sGuide(961-051-011)"OWLViewforHPOpenViewforWindowsUser’sGuide(961-051-010)SampleConfigurationFigure2-3showsasamplenetworkconfiguration.Italsoshowsaccess pointsprovidingadditionalcoverageandwireless linkstosecondaryEthernetLANs."NOTE:ConsultAppendixD,“S-UHFSpecificationsand Antennas,”fornetwork configuration limitationsforS-UHFsystems.
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 2-15Figure 2-3SampleNetworkConfigurationSecondaryEthernetLAN6710 Access Point(DesignatedBridge)6710 Access PointPEN*KEYR6400ComputerDesktopLAN ServerTerminalEmulationGatewayHostNotebook(WLIF)6710 Access PointsDistribution LANPEN*KEY 6400ComputerWireless Hop
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview2-16 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideComponentsFigure2-4showsaccess pointcomponents,describedonthefollowingpages.Notshownisthemountingbracket, whichattachestheaccess point toawall or ceiling.Figure 2-4Access PointComponents
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 2-171.Protectivecover.ThecoverprotectstwoTypeII orTypeIII PCcardslots.Figure2-5showswheretheslotsarelocated.Figure 2-5PC CardSlots1.PCcardslots112.Indicatorlights.Fourpairsofindicatorlights(LEDs)onthefrontpanelshowthestatusoftheaccess point. Duringthepower-upsequence,thelights showtheresultsofthepower-upselfdiagnosticsand provideinformationabout the operatingstatus.Afterthepower-upsequence,thelights showthecurrentoperatingstatusandindicateifaproblemexists.Section6,“IndicatorLights,”describesthelightsindetail.
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview2-18 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide3.Rubberfeet.Fournonskidrubberfeetprovideastablebasefortheaccess pointwhenyouplaceitonadesktoporotherhorizontalsurface.Whenthemountingbracketisinstalledforanaccesspoint mountedverticallyorontheceiling,therubberfeetprovideasmall amountoftensiontothebrackettohelpholditinplace.4.ACINPUT.TheAC INPUTconnectorisastandardIEC type,three-prongAC inputconnector.Thepowercordattachestothisconnector.Theinternalpowersupplyisanautosensinginternationalpowersupply.Itacceptsasourcevoltagebetween85 and264 Vac,withafrequencybetween47 and63 Hz.5.10 BASE2.The10 BASE2portisastandardBNCport throughwhichtheaccess pointconnectsto10BASE2Ethernet(thinnet).6.10 BASET.The10 BASETportisastandardRJ45port throughwhichtheaccess pointconnectsto10BASE-T(UTP)Ethernet.7.AUI.TheAUIportisa 15-pin, D-subminiature(D-sub)port.Theaccess pointconnectstoanAUInetworkadaptorthroughthisport,for connectionto10BASE5Ethernet(thicknet).AppendixF,“PortandCablePin-Outs,”containspindefinitions."NOTE:Section 3,“Installation,”showshowtoconnect the access point to10BASE2,10BASE5,and 10BASE-T.8.DIAG.TheDIAGportisa 9-pinD-subcommunicationport thatcommunicatesatRS-232levels.Usethisport toconfiguretheaccess point,downloadnewsoftware,andretrievestatistics.AppendixFcontainspindefinitions.
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 2-19AccessoriesPowerCordThepower cordconnectstheaccess point tothewall outlet.Thefollowingchartlistspower cord partnumbers.CountryPartNumberAustralia 321-472-001Denmark321-501-001Europe321-473-001Italy321-471-001Germany321-515-001UnitedKingdom321-474-001UnitedStates321-054-001IndustrialLocking MountingBracketTheIndustrialLockingMountingBracket “locks” theaccesspointintothebracket.Thisbracketisrecommendedforinstallationswherevibration,shaking,orothermovementcandislodgetheaccess pointfromitsmount.ItemPartNumberMountingkit203-386-001
SECTION2"Featuresand FunctionalOverview2-20 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 3-1Section 3Installation""""""""""""""""""""""""""""This sectiondescribeshowto:"Checktheaccess point’sdefaultconfiguration."Preparefortheinstallation."Collect thenetworkingequipmentyou need."Findthebestlocation."Connect totheEthernet medium."Install PCcards."Applypower.Checking theDefaultConfigurationTheaccess pointis shippedwithdefaultsettingsforsystemsoftwareparameters, whicharelistedinSection4,“Configuration.”Youmayneedtochangesomedefaultsettingstoachieveamore efficientconfigurationforyoursite.See Section4forinformationaboutreconfiguringtheaccess point.Theaccess pointshouldbeproperlyconfiguredbeforeitisconnectedtothenetwork.
SECTION3"Installation3-26710 Access PointUser’sGuidePreparing fortheInstallation"NOTE:Someone who knowsand understandsall applicablelocalbuildingcodesand isproficientwiththe toolsand equipmentused toinstallFCC Class Belectromechanicaldevices should physicallyinstall theaccess point.Beforeyouinstall theaccess point,unpackitandinspectitfordamage ormissingparts.Saveall thepaperworkyoureceived.Iftheaccess pointappearstobedamaged,contacttheCustomerResponseCenterforinstructionsonreturningtheunitfor replacement.Theshipmentcontainstheaccess pointwithFLASHandthefollowingitems:"Mountingbracket"AC power cord"WarrantycardCollecting theEquipmentBeforeyouinstall theaccess pointontothenetwork,collectthe equipmentyouwill need.EthernetLAN ComponentsTheaccess pointdirectlyconnectsto10BASE2,10BASE-T,or10BASE5Ethernet medium.Consultacablingreferenceformaximumrun lengthsandnodelimitsforEthernetwiring.
SECTION3"Installation6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 3-310BASE2Components10BASE2componentsincludeaT-connector,acableterminator,andtheproperlengthsof10BASE2coaxcable.The10BASE2T-connector(Figure3-1)attachestotheaccess point’s10BASE2port,andconnectstheaccess pointtothemiddle orendof10BASE2cable.Figure 3-1T-ConnectorAcableterminator(Figure3-2)attachestotheT-connector.Itisrequiredforadeviceconnectedtothe endof10BASE2cable.Theterminatorproperlyterminatesthenetworkcabletomaintainproperimpedance.Properterminationisnecessaryfor reliableEthernetoperation.Figure 3-2CableTerminator10BASE-TComponent10BASE-Tcoax cableisnormallyusedtoconnect theaccess point toanEthernethub.ThecablehasanRJ45plugoneachend(Figure3-3).Figure 3-3CableWithRJ45 Plugs
SECTION3"Installation3-46710 Access PointUser’sGuide10BASE5Components10BASE2componentsincludetheproperlengthsof10BASE5coaxcable,anAUIdropcable(less thanorequalto50 feet/15 meterslong),andatransceiver.TwotypesoftransceiversaretheintrusiveN-Seriestransceiverandthenonintrusivevampiretap.TheN-Seriestransceiver(Figure3-4)isaT-shapedconnectorwitha 15-pinAUIportandtwotypeNconnectors.ThistransceiverisintrusivebecausenetworkserviceisdisruptedwhilethecoaxialcableiscutandathreadedN-seriesconnectorplacedoneachendofthecable.A10BASEF(fiberoptic)adaptermaybeattached directlytotheAUIconnector.Figure 3-4N-Series TransceiverThevampiretapisaninsulation-piercingclamp devicethatclampsontothecoaxialcable(Figure3-5).Thevampiretappiercesthecoaxialcable’sinsulationandmakescontactwiththeshieldandinner conductorwithoutcuttingthecable.
SECTION3"Installation6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 3-5Figure 3-5VampireTapCommunication EquipmentYoucanaccess theaccess point’s systemsoftwareconfigurationmenuslocallythroughtheunit’sDIAGport,or remotelythroughaTelnetsessionorWeb browser.LocalDIAGPortAccessForlocalaccess,you needthefollowing:"Third-partycommunications softwareterminalemulationpackagewithY-modemcapability(suchasPROCOMM PLUSbyDataStormTechnologies,Inc.).Install theprogramaccordingtoitsuserguide."PC(personalcomputer)station, whichshouldmeettherequirementsoutlinedintheuserguidefortheterminalemulationprogram."Cabletoconnect thePCtotheaccess point’sDIAGport.Thefollowingchartlistscables.
SECTION3"Installation3-66710 Access PointUser’sGuideForthisPCPortUseCablePartNumber9-pin226-106-001 (null modemcable)25-pin321-355-001TelnetYou needthefollowingtoaccess theconfigurationmenusthroughaTelnetsession:"PCorworkstationwithaninstalledandconfigurednetworkinterfacecardandaTelnetapplication.Youcanalsouseahostcapable ofactingasaTelnetclient."TelnetVTemulator(TNVT)installedonthePC."IPaddress fortheaccess point.See Section4formoreinformationaboutIPaddresses.WebBrowserTheaccess point’sconfigurationmenusaredesignedforHTML Level2.0orhigher.You needthefollowingtoaccesstheconfigurationmenusthroughaWeb browser:"Graphicalbrowserapplication."Internetorlocalnetworkconnection."IPaddress fortheaccess point.See Section4formoreinformationaboutIPaddresses.NetworkManagementPlatformTomanagethesystem throughanetworkmanagementplatform,you needtheplatform(suchasOpenViewforWindowsbyHewlett-Packard)installedonanetworkmanagementstation usingSNMP.Thestationmust meettherequirementsoutlinedintheplatform’suserguide.
SECTION3"Installation6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 3-7Finding theBestLocationSiteSurveyIntermecstronglyrecommendsthatIntermecor certifiedprovidersconductasitesurveytodeterminetheideallocationsforall ofyournetworkcomponents.Apropersitesurveyrequires specialequipmentandtraining.Asitesurveyprovidesaninstallationrecommendationthataddressesvariousfactors, whichcanaffect theperformanceofyourwireless LANsystem.General Installation GuidelinesCoverageinmostsitesrequiresanetworkofaccess pointstobeinstalled.Radiocoveragevariesgreatlywithfactorssuchasbuildingconstruction,numberandtype ofobstructionsinthesignalpath,andtheRFmediain use.Additionalfactorsrelatedtotheintendeduse ofthesystemalsodictateinstallationpractices.Thefollowing generalpractices shouldbefollowedinanyinstallation:"Locateaccess pointscentrallywithinareasrequiringcoverage."Trytopositiontheaccess pointsoitsindicatorlightsarevisible.Thelightsareusefulfortroubleshootingtheinstallation."PositionantennasbelowrooftrussesandawayfromI-beams,racks,orotherstructuresandobstructions."Overlapaccess pointcoverageareastoavoidcoverageholes."Install wiredLANcablingwithin nodelimitandcablelengthlimitations.
SECTION3"Installation3-86710 Access PointUser’sGuide"Ensurethatapoweroutletiswithin6feetoftheaccess point.An uninterruptablepowersupplyisrecommendedwhentheacpowersystemisnotreliable."EnsurethatLANandac cablescanreachtheaccesspointafteryouinstall it.Leavesufficientroomaroundtheaccess pointsoyoucaneasilyattachandremovecables."Donotlocateanaccess pointwiththeS-UHFradiooptioninacomputer room.RFemissionsfrom thehigherspeed processorsincurrent-generationcomputersmayreducesystemrange.Mounting theAccess PointYoucanmount theaccess pointhorizontallyonatabletop,verticallyonawall orpost,orontheceiling.Horizontal(Tabletop)Mount1.Removethemountingbracketfrom thebottomoftheaccess point.Thebracketisnotneededforatabletopinstallation.2.Set theaccess pointinposition.Theunitrestssecurelyonfour rubberfeet thatkeepitfromslippingoutofplace.3.Makeall Ethernetconnections.See “ConnectingtoEthernet” onpage3-10.4.Makeall power connections.See “ApplyingPower”onpage3-20.5.Watchtheindicatorlightstoverifythat theaccesspointisworkingproperly.See Section6,“IndicatorLights,”forhelp.
SECTION3"Installation6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 3-9Verticaland Ceiling MountsSee Figure3-6 andtheprocedurefollowingit."NOTE:If mounting the access pointon a hollow wall,securethe mountingplatetoa3/4” (thick)plywood base byfour1”X1/4”nuts,bolts,andwashers.Anchorthe plywood basetotwoseparatewall studsbyfour2”X1/4”diameterlag screws(twolag screwsin eachstud).Figure 3-6Mounting Bracket6.00"1.00"2.00"1.00"1.00"2.00”
SECTION3"Installation3-10 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide1.Inspectwheretheaccess pointwill bemountedanddeterminewhathardwareisneeded. Differentsurfaces suchasdrywall, wood,andconcreteblockrequiredifferent mountinghardware.Forthisreason,auniversalmountingbracketisincludedwiththeaccess point.2.Removethemountingplatefrom thebottomoftheaccess point.3.Usingthemountingplateasatemplate,markwheretheanchorsthatsecurethemountingplatetothesurfaceshouldbelocated.4.Attachtheaccess point mountingplatetothewall orceilingwith2Ix1/4Idiameterlagscrewsorbolts,dependinguponthesurface.Themountingplatemustbesecuredtothesurfacebyatleastfouranchors,one oneachcorner.5.Reattachtheaccess point tothemountingplate.6.Makeall Ethernetconnections.See “ConnectingtoEthernet.”7.Makeall power connections.See “ApplyingPower”onpage3-20.8.Watchtheindicatorlightstoverifythat theaccesspointisworkingproperly.See Section6,“IndicatorLights,”forhelp."NOTE:An optional locking kitisavailable.See Section 2,“FeaturesandFunctionalOverview,”for moreinformation.Connecting toEthernetThefollowingpages showhowtoconnect theaccess point to10BASE2,10BASE5,and10BASE-TEthernet.
SECTION3"Installation6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 3-1110BASE2EthernetTheaccess pointconnectstothe endormiddle ofthe10BASE2cablesegment."NOTE:Cablelengthsbetween networkdeviceson the 10BASE2EthernetLANmustmeetANSI/IEEE standards.End ofSegmentSee Figure3-7 andtheprocedurefollowingit.1.Cableterminator(50 ohm)2.T-connector3.10BASE2 cable31 2Figure 3-7End of10BASE2Segment10 BASE 210 BASE TAC INPUT100/240 VACAUIDIAG1.PlugtheT-connector(2)intothe10 BASE2port.2.Plugone endoftheEthernetcable(3)intoanopenendoftheT-connector.AlignthenotchesinthecableendwiththepostsontheT-connector,pushthecablein,andtwistone-quarterturn.3.Plugthecableterminator(1)intothe otherendoftheT-connector.
SECTION3"Installation3-12 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideMiddleofSegmentSee Figure3-8 andtheprocedurefollowingit.Figure 3-8Middleof10BASE2Segment10 BASE 210 BASE TAC INPUT100/240 VACAUIDIAG11 21.10BASE2 cable2.T-connector1.PlugtheT-connector(2)intothe10 BASE2port.2.Plugone endoftheEthernetcoaxialcable(1)intoanopenendoftheT-connector.Alignthenotchesinthecable endwiththepostsontheT-connector,pushthecablein,andtwistaboutone-quarterturn.3.Plugthe endofanotherEthernetcoaxialcablesegmentintothe otheropenendoftheT-connector.
SECTION3"Installation6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 3-1310BASE5EthernetTheaccess pointconnectsto10BASE5throughanN-Seriestransceiverorvampiretap."NOTE:Cablelengthsbetween networkdeviceson the 10BASE5EthernetLANmustmeetANSI/IEEE standards.N-Series TransceiverSee Figure3-9 andthefollowingprocedure.1.Attachone endofthedropcable(1)totheAUIport.2.Routethedropcabletothe10BASE5cable(4)anddetermineasuitablespot tocut thecableandattachthetransceiver(3).3.Attachthetransceivertothe10BASE5cable,thenconnect the otherendofthedropcabletotheAUIport(2)onthetransceiver.VampireTapSee Figure3-10 andthefollowingprocedure.1.Attachone endofthedropcable(1)totheAUIport.2.Routethedropcabletothe10BASE5cableanddetermineasuitablespotonthecabletoattachthevampiretap(3).3.Attachthevampiretaptothe10BASE5cable,thenconnect the otherendofthedropcabletotheAUIport(2)onthetap.
SECTION3"Installation3-14 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide12Figure 3-9N-Series Transceiver1.Drop cable2 15-pinAUIport3.N-Series transceiver4.10BASE5 coax4410 BASE 210 BASE TAC INPUT100/240 VACAUIDIAG3
SECTION3"Installation6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 3-1512Figure 3-10VampireTap1.Drop cable2.15-pinAUIport3.Vampiretap4.10BASE5 coax4410 BASE 210 BASE TAC INPUT100/240 VACAUIDIAG3
SECTION3"Installation3-16 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide10BASE-TEthernetSee Figure3-11 andtheprocedurefollowingit.1.CablewithRJ45 plugs2.RJ45 jack (orhub port)1Figure 3-1110BASE-T10 BASE 210 BASE TAC INPUT100/240 VACAUIDIAG1.PlugthecablewithRJ45 jacks(1)intothe10 BASETport.2.Plugthe otherendofthecableintoRJ45 jackorhubport(2).
SECTION3"Installation6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 3-17Installing PC CardsThefollowingpagesdescribehowtoinstall WLIF,900 MHz,andS-UHF PCcards.WLIFTheWLIFradio optionisaTypeIII PCcardthatcanbeinstalledineitherslot.Toinstall thecard,see Figure3-12.234514671.Nonskidrubberfeet (4)2Access point (no radio)3.PCcard(RM180)4.Antenna cable5.End plate6.4--40 captive thumbscrews7.Hex nutand lock washer(suppliedwithantenna cable)Figure 3-12WLIFPC CardAssembly
SECTION3"Installation3-18 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide900 MHzThe900 MHzradio optionisaTypeIII PCcardthatcanbeinstalledineitherslot.Toinstall thecard,see Figure3-13.Figure 3-13900 MHzPC CardAssembly32167441.Nonskidrubberfeet (4)2Access point (no radio)3.PCcard(RM160)4.Antenna cable5.End plate6.4--40 captive thumbscrews7.Hex nutand lock washer(suppliedwithantenna cable)5
SECTION3"Installation6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 3-19S-UHFTheS-UHFradio optionisaTypeII PCcardthatcanonlybeinstalledintheleft-handslot(withLEDsfacingdown).Toinstall thecard,see Figure3-14.1Figure 3-14S-UHFPC CardAssembly264789101135121.Nonskidrubberfeet (4)2Access point (no radio)3.Sliding latch(openforRM111 adapter)4.PCcard(RM111)5.Flex circuit6.RM111 adapter7.Radio bracket8.Conductive washer9.End plate10.4--40 captive thumbscrews11.4--40x.25 PH12.Antenna adapter
SECTION3"Installation3-20 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideApplying PowerBCAUTION:NEVERremove the coverof the access pointwith powerapplied.ALWAYS make the access pointconnection beforemaking the connection at the source (“loadtosource”).Damagetotheradio orotherdevices can occurwiththe coverremoved."NOTE:Connect the access point to an uninterruptable powersource—apowersourcethatcannotbe inadvertentlyturned off orotherwisedisconnected.Powerisappliedtotheaccess point throughthegroundedAC INPUTconnector.See Figure3-15 andthefollowingprocedure.1.Plugthereceptacle endofthepower cord(1)intotheAC INPUTconnector.2.Insert thethree-prongplugonthe otherendofthepower cord(2)intoagrounded poweroutlet.3.See Section6,“IndicatorLights,”fordescriptionsoftheindicatorlights.
SECTION3"Installation6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 3-21Figure 3-15AC PowerInputConnection121.Receptacleon powercord2.Three-prong plug10 BASE 210 BASE TAC INPUT100/240 VACAUIDIAG
SECTION3"Installation3-22 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-1Section 4Configuration""""""""""""""""""""""""""""This sectiondescribeshowto:"CreatealocalDIAGport,Telnet,andWeb browsersessionwiththeaccess point."Access theaccess point’sFLASHandROM."Setuptheaccess point throughitsconfigurationmenus.Youcanconfiguretheaccess pointlocallythroughitsDIAGport,or remotelythroughTelnetoraWeb browser.Thefollowingchartshowsthesessionsyoucan usetodo othertasks.TaskDIAGPortTelnetBrowserChangeconfigurationpass-wordsÖ Ö ÖModifytheconfigurationÖ Ö ÖUpgradeFLASHÖ ÖChecktheFLASHversionÖ ÖAccess ROMÖChecktheROMversionÖUse onlinehelpÖ Ö Ö
SECTION4"Configuration4-26710 Access PointUser’sGuideOnlyonetype ofsessioncanberunningatatime.Forexample,ifsomeonestartsaTelnetsessionwhilesomeoneelseisconfiguringtheaccess point throughitsDIAGport,theconfigurationthroughtheDIAGportwill terminate.Creating aLocalDIAGPortSessionInsummary,youestablishalocalDIAGportsessionwiththeaccess point throughaVT100 terminalemulationprogram.Mostgeneralpurposecommunications software(suchasPROCOMM PLUS)supportsthisemulation.Tocreateasession,see Figure4-1 andtheprocedurefollowingit.Youshouldcarefullyreviewtheprocedurefirsttobecomefamiliarwiththeprocess.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-31.PCwithterminalemulation program2.Cable:321-355-001 fora 25-pinPC COMportorCable:226-106-001 fora 9-pinPC COMport(standard null modemcable)3.6710 Access PointDIAGport2Figure 4-1LocalSession310BASE210BASETAC INPUTAUIDIAG100/240 VAC11.EnsuretheterminalemulationprogramisinstalledonthePC.2.WithboththePCandaccess pointpoweredOFF,connect thecommunicationcabletotheappropriatePC COMport.
SECTION4"Configuration4-46710 Access PointUser’sGuide3.Connect the otherendofthecommunicationcabletotheDIAGportontheaccess point.TurnthePCon.4.AfterthePCboots,start theterminalemulationprogram.5.Set theterminalemulationprogram’soptionsaccordingtowhatyouwant todo:Access theconfigurationmenus,oraccess theROM commandmonitor.Accessing theConfigurationMenus1.Set theterminalemulationparametersinyourcommunications software.Ifyouareconfiguringthisaccess pointforthefirst time,set theparameterstotheaccess point’sdefaultsettings:9600,8N1,full duplexIfyou havealreadychangedthedefaultsettings,settheparameterstothoseyousetinFLASHmodethroughtheconfigurationmenus.2.Plugtheaccess pointintothe outlet.Thesemessagesappear:QXS6700K<version> <date><Press anykeywithin5secondstoenter theROMmonitor>ExecutingfileUSTART29.BINfromsegment<segmentnumber>Quicklypress akeytoperformconfigurationbefore startupStartingsystem3.Toaccess theconfigurationmenus, waituntil youseethemessage“Quicklypress akeytoperformconfigurationbeforestartup.”Press anykeytoaccesstheconfigurationmenus.4.See “ConfiguringtheAccess Point” onpage4-12.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-5Accessing theROMCommandMonitor1.Set theterminalemulationparametersinyourcommunications software.Ifyouareconfiguringthisaccess pointforthefirst time,set theparameterstothedefaultsettingsforROMmode:9600,8N1,full duplexIfyou havealreadychangedthedefaultsettings,settheparameterstothoseyousetinROMmodethroughtheROM commandmonitor.2.Plugtheaccess pointintothe outlet.Thesemessagesappear:QXS6700K<version> <date><Press anykeywithin5secondstoenter theROMmonitor>ExecutingfileUSTART29.BINfromsegment<segmentnumber>Quicklypress akeytoperformconfigurationbefore startupStartingsystem3.Press anykeywithin5secondsofthefirstROMmessage.Notethatiftheaccess pointisinPower-UpQuietmode(versusPower-UpNormalmode,thedefaultsetting),theROMmessagesdonotdisplay.MoreinformationaboutPower-UpQuiet(PQ)modeandPower-UpNormal(PN)modestartsonpage5-27 inSection5,“SoftwareDownload.”4.See page5-22 inSection5,“SoftwareDownload,”forinformationabout theROM commandmonitor.
SECTION4"Configuration4-66710 Access PointUser’sGuideCreating aTelnetSessionBeforeyoucanconfiguretheaccess point throughTelnet,youmustconnect theunit totheEthernetcable.(SeeSection3,“Installation,”forhelp.)YoumustalsoperforminitialconfigurationthroughtheDIAGport to:"SetanIPaddress orDHCPservername.Youshouldalsoconfigureasubnet maskandIProuteraddress."Set theEthernetcabletype."NOTE:The access pointincludesan autodetect featurethatsensestheEthernetmediumif trafficispresent. If no trafficispresenton thecable, the systemsoftware defaultsto 10BASE-T.For mostinstallations,itisrecommended thatyou explicitly set the Ethernettype.Theaccess point mustgothroughitsbootsequencebeforeyoucancreateaTelnetsession.Ifyoureboot theunitwhileinasession,thesessionterminates.Youcancreateanewsessionaftertheunitreboots.TocreateaTelnetsession,see Figure4-2 andtheprocedurefollowingit.1.PCorworkstation with TelnetVTemulator(TNVT)2.6710 Access PointFigure 4-2TelnetSessionEthernetLAN Telnet12
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-71.Ensuretheaccess pointisconnectedtotheEthernetcable,andhasanassignedIPaddress andcabletype.2.EnsurethePCorworkstation hasaninstalledandconfiguredEthernetinterfacecard.3.EnsuretheTelnetVTemulatorisinstalledonthePCorworkstation.4. OpenanewTelnetsessiononthePCorworkstation.5.Entertheaccess point’sIPaddress inthehostnameorIPaddress field.6.See “ConfiguringtheAccess Point” onpage4-12.Defaultand SiteSettingsTheaccess pointisfactoryconfiguredwiththedefaultsettingslistedinthefollowingcharts.Youmayneedtochangethedefaultstomatchtheway yoursystemis setup.Youcanrecordyoursite’s settingsinthetablefor reference.TCP/IPOptionDefaultSiteSettingIPAddress 0.0.0.0IPSubnetMask255.255.255.0IPRouter0.0.0.0IP FrameTypeDIXDHCPEnabled,ifIPAd-dress iszeroDHCPServerNameNorandDHCPServerAutoARPMinutes5
SECTION4"Configuration4-86710 Access PointUser’sGuideSecurityOptionDefaultSiteSettingPasswordCR52401ServicePasswordEnabledAdvancedPassword“” (emptystring)BridgeOptionDefaultSiteSettingSerial Number(Read-only)LanID0[Root]RootPriority1[GlobalRadio]UHFRfpThresholdSetGloballyDisabledValue70UHF FragSizeSetGloballyDisabledValue250FalcFragSizeSetGloballyDisabledValue250AwakeTimeSetGloballyDisabledValue0[GlobalFlooding]InboundMulticastPrimaryUnicastDisabledOutboundtoSecondariesMulticastDisabledUnicastDisabledOutboundtoStationsMulticastDisabledUnicastDisabled
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-9OptionSiteSettingDefault[Ports]Ethernetport:Name omdeMAC Address (Uniquenumber)StatusEnabledHelloPeriod2seconds[Ethernet]OWL FrameTypeDIXCableTypeAutoDetect[StaticAddresses]00:00:00:00:00:00[NormalRXFilter][FrameTypes]ActionPassScopeUnlisted[SubTypes1]ActionPassSubType(Various)Scope(Various)[SubTypes2]ActionPassSubTypeDIX--IP--TCP--PortScope00 00[AdvancedRXFilter][Expressions]ExprSeq 0Offset0OpEQValueId0ActionAnd[Values]Value0[Bridging]BridgePriority1StatusEnabledFloodRegisterDisabled
SECTION4"Configuration4-10 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideOptionSiteSettingDefaultWLIFradioport:Name omdpxmaMAC Address (Uniquenumber)StatusEnabledHelloPeriod2seconds[WLIF]SecurityIdNORANDOWLNodeTypeMaster[MasterParms]Channel1Subchannel1Wireless HopsDisabledMAC ConfigDefault[ManualMAC Parms]HopPeriod200 msBeaconFrequency2DeferralSlotDefaultFairness SlotDefaultFragmentSize310TransmitModeAUTONormAckRetry255FragAckRetry255NormQFSKRetry255FragQFSKRetry255900 MHz radioport:Name omdflcaMAC Address (Uniquenumber)StatusEnabledHelloPeriod1second[Falcon]FileNamefalcon_d.29kMode--Channel(Firstmodeinlist)ARPServer ModeDisabled
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-11OptionSiteSettingDefaultS-UHFradioport:Name omduhfbMAC Address (Uniquenumber)StatusEnabledHelloPeriod2seconds[UHF]FileNamesynuhf_d.29kCall Sign“” (emptystring)Frequency(Firstfrequencyinlist)Master ModeDisabledAttachPriorityHighOWL/IPport:Name omdipMAC Address (Uniquenumber)StatusEnabledHelloPeriod2seconds[OWL/IP]ModeListen[IPAddresses]TypeUnicastAddress (None)[TXFilter][FrameTypes]ActionPassScopeUnlisted[SubTypes1]ActionPassSubType(Various subtypes)Scope(Various settings)[SubTypes2]ActionPassSubTypeDIX--IP--TCP--PortScope00 00
SECTION4"Configuration4-12 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideConfiguring theAccess PointWhenyoucreatealocalDIAGportor remoteTelnetsessionwiththeaccess point,theconfigurationprogram’spasswordscreenappears:Configuration of Access PointCopyright (c) 1995-1997 Norand Corporation. All rights reserved.Portions copyright Epilogue Technology Corporation 1988-1995.All rights reservedIP: 0.0.0.0Serial: (Unique 10-digit number.)Password:"NOTE:Adifferentscreen appearswhen you createasession through aWeb browser.See page 4-88 forinformation aboutWeb browsersessions.ThepasswordscreenshowsthecurrentsettingsfortheIPaddress andserialnumber.Italsoshowsthepromptforthetop-levelpassword.Enterthepassword(caseinsensitive)todisplaytheMainMenu.ThedefaultpasswordisCR52401.MainMenuAfteryouenterthetop-levelpassword,theMainMenuappears:
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-13Loading configuration from EEPROMCommand DescriptionFile File system menuView View/modify the configurationClear Set the configuration to default valuesRead Read the configuration from EEPROMWrite Write the configuration to EEPROMReboot Restart using last written configurationExit Disconnect? Display this help>Themenu liststhecommandsyoucan usetodovarioustasks,describedonthefollowingpages.Thescreenalsodisplaysthecommand prompt(>).At theprompt,typethename ofthecommandyouwant toperformand press[Enter].(Commandsarecaseinsensitive.)TheMainMenuredisplayswhenyouenteraninvalidcommand.Thefollowingchartdescribeshowtousethecommands.UseToFileListfilesystemcommandsand descriptions.Section5,“SoftwareDownload,”describesthecommandsandfilesystem methodology.ViewViewormodifyconfigurationprogramsettings.See “UsingtheViewCommand”onpage4-14.ClearReset theaccess point’sconfigurationtothefacto-ry-setdefaultsettings, whichstartonpage4-7.ReadLoadthemostrecentconfigurationfromEEPROM.TheconfigurationthatwaswrittentoEEPROMsincetheaccess pointwaslastrebootedbecomesthenewconfiguration.
SECTION4"Configuration4-14 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideUseToRead(Continued)Theaccess point’sconfigurationis storedinEEPROM.Youreprogram theEEPROMwheneveryouchangetheconfiguration, write(save)thenewconfigurationtoEEPROM,andreboot theaccess point.WriteWrite(save)anewconfigurationtoEEPROM.Thiscommandoverwritesthepreviousconfigura-tion.YoumustwritethenewconfigurationtoEEPROMandreboot theaccess pointforanychangestotake effect.RebootReboot theaccess point.Youmustreboot theunitforanychangesyoumadetotheconfigurationtotake effect.ExitQuit theconfigurationprogram.Ifyouexitanewconfigurationwithoutwritingit toEEPROM,anychangesyoumadearenotsaved.?Displayonlinehelpforacommand,option,orsetting.Using theViewCommandToviewormodifyconfigurationprogramsettings,typeViewat thecommand prompt.TheMainOptionsMenuappears:[Tcpip][Bridge][Security]Thefollowingchartdescribeshowtousethe options.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-15UseTo[Tcpip]Page4-16 Setoptionsnecessaryfor communicationswiththisaccess point.The optionsapplytoallTCP/IPports.Telnet,SNMP,andHTTPcommunicationsaresupported.[Bridge]Page4-23 ControlthebridgingofmessagesamongtheradioandEthernetportsforthisaccess point.Settingstocontrol interactionwithotheraccesspointsarealsounderthe[Bridge]option.[Security]Page4-86 Set theconfigurationprogram’stop-levelpasswordandothersecuritypasswords.Thescreensinthis sectionshowthe options’defaultsettings.Somesettings(suchastheserialnumber)areuniqueto eachaccess point. Othersettings(suchascertainradioconfigurations)areautomaticallysetandyoucannotchangethem.This sectionidentifiesthesettingsyoucannotchangeas“read-only.”ThefollowingchartshowshowtonavigatetheViewcommand’smenusandeditdata.Press To[-]or[--] Scroll upthroughitemsinalist.[¯],[+],[=],or[Tab]Scroll downthroughitemsinalist.[®],[Enter],or[Spacebar]Displayanoption’s settingsorpromptafteryou highlight theoption.Alsousethesekeystoselect thedesiredsetting.[¬],[Esc],or[Backspace]Exitamenu orprompt.[Esc]Cancelediting.[Enter]Complete editing.
SECTION4"Configuration4-16 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideTCP/IPOptionsUse[Tcpip]tosetoptionsnecessaryfor communicationswiththisaccess point,suchasIPaddresses.Addressesarerequiredfor remotesetuporSNMPnetworkmanagement.Optionsare:IP Address 0.0.0.0IP Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0IP Router 0.0.0.0IP Frame Type <DIX>DHCP <Enabled, if IP address is zero>DHCP Server Name “Norand DHCP Server”Auto ARP Minutes 5IPAddressIPAddress istheuniqueaddress locallyassignedtothisaccess point.Thepromptis:Range is:4 nums 0..255Thedefaultis0.0.0.0, whichdisablestheabilitytouseTCP/IP.Followingaresuggestionsforsettingtheaddress:"Ifyouareinstallingthisaccess pointonanexistingEthernetsegment,youshouldallocatetheIPaddressfrom thesamepoolasthe existingcomputersonthesegment."Ifyouareinstallingthisaccess pointonanewEthernetsegment thatisnotgoingtoconnect totheInternet,tryusingthisClass Baddress:172.16.h.h
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-17Thehostnumberis“h.h.”ThisClass Bnetworkaddress isreservedbythenumberingauthorityforacompany’sinternaluse.IftheClass BaddressappearsontheInternet,routersdropthedata.Notethefollowing:"IftheIPaddress is0.0.0.0and DHCPis set to“Enabled,ifIPaddress iszero,” thisIPaddress isobtainedthroughDHCP."IfDHCPis set toEnabled, DHCPisusedto obtaintheIPaddress."IftheIPaddress is0.0.0.0and DHCPisdisabled,TCP/IPaccess tothisaccess pointisdisabled.AdiscussionofDHCPstartsonpage4-19.IP SubnetMaskIPsubnetspartitiontrafficandareconnectedbyrouters.Thesubnet maskindicateshowmanybitsoftheIPaddressrepresentanetworknumberandhowmanyindicateahostnumber.Thepromptis:Range is:4 nums 0..255Thedefaultis255.255.255.0.Followingaresuggestionsforsettingthesubnet mask:"Ifyouareinstallingthisaccess pointonanexistingEthernetsegment,thesubnet maskshouldmatchtheother computersonthesegment."Ifyouareusingthe172.16.h.haddress suggestedforIPAddress,youmaywant touseasubnet maskof255.255.248.0.Thismaskprovidesthenetwork172.16 with30 subnetsof2046 computerseach.TheIPaddress breakdownis:
SECTION4"Configuration4-18 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide"16 bitsofnetworkaddress."5 bitsofsubnetaddress. Donotuseall 0’sorall1’s."11 bitsofhostaddress. Donotuseall 0’sorall1’s.ThefollowingchartlistsIPaddresseswhenthesubmaskis255.255.248.0.SubnetFirstAddress LastAddress1 172.16.8.1 172.16.15.2542 172.16.16.1 172.16.23.2543 172.16.24.1 172.16.31.254...30 172.16.240.1 172.16.247.254IfyouareusingDHCPto obtainanIPsubnet maskforthisaccess point,thesubnet maskobtainedfromDHCPoverridesthesettingfortheIPSubnetMaskoption.IPRouter"NOTE:The IPaddress of the routerisrequired onlyif thisaccess pointwillcommunicatewith deviceson the otherside of the router.IPRouteridentifiesthedefaultrouterusedtoforward dataframestoaddressesonanothersubnet.Thepromptis:Range is:4 nums 0..255Thedefaultis0.0.0.0, whichdisablestheabilitytoexchangeTCP/IPtrafficwithanothersubnetornetwork.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-19Arouterthatconnects subnet1tosubnet2mighthavetheaddress 172.16.8.1onsubnet1 and172.16.16.1onsubnet2.AhostwithIPaddress 172.16.16.5wouldspecifyanIProuteraddress of172.16.16.1toreach host172.16.8.10.IProutersareusuallyconfiguredsoacomputeronlyneedstoknowonerouter’saddress.Thisistrue evenifseveralroutersonthesegmentconnect toseveralothersegments.IfyouareusingDHCPto obtainanIProuteraddress,andtheDHCPserverspecifiesadefaultIProuter,theDHCPserverspecificationoverridesthesettingforIPRouter.IPFrameTypeIP FrameTypesetsthetype of framecontainingIPtraffic:DIX802.3SettingDescriptionDIX(default)SetsEthernet typetoDIX(Ethernet2.0) forIPframes.802.3SetsEthernet typeto802.3withaSNAPheaderforIPframes.Select802.3ifothernetworkcomputersuseSNAPencapsulationforIPframes.DHCPDHCPprovidesawayforthisaccess point(theclient)toobtainIPaddressesfromaDHCPserveronthenetwork.Settingsare:EnabledEnabled, if IP address is zeroDisabled
SECTION4"Configuration4-20 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideSettingDescriptionEnabledDHCPalwaysobtainsIPaddressesfortheaccess point,subnet mask,and(optional)defaultrouterwhentheaccess pointreboots.Italso obtainsthelease expirationtime.Enabled,ifIPaddress iszero(default)IfIPAddress is0.0.0.0, DHCPobtainsIPaddressesfortheaccess point,subnet mask,and(optional)defaultrouter.Italso obtainsthelease expirationtime.Theaccess pointignoresotherDHCPconfigurationoptions.DisabledDisablesDHCP.Youmust manuallyset theIPaddressesbeforetheTCP/IPstackisenabled."NOTE:If you are using OWL/IPtunneling,you should notuseDHCPtoallocateIPaddressestosuper rootcandidatesordesignated bridgesunless a permanentleaseisused,and the access pointisrebootedaftergetting an address. OWL/IPoptions starton page 4-79.Theaccess pointrespondsonlytoaddress offersfromDHCPorBootpservers.Ineither casetheserverisspecifiedintheDHCPservernamefield.DHCP ServerNameThepromptfortheDHCPservernameis:Range is:31 charsTheaccess pointrespondsonlytothenamedserver.Thedefaultservernameis“NorandDHCPServer.”Thisnamepreventstheaccess pointfrominadvertentlyobtaininganIPconfigurationfromexistingserversonthenetwork.IftheDHCPservernameisconfiguredwithanull string(“”),theaccess pointrespondsto offersfromanyserver.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-21Theclass identifierstringfortheaccess pointis“NorandAccess Point.”Serversusethis stringtoidentifytheaccesspoint.BootpOperationTheaccess pointcanalsoacceptaddressesfromaBootpserveridentifiedintheDHCPservernamefield.Anaddress offerfromaBootpserveristreatedasifitwereaninfiniteleasefromaDHCPserver.Networks WithDHCPand BootpServersIftheDHCPservernameisconfiguredas“”,theaccesspointrespondsto eitherDHCPorBootpservers.Theaccess pointgivespreferencetoDHCPoffers.IfaBootpreplyarrivesat theaccess pointbeforeanyDHCPoffersarereceived,theaccess pointwaitsanadditional4secondsforaDHCPofferbeforeresponding.IfaDHCPofferisreceivedwithinthe4-second period,theBootpreplyisignoredandtheDHCPofferisaccepted.HandshakingWhentheaccess pointrespondstoaDHCPorBootpserver,itbroadcastsasingleARPrequest totheaddress offered.IfnoARPresponseisreceivedwithin3seconds,theaccesspointassumestheIPaddress isuniqueandcompletesthenegotiationforthataddress.IfanARPreplyisreceivedbeforethetimeout,theaccess pointassumestheaddress isaduplicateand declinesthe offer.InfiniteLeasesADHCPservermaybeconfiguredtograntaninfiniteleasetotheaccess point.A Bootpgrantisalwaystreatedasaninfinitelease.Theaccess pointstorestheIPaddress,subnet mask,and defaultrouterintheEEPROMconfigurationregisterand disablesDHCP.Thesesettingsaremaintainediftheaccess pointispoweredoff or rebootedthroughtheROM commandmonitor.TorestoreDHCPclientoperation,reconfiguretheIPaddress to0.0.0.0.
SECTION4"Configuration4-22 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide"NOTE:DHCPisdocumented inRFCs1533,1534,and 1541.Bootpisdocumented inRFC951.AutoARPMinutesTheaccess pointperiodicallysendsan unsolicitedARPresponsesorouterscan updatetheir routingtables.Theresponse enablesanetworkmanagementplatform tolearnabout theaccess pointonthenetworkbyqueryingrouters.AutoARPMinutesisthenumberofminutesbetweenperiodicARPrequests.Thepromptis:Range is:0..120Thedefaultis5minutes.Asettingof0disablesAutoARPMinutes.Ifthedefaultrouter’saddress is0,theARPrequestis senttotheIPaddress ofthisaccess point.Without theAutoARPMinutesoption,anaccess point mightnotuseitsIPaddress forextended periodsoftimeandexpirefrom therouter’sARPtable.AutoARPMinutesenhancesthediscoveryofthenetworkarchitecturebynetworkmanagement tools,suchasOpenViewbyHewlett-Packard.ThenetworkmanagementtoolqueriesIProuterARPtablestolocatetheactiveIPaddressesforthesubnetIPaddressesforaccess pointsshouldnotbeallowedto expire.Thenetworkmanagementprogramwouldthen needtopingall potentialaddressesonasubnet tolocateactiveIPaddresses,or requiretheusertoenteralist.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-23BridgeOptionsUse[Bridge]toconfigure optionsthatdefinethebridgingtopology ofthe openwireless LAN. Optionsare:Serial Number “(Unique 10-digit number.)”Lan ID 0[Root][Ports]ARP Server Mode <Disabled>SerialNumberSerial Numberisaread-onlysettingthatdisplaysthisaccess point’sunique10-digitserialnumber, whichidentifiesthisunitonthenetwork.LanIDTheLANID(alsocalleddomain)isanumberthatlogicallyisolatesadjacentbutindependentopenwireless LANs.Thepromptis:Range is:0..254Followingareranges:"900 MHzandS-UHFradios:0(default)to254."WLIFradio:0to15."NOTE:For mixed systems containing WLIFradios,you mustuse LANID0to 15.
SECTION4"Configuration4-24 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideYoushouldchangethedefaultof0toanothernumbertoavoidapotentialconflictwithanadjacentnetwork.Allaccess pointsandwireless stationsinthesamenetworkmusthavethesameLANID."NOTE:See page 4-87 forinformation aboutcombining WLIF,900 MHz,andS-UHFradiosinacommon networkbyfollowing basicguidelinesforLANIDand controllersetup.[Root][Root]optionsapplytoaccess pointsconfiguredto operateasthesuper root.Theyshouldbeset tothesamesettingsinall access pointswithanonzerorootpriorityconfigured.Optionsare:Root Priority[Global Radio][Global Flooding]RootPriorityRootPrioritydetermineswhichaccess pointsarecandidatestobecomethesuper rootnode onthedistributionLAN(alsocalledprimaryLAN).Thepromptis:Range is:0..7Thedefaultis1.SuperRootCandidatesAccess pointsassignedarootprioritybetween1 and7 arecandidatestobecomethesuper root.Access pointsassignedarootpriorityof0 areprohibitedfrombecomingthesuper root.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-25SuperRootSelectionTheaccess pointwiththehighestassignedrootprioritybecomesthesuper rootwheneveritispoweredonandactive.Ifthecurrentsuper rootgoesoffline,theremainingcandidatesnegotiatetodeterminewhichonebecomesthenewsuper root.Thisnormallytakesabout1minute.Thesuper rootisalwaystheaccess pointwiththehighestrootpriority(otherthan0).Iftwo ormoreaccess pointshavethesamerootpriority,theunitwiththehighestEthernetaddress becomesthesuper root.SuperRootRedundancyForredundancy,two orthree access points shouldhaveanonzerorootpriority.All otheraccess points shouldhavearootpriorityof0.(Redundancyistheabilityofanotheraccess point totake overifthesuper rootgoesoffline.)Youshould dothefollowing:"Configure oneaccess pointasaprimarysuper root(withthehighestrootpriority)."Configure one ortwoaccess pointsas“fallback”superroots(withlowerpriority)."Configureremainingaccess pointswitharootpriorityof0.[GlobalRadio]"NOTE:Usethe same[Global Radio]settingsin all super rootcandidates.[GlobalRadio]distributesnetwork-wideconfigurationparameters.Settingsinthesuper rootaredistributedthroughout thenetwork. Optionsare:Set Globally ValueUHF Rfp Threshold <Disabled> 70UHF Frag Size <Disabled> 250Falcon Frag Size <Disabled> 250Awake Time <Disabled> 0
SECTION4"Configuration4-26 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideTheprevious samplescreenshowsthe options’defaultsettings, whichare optimumformostinstallations.Itisrecommendedthatyou notchangethedefaults.OptionDescriptionUHFRfpThresholdThisoptionadjuststheS-UHFprotocolcharacteristicsforsmallerdataframes.TherecommendedsettinginmostcasesisDisabled.Forinstallationsthatprimari-lysendverysmall frames,Enabledat thedefaultvalue of70 mayimprovenetworkresponsetime.UHF FragSizeFor reliabletransmission,largeframesmaybefragmentedorsplitintoseveralsmallerframes.Thereceiver reassemblesthefragmentsintoacompleteframe.Thedefaultis250.FalconFragSizeFor reliabletransmission,largeframesmaybefragmentedorsplitintoseveralsmallerframes.Thereceiver reassemblesthefragmentsintoacompleteframe.Thedefaultis250.AwakeTime(Does notapplytoWLIFradio.)Thisoptionestablishesanawaketimeafterastationtransmits.Portablestationsdonotenterapowermanagedstateforthistimeperiod.Theaccesspoint maydeliveraresponsewithoutusingthependingmessagedeliverymechanismduringtheawaketime.Thetimeis specifiedintenthsofseconds.WhenawaketimeisDisabled(thedefault),eachstation usesitsowndefault(2secondsfor900 MHzorS-UHFstations).Longerawaketimesmayreducestationbatterylife.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-27Each[GlobalRadio]option hasthefollowingsettings:Set Globally <Disabled>Value 0SetGloballyThevalueforall radiosinthesystemis specifiedaccordingtohowSetGloballyisconfigured.SettingDescriptionEnabledIfthisaccess pointisthesuper root,itsetsthevalueforall stationsandaccess pointsinthenetwork.This settinghasno effectinaccesspointsotherthanthesuper root.Disabled(default)Thesuper rootdoesnotdistributeglobalparameters.All radiosinthenetworkuselocalsettingsordefaults.ValueFollowingarerangesand defaultsfortheValue option.ValueRangeDefaultUHFRfpThreshold0--250 octets70UHF FragSize0--250 octets250FalconFragSize0--250 octets250AwakeTime0--255 (tenthsofseconds)0
SECTION4"Configuration4-28 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide[GlobalFlooding]"NOTE:Usethe same[GlobalFlooding]settingsin all super rootcandidates.Use[GlobalFlooding]tosetsystem-widefloodingoptions.Thesettingsaresent throughout thenetworkwhenandifthisaccess pointbecomesthesuper root. Optionsare:Multicast UnicastInbound <Primary> <Disabled>Outbound to Secondaries <Disabled> <Disabled>Outbound to Stations <Disabled> <Disabled>Anaccess pointnormallyforwardsframesonlytodestinationaddressesithaslearnedandstoredintheforwardingdatabase.Framesareforwardedonlyontheport thatprovidestheshortestpathtothedestinationaddress.Theaccess pointcanbeconfiguredtofloodframesonone ormoreportswhenthedestinationaddress isunknown.Globalfloodingoptionsallowfordifferentfloodingconfigurationsto optimizeperformance.Settingsinthesuper rootaredistributedtoall otheraccess points.AframefloodedtowardthedistributionLAN(LANsegmentcontainingthesuper root)isinbound.Aframefloodedawayfrom thedistributionLAN isoutbound.Aspecialcase ofoutboundisoutbound tosecondaryLANs."NOTE:AFlooding Level Checkliststartson page 4-31.InboundFloodingmaybeconfiguredseparatelyforunicast(singlephysicaladdress)andmulticast(groupaddress) frametypes.Manynetworkprotocolsusemulticast messagesforestablishingandmaintainingconnections,anduseunicastmessagesfordataexchange.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-29Inboundoptionsare:Multicast <Primary>Unicast <Disabled>MulticastandUnicastoptionshavethefollowingsettings:EnabledPrimaryDisabledSettingDescriptionEnabledAccess pointfloodstoall ports,similartoaconventionalbridge.Primary(Multicastdefault)Framesarefloodedinboundonly.Thissettingisuseful inmanywireless installa-tionswherethesuper root,servers,orgatewaysforwireless stationsare onthesameEthernetsegment.Disabled(Unicastdefault)Framesarenotflooded.Usethis settingonlyiftheOutboundtoSecondariesoptionisalsoset toDisabled.Outbound toSecondariesOutboundtoSecondariesfloodsframeswith unknowndestinationstosecondaryLANsegments.Settingsare:EnabledRegisteredDisabled
SECTION4"Configuration4-30 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideSettingDescriptionEnabledAll designatedbridgesfloodtosecondaryLANs.This settingallowsthesuper root tocontrolfloodingforall access points servingasdesignatedbridgesforsecondaryLANs(see page4-57).RegisteredDesignatedbridgesfloodaccordingtotheirindividualfloodregistersettings.This set-tingallowsindividualdesignatedbridgestobeconfiguredseparately.Disabled(MulticastandUnicastdefault)Floodingisdisabledinall designatedbridges.This settingallowsthesuper root tocontrolfloodingforall access points servingasdesignatedbridgesforsecondaryLANs(see page4-57).This settingshouldbeusedonlyifInboundfloodingisDisabled.Outbound toStationsOutboundtoStationsappliesonlytoaccess pointswiththeWLIFradio option.Settingsare:EnabledDisabledSettingDescriptionEnabledFramesareflooded.Disabled(MulticastandUnicastdefault)Framesarenotflooded.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-31Flooding LevelChecklistYoucan usethefollowinglistofquestionstodeterminetherequiredfloodinglevelsfortheInboundandOutboundtoSecondariesoptions.Thelistis structuredsothatyoushouldskiplaterquestionsas soonasyoudeterminetheappropriatefloodlevelsettings.Ifyouransweris“Idonotknow,”gotothenextquestion.Ifyoucannotdeterminetheappropriatefloodinglevels,usethehigher(multicast) floodinglevels."NOTE:If extensiveflooding isenabled,itwill be moreimportant tosetEthernet filterstoreduce unnecessarytrafficinthe radio network. Ingeneral, the need forfiltersincreaseswiththe amountof trafficonthe distribution LANand the flooding levels.Filtering startson page4-43.1.Isthe openwireless LANusedonlywithNORANDRemulationterminals?AnswerSettingsYesInbound/Unicast/DisabledInbound/Multicast/EnabledOutboundtoSecondaries/Unicast/DisabledOutboundtoSecondaries/Multicast/DisabledComments:UnicastfloodingisnotrequiredtosupportNORANDterminalemulationbecausetheNORANDtransportlayer(usedforterminalemulation)periodicallygeneratestraffic.Inboundmulticastfloodingisrequired. OutboundmulticastfloodingisnotrequiredbecauseNORANDterminalemulationstationsdonotneedtoreceivemulticastframes.
SECTION4"Configuration4-32 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide2. Doesthenetworkcontainonly900 MHzorS-UHFaccess points?AnswerSettingsYesInbound/Unicast/DisabledOutboundtoSecondaries/Unicast/DisabledComments:Unicastfloodingisnever requiredfor900 MHzorS-UHFaccess points,sincestations supportingthesemediaoptionsestablishreliableconnectionsastheyroambetweenaccess points.ThecorrectportforS-UHFor900 MHzstationsisalwaysknown.3. Doall nodesintheradionetworkroutinelytransmitaframeatleastonce every4minutes?AnswerSettingsYesInbound/Unicast/DisabledOutboundtoSecondaries/Unicast/Disabled4. Doanynodesintheradionetworkneedtoreceivemulticastorbroadcast messages?AnswerSettingsNoInbound/Multicast/EnabledOutboundtoSecondaries/Multicast/DisabledNote:TCP/IPnodesmustreceive broadcastARPframes.Comments:Thedestinationofamulticastframeisneverknown.TheDisabledsettingshouldbeusedforanynetworkwherestationsdonotneedtoreceivemulticastframes.TheDisabledsettingcanbeusedforsecondaryLANsthatonlyneedtoreceiveARPframes.WhenWLIFwireless stationsmustreceivemulticastframes,setOutboundtoStationstoEnabled.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-335. Donodesintheradionetworkcommunicatewithothernodesintheradionetwork?AnswerSettingsYesInbound/Unicast/EnabledInbound/Multicast/EnabledNoInbound/Unicast/PrimaryInbound/Multicast/PrimaryOutboundtoSecondaries/Unicast/RegisteredOutboundtoSecondaries/Multicast/RegisteredComments:TheEnabledsettingsfacilitatepeer-to-peerapplications, wherenodesinthe openwireless LANcommunicatewitheachother.Ingeneral,thePrimaryandRegisteredsettingsaredesignedfor clientorterminalapplicationswherenodesinthe openwireless LANcommunicatewithservernodesonthedistributionLAN.6. Doradio-equippedwireless station nodes(openornon-wireless LAN)needtoreceivemulticastorbroadcastframes?AnswerSettingYesOutboundtoStations/Multicast/Enabled
SECTION4"Configuration4-34 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide7. DoestheradionetworkcontainWLIFnodesthatdonotperiodically generatetraffic?AnswerSettingYesInbound/Unicast/PrimaryOutboundtoSecondaries/Unicast/Registered*orInbound/Unicast/Enabled***SupportcommunicationswithadistributionLAN.** Supportsgeneralpeer-to-peer communications."NOTE:WLIFnodesusing NORAND terminalemulation periodicallygeneratetraffic,and do notrequireflooding.Comments:Youmayneedto enableunicastfloodingiftheradionetworkcontainsWLIFterminalnodesornodesonasecondaryEthernetLANthatdonotperiodicallygeneratetraffic. Occasionaltrafficisneededtomaintaininformationintheforwardingdatabase.Youcanalsodothefollowing:"UsetheOutboundtoSecondaries/Unicast/EnabledsettingtoforceunicastfloodingtoWLIFnodes."UsetheInbound/Unicast/PrimaryorOutboundtoSecondaries/Unicast/RegisteredsettingincombinationwiththeFloodRegister/UnicastsettingforselectedsecondaryEthernetLANs.Thesesettingsavoidnetwork-wideuniversalfloodingifnodesthatdonotperiodically generatetrafficarerestrictedtothosesecondaryEthernetLANs.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-358. DoestheradionetworkcontainasecondaryEthernetLAN(s)withconnectednodesthatdonotperiodicallygeneratetraffic?AnswerSettingYesOutboundtoSecondaries/Unicast/EnabledAlternatively,youcanconfigurepermanentaddressesintheStaticAddress Table(page4-42).9. DoestheradionetworkcontainasecondaryEthernetLAN(s)withconnectednodesthat mustreceivemulticastorbroadcastframes?AnswerSettingYesInbound/Multicast/PrimaryOutboundtoSecondaries/Multicast/RegisteredorInbound/Multicast/EnabledOutboundtoSecondaries/Multicast/RegisteredComments:"Youcan usethesettingslistedintheabovechartincombinationwithaFloodRegistersettingofMulticastforselectedsecondaryEthernetLANs,ifnodesintheradionetworkthat mustreceivebroadcastormulticastframesarerestrictedtothoseLANs."YoushouldusetheOutboundtoStations/Enabledsettingifwireless stationsmustreceivemulticastframes.Forexample,TCP/IPwireless stationsmayneedtoreceivebroadcastARPrequests."Youcan useEthernetfilterstoreducemulticastfloodingforanyInboundorOutboundtoSecondaries settingotherthanDisabled.
SECTION4"Configuration4-36 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideS-UHF Flooding LevelBecause ofitslowbandwidth,S-UHFisvulnerabletoexcess trafficfrombusybackbones.TherecommendedsettingsforS-UHFisInbound/Disabledand OutboundtoSecondaries/Disabled(forthemulticastandunicastoptions).ThesesettingspreventexcessivetrafficfrombeingforwardedontotheRFmedium.Flood RegisterYoucan usetheInboundoptionandOutboundtoSecondariesoptionincombinationwiththeFloodRegistersettingfortheEthernetport.YoucanconfigurethenetworksothatunicastormulticastframesarefloodedonlytosecondaryEthernetLANsthathaveunicastormulticastflooding(orboth)enabled.UnicastandmulticastfloodingoptionsforsecondaryEthernetLANs startonpage4-59.ARP ServerModeARPServer Modecanconvert multicastARPrequeststounicastARPrequestsforstationsintheforwardingdatabase.ARPServer Modecansignificantlyimprovewireless networkperformanceinbusyIPnetworks.Settingsare:DisabledNo FloodingDelay FloodingNormal FloodingWhenARPServer Modeisenabled,theIPaddressesareincludedintheforwardingdatabase entryforthestation.TheARPserverlearnstheIPaddressesofwireless stationsbymonitoringARPpackets.Additionally,somestationsmayhavethecapabilityofexplicitlyregisteringIPaddresseswiththeARPserver.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-37SettingDescriptionDisabled(default)NospecialactionistakenwhenanARPisreceived.MulticastARPrequestsaresubject totheEthernetfiltersandtheflood-ingsettings.TheDisabledsettingisusefulwhenasystemhasnoIPradiotrafficorhasstationsthatdonotregisterIPaddresses.NoFloodingARPserver convertsARPsfrom multicast totheunicastaddress ofthedestinationsta-tion.NoFloodingisthemostefficientcon-figuration,sincemulticastARPsareneverforwarded.Use ofthis settingrequires sta-tionstoregisterIPaddresseswiththeaccesspoint.UseNoFloodingorDisabledifwire-less stationsdonotneedtorespondtoARPs.DelayFloodingARPserver convertsARPsfrom multicast totheunicastaddress ofthedestinationsta-tion.Ifthedestinationaddress isunknown,theinitialARPrequestisnotforwarded.IftherequestingdeviceretriestheARPrequest,secondandsubsequentARPre-questsareforwarded.ARPrequestsfromwireless stationsarefloodedinbound.DelayFloodingisthepreferredoptionwhenwireless stations shouldrespondtoARPs,butarenotcapable ofregisteringtheirIPaddresseswiththeaccess point.NormalFloodingARPserver convertsARPsfrom multicast totheunicastaddress ofdestinationstation.Ifthedestinationaddress isunknown,theARPrequestisfloodedaccordingtothemul-ticastfloodlevelsettings.ARPrequestsfromwireless stationsarefloodedinbound.NormalFloodingisusefulwhenwirelessstationsneedtorespondtoARPrequests,butarenotcapable ofregisteringIPaddress-eswiththeaccess point.NormalFloodingsendsmoreunnecessaryARPsoverwirelesslinksthendelayflooding.NormalFloodingdoesnotintroduce occasionaldelaysinARPresponsesasDelayFloodingdoes.
SECTION4"Configuration4-38 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide[Ports]Use[Ports]todefine optionsfortheaccess point’sEthernetport,radioports,andOWL/IP(IPtunneling)port.Thefollowingsamplescreenshowsall theports.Name MAC Address Status Hello Period1 “omde” 00:00:00:00:00:00 <Enabled> <2 Seconds>2 “omdpxma” 00:00:00:00:00:00 <Enabled> <2 Seconds>3 “omdflca” 09:46:19:01:0a:02 <Enabled> <1 Second>4 “omduhfb” 01:55:b2:b3:90:e5 <Enabled> <2 Seconds>5 “omdip” 00:00:00:00:00:00 <Enabled> <2 Seconds>Becausethesystemsoftwareautosensesthetype ofradiooptioninstalledineachport,yourscreendisplaysonlytheportsfortheinstalledradios.ThefollowingchartdefinesoptionsintheNamecolumn.OptionDescriptionomdeEthernetportomdpxma(oromdpxmb)WLIF(Proxim2.4GHz)radioportomdflca(oromdflcb)Falcon(900 MHz)radioportomduhfbS-UHFradioportomdipOWL/IPport(IPtunneling)Selectaport todisplayitsoptions:Name (Depends on the port.)MAC Address 00:c0:b2:00:00:00Status <Enabled>Hello Period <2 Seconds>[Ethernet][WLIF][Falcon][UHF][OWL/IP]
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-39Name,MAC Address,Status,andHelloPeriodappearforall ports.Theremainingoptionsappearasfollows:[Ethernet]Appearsifyouselected“omde.”Options startonpage4-41.[WLIF]Appearsifyouselected“omdpxma”(or“omdpxmb”)and aWLIFradioisinstalledineitherPCcardslot. Options startonpage4-60.[Falcon]Appearsifyouselected“omdflca”(or“omdflcb”)and a 900 MHzradioisinstalledineitherPCcardslot. Options startonpage4-74.[UHF]Appearsifyouselected“omduhfb”and aS-UHFradioisinstalledinitsPCcardslot. Optionsstartonpage4-76.[OWL/IP]Appearsifyouselected“omdip.”Options startonpage4-79.NameTheread-onlyNamesettingdisplaysthedrivernameforthetype ofdevice occupyingthiscommunicationport.Forexample,“omde”isthedrivernamefortheEthernetport.Thenameisforinternalsystemuse.MAC AddressMAC Address isaread-onlyoptionthatdisplaysthenetworkaddress oftheEthernetportor radioport.Theaccess pointautomaticallyidentifiestheaddressesofdevicesinstalledinorattachedtoitscommunicationports."NOTE:Afteryou reconfigure and reboot the access point, wait forthepower-up sequencetocomplete beforeyou check the MACaddress.The properaddress should appearafteryou reboot the access point.If you do notwait forthe access point tocompletelypowerup, theMACaddress maydisplayall zeros.However, the access pointshouldstill operate normally.
SECTION4"Configuration4-40 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideStatusTheStatusoptionsetstheconditionoftheEthernetportorradioport.Settingsare:EnabledDisabledSettingDescriptionEnabled(default)Portisavailableforuse.DisabledPortisnotavailableforuse.HelloPeriodThehelloperiod determineshowfrequentlytheaccess pointbroadcastshellomessagesonthenetwork. OnEthernetlinksandwireless linksbetweenaccess points,hellomessagesareusedtomaintainthespanningtree. Onwireless links,hellosalsoserveasbeaconmessagestosynchronizecommunicationswithpowermanagedstations.SettingsforHelloPeriodare:1 Second2 Seconds3 SecondsThehelloperiodcanbe1or2seconds(default)on900 MHzorS-UHFradiolinks.A1-secondhelloperiodrequiresthewireless stationtowakeupmore often, whichincreasesbatteryusage.However,a 1-secondhelloperiodcanreducethedelaybeforeapendingmessageisreceived.Formostinstallations,thedefault(2seconds)isrecommended.TheEthernethelloperiodcanbeset to2or3seconds.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-41EthernetOptionsUse[Ethernet]tosetEthernetportoptions:OWL Frame Type <DIX>Cable Type <Auto Detect>[Static Addresses][Normal RX Filter][Advanced RX Filter][Bridging]OWL FrameTypeOWL FrameTypeistheEthernet typefor communicationamongaccess points(openwireless LANframes).Settingsare:DIXSNAPSettingDescriptionDIX(default)AddsDIX(Ethernet2.0)headerto openwirelessLANframes. DIXisthedefaultbecauseitaddsless overheadtothewireless data.SNAPAddsan802.3SNAPheaderto openwirelessLANframes.Insomecases,openwireless LANframesmustbe encapsulatedinSNAPframes.
SECTION4"Configuration4-42 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideCableTypeCableTypespecifiesthetype ofEthernet medium towhichtheaccess pointisconnected.Itisrecommendedthatyouexplicitlyset thecabletype.Settingsare:10BaseT10Base2AUIAuto DetectSettingDescription10BaseTSelectstheRJ11 connector(setstypeto10BASE-T,twisted pair).Thecabletypedefaultsto10BASE-TifnotrafficisheardonanyEthernetport(10BASE2,10BASE5,or10BASE-T)duringa 10-secondtimewindowwhentheaccess pointstartsup.10Base2SelectstheBNCconnector(setstypeto10BASE2,thinnet).AUISelectstheAUI15-pinD-subconnector(setstypeto10BASE5thicknet,andothertypes).AutoDetect(default)AutomaticallyselectsthecorrectcabletypebylisteningfortrafficontheEthernetportsduringinitialization.Forthistowork,theaccess pointmustbeconnectedtotheEthernet mediumduringsystemstart-up,andanotherdevice ontheEthernet medium mustbetransmittingatleastoneframe every10 seconds.[StaticAddresses]Use[StaticAddresses]todefinealistof20 orfewerpermanentunicast802 MAC addressesconnectedtothisEthernetport.TheStaticAddress Tabledisplaystheaddresses:
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-431 00.00.00.00.00.002 00.00.00.00.00.003 00.00.00.00.00.00...20 00.00.00.00.00.00Selectanaddress,thentype6hexadecimalpairsforthenewaddress at theprompt:Range is:6 hex pairsStaticaddressesbecomepermanententriesintheroutetable.ThisisusefulwhenconfiguringdesignatedbridgesforsecondaryLANs,sinceitreducestheneedtofloodframestowiredstationsonthesecondaryLANsegment.See page4-57 fordiscussionofdesignatedbridgesforsecondaryLANs.[NormalRXFilter]Ethernetfiltersalloweliminationof frametypesthatdonotneedtobeforwardedtowireless stations.Themainbenefitof filteringisreductionin unnecessarywirelesstransmissions. Optionsare:[Frame Types][SubTypes 1][SubTypes 2]
SECTION4"Configuration4-44 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide[FrameTypes]allowsfilterstobe establishedfor commonnetworkingprotocols suchasIP,Novell IPX,and802.2LLC(LogicalLinkControl).Separateselectionsareavailableforeachofthethree Ethernetstandards: DIX(Ethernet2.0),802.3,and802.3SNAP.Afiltermaybeconfiguredtopass ordropall framesofagiventype.Alternatively,filtersmaybeset to operate onselectedsubtypeswithineachframetypecategory.[SubTypes1]lists severalpredefinedframetypesaswell asuser-definedframetypes.Settingsunder[SubTypes2]allowadditionaluser-definedframesubtypestobespecified.Thedefaultaccess pointconfigurationpassesallframetypes.[FrameTypes][FrameTypes]optionsare:Action ScopeDIX-IP-TCP Ports <Pass> <Unlisted>DIX-IP-UDP Ports <Pass> <Unlisted>DIX-IP-Other Protocols <Pass> <Unlisted>DIX-IPX Sockets <Pass> <Unlisted>DIX-Other EtherTypes <Pass> <Unlisted>SNAP-IP-TCP Ports <Pass> <Unlisted>SNAP-IP-UDP Ports <Pass> <Unlisted>SNAP-IP-Other Protocols <Pass> <Unlisted>SNAP-IPX Sockets <Pass> <Unlisted>SNAP-Other EtherTypes <Pass> <Unlisted>802.3-IPX Sockets <Pass> <Unlisted>802.2-IPX Sockets <Pass> <Unlisted>802.2-Other SAPs <Pass> <Unlisted>
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-45FrameTypeDescriptionDIX--IP--TCP PortsDIX--IP--UDP PortsSNAP--IP--TCP PortsSNAP--IP--UDP PortsPrimaryInternetProtocolSuite(IP)transportprotocols.DIX--IP--OtherProtocolsSNAP--IP--OtherProtocolsIPprotocolsotherthanTCPorUserDatagramProtocol(UDP).DIX--IPXSocketsSNAP--IPXSockets802.3--IPXSocketsNovell NetWareprotocol.DIX--OtherEtherTypesSNAP--OtherEtherTypesDIXorSNAPregistered protocolsotherthanIPorIPX.802.2--IPXSocketsNovell runningover802.2LLC.802.2--OtherSAPsSAPsotherthanIPXorSNAP."NOTE:SomeIPprotocolports cannotbe filtered becausetheyare used forconfiguration and managementof the access point. TheseincludeHTTP,Telnet, SNMP,and InternetControlMessage Protocol(ICMP).Filters set forthese protocolsareignored forthe Ethernet frametypeconfigured inthe access point’s[Tcpip]menu.Frametypeshavethefollowingsettings:Action <Pass>Scope <Unlisted>SettingDescriptionActionDefineshowtheframeisprocessed:Pass(default)Frameispassedtothebridgingfunctionforfurtherprocessing.DropFrameisdiscarded.
SECTION4"Configuration4-46 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideSettingDescriptionScopeDefineswhethertheactionappliestoall framesofthistype,orisrestrictedtoselectedsubtypes:Unlisted(default)Appliesonlytosubtypesthatarenotconfiguredunder[SubTypes1]or[SubTypes2].All Appliestoall framesofthistype.[SubTypes1]and[SubTypes2]settingsforthisframetypeareignored.[SubTypes 1]Thepredefinedsubtypesinthe[SubTypes1]menu providepreconfiguredfiltersthatareuseful inmanynetworks.Thevaluesforthesesubtypescannotbechanged.Subtypesare:Action SubType ValueDIX-ARP <Pass> <DIX-EtherType> 08 06SNAP-ARP <Pass> <SNAP-EtherType> 08 06802.2-IPX-RIP <Pass> <802.2-IPX-Socket> 04 51802.2-IPX-SAP <Pass> <802.2-IPX-Socket> 04 53NNL <Pass> <DIX-EtherType> 87 5bNETBIOS <Pass> <802.2-SAP> f0 f01(User-defined subtypes.)(through)16 (User-defined subtypes.)User-DefinedSubtypes in[SubTypes 1]and[SubTypes 2]Thevalueunderuser-definedsubtypes allowindividualprotocolports,sockets,orSAPstobespecifiedforeachofthelistedframetypes.Thefiltertakesactionifeitherthesource ordestinationfieldsintheframematchthespecifiedport,socket,orSAP.Avalue of00 00 denotesthesubtypeasUnlisted.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-47Subtypesfor[SubTypes2]are:Action SubType Value1 <Pass> <DIX-IP-TCP-Port> 00 002 <Pass> <DIX-IP-TCP-Port> 00 003 <Pass> <DIX-IP-TCP-Port> 00 00...22 <Pass> <DIX-IP-TCP-Port> 00 00SubtypeValueDIX--IP--TCP--PortPortvaluein hexadecimal.DIX--IP--UDP--PortPortvaluein hexadecimal.DIX--IP--ProtocolProtocolnumberin hexadecimal.DIX--IPX--SocketSocketvaluein hexadecimal.DIX--EtherTypeSpecifytheregisteredDIXtypeinhexadecimal.SNAP--IP--TCP--PortPortvaluein hexadecimal.SNAP--IP--UDP--PortPortvaluein hexadecimal.SNAP--IP--ProtocolPortvaluein hexadecimal.SNAP--IPX--SocketSocketvaluein hexadecimal.SNAP--EtherTypeSAPin hexadecimal.TofilteronbothSAPandOUI(OrganizationallyUniqueIdentifier),useadvancedfilters.802.3--IPX-SocketSocketvaluein hexadecimal.802.2--IPX-SocketSocketvaluein hexadecimal.802.2--SAPSAPin hexadecimal."NOTE:Portvaluesmaybe entered in decimal,byadding a period totheentry.Forexample,“23.”forport23.The Value field displays thehexadecimalequivalent.
SECTION4"Configuration4-48 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideFiltering ExamplesThefollowingnetworkexamplesillustratehowfiltersmaybeset to optimizewireless performance.ThesamplenetworkinFigure4-3containsthefollowing:"Wireless stationsusingIP."AsecondaryLANcontainingIPandIPXhosts,linkedbyaccess points(AP)2 and4."AnIPXrouter connectingtoanotherNovell network."DIXand802.3SNAPframes."NOTE:Manynetworks use onlyone Ethernet frametype.DIXisthe mostcommon type.Set filtersonlyforthe Ethernet frametypesfound onyournetwork.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-49Novell ServerDistribution LANIPWirelessStationsAP1(SuperRoot)Figure 4-3Access PointsServicing IPWireless StationsIPHostIPX RouterAP2AP4AP5AP3AP6IPX HostIPHostSecondaryLANExample 1Access points1,3,5,and6inFigure4-3service onlyIPwireless stations.Intheseaccess pointsitisdesirabletopass necessaryIPtraffic,buteliminateunnecessaryIPXtraffic.ThesedonotneedtobeforwardedtothesecondaryLAN.Inthiscaseitisnotnecessarytousethe[SubTypes1]or[SubTypes2]configuration.
SECTION4"Configuration4-50 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideInexample1,[FrameTypes]is setasfollows:Action ScopeDIX-IP-TCP Ports <Pass> <All>DIX-IP-UDP Ports <Pass> <All>DIX-IP-Other Protocols <Pass> <All>DIX-IPX Sockets <Drop> <All>DIX-Other EtherTypes <Pass> <Unlisted>SNAP-IP-TCP Ports <Pass> <All>SNAP-IP-UDP Ports <Pass> <All>SNAP-IP-Other Protocols <Pass> <Unlisted>SNAP-IPX Sockets <Drop> <All>SNAP-Other EtherTypes <Pass> <Unlisted>802.3-IPX Sockets <Pass> <Unlisted>802.2-IPX Sockets <Pass> <Unlisted>802.2-Other SAPs <Pass> <Unlisted>Example 2Access points2 and4inFigure4-3serviceIPwirelessstationsaswell aswiredIPandIPXhostsonthesecondaryLAN.Theseaccess pointshaveanadditionalrequirementtopass IPXtraffic.TheIPXrouterinthisnetworkperiodicallysendsIPX-RIP(RoutingInformationProtocol) framesfor coordinatingwithother routers.ThesedonotneedtobeforwardedtothesecondaryLANbecausethesecondaryLANdoesnotcontainarouter.TofiltertheRIPframes,itisnecessarytousethe[SubTypes1]configurations.The examplesetsfiltersforthree differentcases: DIX,802.2,or802.3SNAPframes.Inmanyactualnetworks,onlyone ofthesewouldberequired,sinceall stationswouldbeconfiguredforone ofthethree options.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-51Inexample2,[FrameTypes]is setasfollows:Action ScopeDIX-IP-TCP Ports <Pass> <All>DIX-IP-UDP Ports <Pass> <All>DIX-IP-Other Protocols <Pass> <All>DIX-IPX Sockets <Pass> <Unlisted>DIX-Other EtherTypes <Pass> <Unlisted>SNAP-IP-TCP Ports <Pass> <All>SNAP-IP-UDP Ports <Pass> <All>SNAP-IP-Other Protocols <Pass> <Unlisted>SNAP-IPX Sockets <Pass> <Unlisted>SNAP-Other EtherTypes <Pass> <Unlisted>802.3-IPX Sockets <Pass> <Unlisted>802.2-IPX Sockets <Pass> <Unlisted>802.2-Other SAPs <Pass> <Unlisted>[SubTypes1]optionsareconfiguredtodropIPXRIPfor802.2, DIX,and802.3frames. DIXisalreadyspecifiedasapredefinedfilter.For802.2 and802.3frames,itisnecessarytouseauser-definedfilter.Inexample2,[SubTypes1]is setasfollows:Action SubType ValueDIX-ARP <Pass> <DIX-EtherType> 08 06SNAP-ARP <Pass> <SNAP-EtherType> 08 06802.2-IPX-RIP <Drop> <802.2-IPX-Socket> 04 51802.2-IPX-SAP <Pass> <802.2-IPX-Socket> 04 53NNL <Pass> <DIX-EtherType> 87 5bNETBIOS <Pass> <802.2-SAP> f0 f01 <Drop> <DIX-IPX-Socket> 04 512 <Drop> <802.3-IPX-Socket> 04 513 <Pass> <DIX-IP-TCP-Port> 00 004 <Pass> <DIX-IP-TCP-Port> 00 00
SECTION4"Configuration4-52 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide[AdvancedRXFilter]Ifyou needmoreflexibilitythanthatprovidedby[NormalRXFilter],youcan usethetablesfor[AdvancedRXFilter]tospecifyadditionalfilters.Settingsfor[AdvancedRXFilter]executeafterthosefor[NormalRXFilter].Forexample,if [NormalRXFilter]droppedaframe,theframecannotbe“undropped.”If [NormalRXFilter]passedaframe,[AdvancedRXFilter]thenexecutes.Specifyinganadvancedfilterfor[AdvancedRXFilter]ismorecomplicatedthanspecifyingonefor[NormalRXFilter].Ifpossible,use[NormalRXFilter]tosetfilters.[AdvancedRXFilter]optionsare:[Expressions][Values][Expressions]Use[Expressions]to enterexpressionsusedtomatchthepatterns storedinpatternliststoconsecutivebytesinreceivedEthernetframes.SettingsforExpressionsexecuteinsequenceuntil adeterminationismadetopass ordroptheframe,asfollows:"IfthelastThenlistedinthistableisThenDrop,thetable’sdefaultisanimpliedElsePass."IfthelastThenisThenPass,thedefaultisanimpliedElseDrop.TheValueTabledisplaysthefilterexpressionstobeexecuted:
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-53ExprSeq Offset Mask Op Value Id Action1 0 0 <EQ> 0 <And>2 0 0 <EQ> 0 <And>3 0 0 <EQ> 0 <And>...22 0 0 <EQ> 0 <And>Filterexpressionshavethefollowingsettings:ExprSeq 0Offset 0MaskOp <EQ>Value Id 0Action <Pass>ExprSeqExprSeqcontainsasequencenumberthatordersexpressionsinascendingorder.Itisamethodofchangingthesequence execution.Thepromptis:Range is:0..65535Thedefaultis0.Changethesenumbersasneededforreordering.Afteryousavethechanges(throughtheWritecommand),thestatementsarephysicallyreorderedandrenumbered.
SECTION4"Configuration4-54 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideOffsetThis settingdefinesthe offsetinareceivedEthernetframetomatchthepatterns.Thepromptis:Range is:0..65535Aframematchesapatternlistifthemaskedbytesat thespecifiedoffsetintheframematchanyofthemaskedpatternsinthepatternlist.Thedefaultis0.MaskThis settingindicatesthebitsthataresignificantat thespecifiedoffset.Thepromptis:Range is:8 hex pairsThedefaultis“” (anemptystring).Thelengthofthismaskdeterminesthenumberofcharacterscomparedat the offset.Ifthisfieldis“” (anemptystring,thedefault),thelengthofthefieldisdeterminedbythelongestvalueintheValueTablewiththematchingValueId.OpOpisamemorycomparisonoperatorinthefollowingchart.OperatorDescriptionLT Less thanonevalue.LELess thanorequalto onevalue.EQ(default)Equaltoanyinthelist.NENotequaltoanyinthelist.GEGreaterthanorequalto onevalue.GTGreaterthanonevalue.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-55ValueIdThefieldat thespecifiedoffsetiscomparedwithvaluesintheValueTablewiththeValueId.Thepromptis:Range is:0..255Thedefaultis0.When usingacomparisonoperatorthatrequiresasinglevalue(LT,LE, GE,andGT),onlythefirstvaluefoundwill becompared.ActionTheActionsettinginstructstheEthernetdriverandindicateswhatshouldhappenwhenthisexpressionistrue.Settingsare:AndPassDropSettingDescriptionAndInstructsEthernetdrivertocontinuewiththenextsimple expression,ifthe expressioncondi-tionis satisfied.Two ormoresimple expressionsareANDedtogethertoformacomplexexpres-sion.Pass(default)InstructsEthernetdrivertoaccept theframeforfurtherprocessingand pass theframeuptothebridginglayer(theframeisnotdiscarded).DropInstructsEthernetdrivertoreject theframe.
SECTION4"Configuration4-56 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide[Values]Use[Values]to enterpatternliststhatcontainbytepatternsthat matchconsecutivebytesinreceivedEthernetframes.Settingsfor[Values]arereferencedbytheValueIdfrom theExpressionTable.Thevaluestobeusedinafilterexpressionareasfollows:Value Id Value1 02 03 0...22 0Filterexpressionvalueshavethefollowingsettings:Value Id 0ValueSettingDescriptionValueIdAnidentifierusedbyanexpressionintheExpres-sionTable.Therangeis0(default)to255.Allvalueswiththesameidentifierareconsideredtobeinthesamelist.When usedinanexpressionthatallowsonlyonevalue(thatis,LT,LE, GE,orGT),onlythefirstvalueinthelistisused.ValueOne ofthevaluestobecompared.Therangeis8hexadecimalpairs.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-57[Bridging][Bridging]optionsare:Bridge Priority 1Status <Enabled>Flood Register <Disabled>BridgePriorityThebridgepriorityallows selectionoftheaccess pointservingasadesignatedbridgeforasecondaryLAN.Aswiththerootpriority,thebridgepriorityallowsdesignationofaccess pointsasprimaryorfallbackbridges.Thepromptis:Range is:0..7"NOTE:The S-UHFradio option doesnotsupportdesignated bridging.DesignatedBridgeCandidatesAccess pointswitha bridgeprioritybetween1(default)and7 arecandidatestobecomethedesignatedbridge;accesspointswitha bridgepriorityof0 areprohibitedfrombridging.Theaccess pointwiththehighestbridgepriority(otherthan0)becomesthedesignatedbridgewheneveritisconnected(poweredonandactive)tothesecondaryLAN.Iftwoaccess pointshavethesamebridgepriority,theaccess pointwiththehighestEthernetaddress becomesthedesignatedbridge.However,alowerbridgepriorityaccesspoint maybecomethedesignatedbridgeifthewireless linktoahigherbridgepriorityaccess pointisunacceptable.
SECTION4"Configuration4-58 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideDesignatedBridgeSelectionIfthecurrentdesignatedbridgegoesoffline,theremainingcandidatesnegotiatetodeterminewhichonebecomesthenewdesignatedbridge.SummaryInsummary,thedesignatedbridge:"PhysicallyconnectstoasecondaryEthernetLAN."Iswithintheradiocoverageareaofanaccess pointonthedistributionLAN."Hasthehighestnonzerobridgepriority.Ifithasthesamebridgepriorityasanotheraccess point,thenithasthehighestEthernetaddress (unless theaccesspointwiththehighestpriorityisoutofradiorange).StatusTheStatusoptiondeterminesiftheaccess pointcanfunctionasadesignatedbridge.Settingsare:EnabledDisabledSettingDescriptionEnabled(default)Thisaccess point mayfunctionasthedesignatedbridgeforthesecondaryEthernetLAN.DisabledThisaccess pointcannotbethedesignatedbridgeforthesecondaryEthernetLAN.TheDisabledsettinghasthesame effectassettingBridgePriorityto0.TheDisabledsettingisvaluablefordebug.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-59Flood RegisterAsthedesignatedbridgeforthis secondaryEthernetLAN,theaccess pointcanregisterthetype of framesitexpectstoflood—unicast,multicast,orboth.Thisinformationisregisteredwithotheraccess points.Setting[GlobalFlooding]settingsinthesuper rootoverridesindividualFloodRegistersettingsindesignatedbridges.FloodRegistersettingsare:DisabledMulticastUnicastEnabled"NOTE:Set the sameFlood Registersetting in anyaccess point thatisacandidateto becomethe designated bridge forasecondaryEthernetLAN.SettingDescriptionDisabled(default)Nofloodingoccurs.(Thesuper root,however,enablesfloodingiftheOutboundtoSecondariesMulticastorUnicastoptionis set toEnabled.*)MulticastEnablesmulticastflooding.(Thesuper rootdisablesmulticastfloodingiftheOutboundtoSecondariesMulticastoptionis set toDisabled.*)Nounicastfloodingoccurs.(Thesuper rootenablesunicastfloodingiftheOutboundtoSecondariesUnicastoptionis set toEnabled.*)UnicastEnablesunicastflooding.(Thesuper rootdisablesunicastfloodingiftheOutboundtoSecondariesUnicastoptionis set toDisabled.*)Nomulticastfloodingoccurs.(Thesuper rootenablesmulticastfloodingiftheOutboundtoSecondariesMulticastoptionis set toEnabled.*)*See page4-29 formore informationaboutOutbound toSecondaries.
SECTION4"Configuration4-60 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideSettingDescriptionEnabledMulticastandunicastfloodingoccurs.(ThesuperrootdisablesfloodingiftheOutboundtoSecondariesMulticastorUnicastoptionis set toDisabled.*)*See page4-29 formore informationaboutOutbound toSecondaries.Globalfloodingsettingsinthesuper root takeprecedenceoverFloodRegistersettings.WLIFOptions"NOTE:AppendixBprovidesadditional information about the WLIFradio.Use[WLIF]tosetProxim2.4GHzradio options:Security Id “NORANDOWL”Node Type <Master>[Master Parms]MAC Config <Default>[Manual MAC Parms]"NOTE:[SlaveParms]appearsinstead of [MasterParms]ifNode Type is settoSlave. [ManualMACParms]appearsifMAC Configis set toManual.SecurityIdSecurityId preventsunauthorizedwireless stationsfromassociatingwiththisaccess point.Thepromptis:Range is:20 chars
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-61ThedefaultsecurityIDisNORANDOWL.All WLIFaccess pointsandwireless stationsinthenetworkmusthavethesamesecurityIDtocommunicate.ThesecurityIDiscasesensitive.Thatis,iftheaccess point’ssecurityIDisin uppercase,thewireless station’smustalsobein uppercase.Refertothewireless station’suserguideformoreinformationaboutsettingits securityID.NodeTypeNodeTypedeterminesifthisradioisaMastertowhichwireless stationsattach,orisaSlaveradiothat mustattachtoaMaster.ConfigurationofaWLIFradioasaSlaveisnecessaryiftheaccess pointisconfiguredasawireless access point,orthedesignatedbridgeforasecondaryLAN.Configurationasawireless access pointrequiresinstallationoftwoWLIFradios:oneMasterandoneSlave.TheMaster radioservices stationslocaltothewirelessaccess point.TheSlaveradioprovidescommunicationsbetweenthewireless access pointandthenetworkinfrastructure.Figure4-4onpage4-65 showsanetworkexample.NodeType optionsare:MasterSlaveSettingDescriptionMaster(default)Theportisconfiguredtocommunicatewithwireless stations.SlaveTheportisconfiguredtocommunicatewithotheraccess points.
SECTION4"Configuration4-62 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide[MasterParms][MasterParms]containsparameterstheaccess pointneedswhenyouconfigureitasaMaster radio.Settingsare:Channel 1Subchannel 1Wireless Hops <Disabled>Channeland SubchannelChannelsetsthisradio’shoppingsequence.Subchannelenablesaccess pointstosharethesamechannelwithoutreceivinganotheraccess point’sframes.ThepromptforChannelandSubchannel is:Range is:0..15ThedefaultforChannelandSubchannel is1.Thechannelmustbeuniqueforeachaccess pointlocatedclose enoughtogether(withinthesamecoveragearea)suchthatawireless stationmaychoosetoconnectwithanyofthem.Tomaximizetheavailablebandwidth,thechannelandsubchannelpairshouldbeuniqueforeachcloselylocatedaccess point.Whenchannelsaredifferentamongaccess points,anaccesspointcannotreceiveanotheraccess point’straffic.Anaccess pointdiscardsframesifthechannelandsubchannelIDsintheframeheaderdonot matchtheaccess point’schannelandsubchannelsettings.Twoaccess pointsondifferentsubchannels sharethesamehoppingsequence,butbehaveasiftheywere ondifferentchannels.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-63NetworkWith15 orFewerAccess PointsIf15 orfeweraccess pointsare onthenetwork,thechannelshouldbedifferentforall access points.Thesubchannelcanbethesameasordifferent thanthechannel.EXAMPLE1:The channeland subchannelcouldbesetasfollows(the accesspointnumberinthe firstcolumnisarbitrary):Access PointChannelSubchannel1 1 12 2 13 3 14 4 15 5 16 6 17 7 18 8 19 9 110 10 111 11 112 12 113 13 114 14 115 15 1NetworkWith16 orMoreAccess PointsWhenthenumberofin-rangeaccess pointsis16 ormore,channelsmustbereused.Thechannelcanbethesamefortwo ormore,but theyshouldhavedifferentsubchannels.Inthiscase,access pointsusingthesamechannelreceivetrafficforanotheraccess pointbutdiscardframeswiththeincorrectsubchannel.Tominimizeinterference,accesspointsusingthesamechannel(butdifferentsubchannels)shouldbephysicallylocatedoutsidetheradiorange ofoneanother.
SECTION4"Configuration4-64 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideEXAMPLE2:If 43 access pointsareonthe network,1to15could be assigned thechanneland subchannelnumbersinthe previousexample.Accesspoints16 to43couldbesetasfollows(the access pointnumberinthe firstcolumnisarbitrary):Access PointChannelSubchannel16 1 217 2 218 3 219 4 220 5 221 6 222 7 223 8 224 9 225 10 226 11 227 12 228 13 229 14 230 15 231 1 332 2 333 3 334 4 335 5 336 6 337 7 338 8 339 9 340 10 341 11 342 12 343 13 3
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-65Wireless HopsTocreateawireless hop,youmustenable one ormoreWLIFradiosonthedistributionLANaswireless hoppingMastersandthenconfiguretheSlavestations(through[SlaveParms]) toconnect totheseMasters.EXAMPLE:InFigure 4-4, two access pointshavetwoWLIFradios. One radioisconfigured asaMasterto provide the wireless connection tothedistribution LAN.The other radiois configured asaSlavetoservicewireless station traffic.SlaveFigure 4-4Wireless Hopping Through WLIFRadiosEthernet (Distribution)LANSecondaryLANSecondaryLANMasterSlaveMasterSlaveMaster"NOTE:Forbestperformance,use one ortwo externalantenna kitswhenusing twoWLIFradios.Aminimumseparation of10 feet(3meters)between antennasisrequired.
SECTION4"Configuration4-66 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideSettingsfortheMasterare:EnabledDisabledSettingDescriptionEnabledSetsupthisaccess point’sradioport towirelesshop.Thisaccess pointhonorsconnectionsfromanaccess pointwithaSlaveradio.Disabled(default)Preventsthisaccess point’sradioportfromwireless hopping.Thisaccess pointdoesnothonor connectionsfromanaccess pointwithaSlaveradio.[Slave Parms][SlaveParms]containsparametersthisradioneedswhenyouconfigureitasaSlaveradio. Optionsare:Channel SubchannelMaster 1 1 1Master 2 0 0Master 3 0 0Master 4 0 0Master 5 0 0Master 6 0 0Master 7 0 0Master 8 0 0FortheWLIFradiotowireless hop,atleastoneaccesspointonthesecondaryLANmustbe equippedwithaWLIFradioconfiguredforSlavemode.ThesecondaryLANcanbe one ofthefollowing:
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-67"AnEthernetsegment."Theradiorange ofasingleaccess pointwithtworadios. Oneradiomustbe operatingasaMastertoservicewireless stationtraffic.The other radiomustbe operatingasaSlavetoprovidethewireless hoptothedistributionLAN."NOTE:You mustset the RootPriorityforthe access pointwiththe Slaveradioto0to preventit frombecoming the open wireless LANsuperroot.Youmustprevent theaccess pointwiththeSlaveradiofromsynchronizingwithMaster radiosinaccess pointsattachedtothesamesecondaryLAN.ToidentifytheMasterswithwhichtheSlaveisallowedtosynchronize,dothefollowing:1.Identifyeightorfewer MasterstationswithwhichtheSlaveisallowedtosynchronizebyselectingMaster<number>.2.EnterthechannelandsubchannelpairsthatyousetforChannelandSubchannel,asfollows:Channel 1Subchannel 1Setting*DescriptionChannelChanneltheMasterWLIFradioisusing(defaultis1).SubchannelSubchanneltheMasterWLIFradioisusing(defaultis1).*Channeland Subchannelare discussedonpage4-62.
SECTION4"Configuration4-68 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideTheSlaveaccess pointsynchronizeswithMasterswhosechannelandsubchannelappearinthelistofconfiguredMasters.Precedenceisgivenbythe orderofthelist.Master1hashighestprecedence;Master8haslowest.Channelandsubchannelsettingscanbe0, where0means“donotcare.”Forexample:"Youcanset theMaster1channelto0 andsubchannelto1.TheSlavesynchronizeswithanyMasteronanychannelaslongastheMaster’s subchannel is1."Youcanset theMaster1channelto0 andsubchannelto0, whichmeans“donotcare.”TheSlavesynchronizeswithanyMaster.Rememberthat:"AnyMasterwithwhichtheSlaveisallowedtosynchronizemusthaveWireless Hopsenabled."ASlavestationmusthavearootpriorityof0."ASlavestationmustnotbeallowedtosynchronizewithaMaster connectedtoitsownsecondaryLAN.MAC ConfigUseMAC Configoptionsto enhancetheperformance oftheWLIFradio. Optionsare:DefaultInterferenceThroughputManual"NOTE:AninefficientMAC Configradiosetting can adverselyaffect theperformance ofyouropen wireless LAN.You shouldchange MACConfigradiosettingsonlyunderthe directsupervision ofaSystemsEngineer.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-69SettingDescriptionDefault(default)Usesthefactory-setsettingsfortheradioproto-col(settingsarelocatedunder[ManualMACParms]).TheDefaultsettingshouldbeusedfornormaloperation.InterferenceOptimizesthesettingsfortheradioprotocolforbetterperformanceinenvironmentswith highinterference ormultipath.ThroughputOptimizesthesettingsfortheradioprotocolforbetterperformance of filetransferoperationsinopenoruncongestedenvironments,suchasof-ficeareas.ManualAllowsyoutoadjustWLIFMAC parameters(locatedunder[ManualMAC Parms]) individu-ally.Donotselect this settingunless aSystemsEngineer directsyoutodoso.[ManualMAC Parms]"NOTE:Adjusting the settingsfor[ManualMACParms]isnotadvised unlessinstructed byTechnicalSupport.Occasionally,asite’sWLIFradioparametersmayneedtobefine-tuned. Optionsfor[ManualMAC Parms]enabletheCustomerResponseCentertofine-tunethisaccess point’sperformance.Settingsare:Hop Period <200ms>Beacon Frequency 2Deferral Slot <Default>Fairness Slot <Default>Fragment Size 310Transmit Mode <AUTO>Norm Ack Retry 255Frag Ack Retry 255Norm QFSK Retry 255Frag QFSK Retry 255
SECTION4"Configuration4-70 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideHop PeriodHopPeriodsetsthehoppingtimeperiod, whichdetermineshowlongtheradiostaysonafrequencyinthehoppingsequencebeforesteppingtothenextfrequency.Settingsare:100 ms200 ms400 msThedefaultis200 ms.Alongerperiodresultsinbetterthroughput.Ashorterperiodresultsinfaster roamingresponseandbetterimmunityfrominterference.Beacon FrequencyTheaccess pointperiodicallytransmitsa beacontoallowSlaveradios(wireless stations)toquicklyscaneachfrequencytofindaMaster(anaccess point).BeaconFrequencyisthenumberofhopsthatoccurbetweenbeacons.Thepromptis:Range is:1..7Asettingof1isonebeacononeveryhop.Asettingof7isonebeaconevery7hops.Thedefaultis2.Youcanreducethescantimeand,therefore,thetimerequiredfor roamingbyincreasingthebeaconfrequency.Morebeaconsmayletwireless stations synchronizefaster,butbeaconsusebandwidthotherwiseavailablefordata.DeferralSlotand Fairness SlotThenumberofdeferralandfairness slotsdeterminestheaverageback-off timewhenthechannel is sensedtobebusy.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-71Settingsforbothoptionsare:Default137ThedefaultsettingisDefault.Youcandothefollowing:"Reducethenumberofslotsonlightly-loadednetworkstoincreasethroughput."Increasethenumbertohelp preventrepeatedcollisionsunderaheavy load.YoucansetFairness Slotasfollows:"Increasethenumbertoprioritizethechannelaccessfornodesthathavebeenwaitingthelongest toaccessthechannel."Decreasethenumbertominimizeinitialback-offdelays.FragmentSizeFragmentSizedeterminesthemaximumsize ofafragmenttobesentoverthisradioduringinterference.Thepromptis:Range is:1..1540Thedefaultis310.IftwoACKerrorsoccurinarowduringthetransmissionofalargedataframe,itsplitsintotwo ormorefragmentsandeachfragment transmits separately.AnACKerroroccursifa acknowledgmentframeisnotreceivedfrom thedestination node.
SECTION4"Configuration4-72 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideSmallerfragmentsmayallowsuccessfuloperationinanenvironmentwithahighlevelofinterferenceat theexpense ofthroughput.Transmit ModeTransmitModemodulatesthetransmitsignalandsetsthebitspersecond.Settingsare:BFSKQFSKAUTOSettingDescriptionBFSKBinaryFrequencyShiftKeying.Transmitsat0.8Mbpspersecond. Dataistransmittedbyshiftingbetweentwofrequenciestorepresentonebitof0or1.BFSKhasextendedrange overQFSKat theexpense ofthroughput.QFSK QuadratureFrequencyShiftKeying.Transmitsat1.6Mbpspersecond. Dataistransmittedbyshift-ingamongfourfrequenciestorepresent twobitsof0or1. QFSKhasbetterthroughputoverBFSKatthe expense ofrange.AUTO(default)Automaticallyadaptsthebitratetothe errorconditions.Thetransmit modeisautomaticallyselectedforthebestrangeandthroughput.Norm Ack RetryNormAckRetryisthenumberoftimesanyunfragmentedframe(QFSKorBFSK)isresentunsuccessfullybeforefragmenting.Thepromptis:Range is:1..255
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-73ThenumberincludesretriesthatoccurredinQFSKmode,andshouldbelargerthanNormQFSKRetry.Avalue of255 (default)indicatesthat theradiomaychooseanoptimumvalue.FragAck RetryFragAckRetryisthenumberoftimesanyfragmentedframe(QFSKorBFSK)isresentunsuccessfullybeforefailure.Thepromptis:Range is:1..255FragAckRetryshouldbelargerthanFragQFSKRetry.Asettingof255 (default)indicatesthat theradiomaychooseanoptimumvalue.Norm QFSK RetryNormQFSKRetryisthenumberoftimesan unfragmentedQFSKframeisresentunsuccessfullybeforeswitchingtoBFSK whenTransmitModeisAUTO. Thepromptis:Range is:1..255TheretriesthatoccurarealsocountedbyNormAckRetry.NormQFSKRetryshouldbesmallerthanNormAckRetry.Thedefaultis255.FragQFSK RetryFragQFSKRetryisthenumberoftimesafragmentedQFSKframeisresentunsuccessfullybeforeswitchingtoBFSK whenTransmitModeis set toAuto.Thepromptis:Range is:1..255
SECTION4"Configuration4-74 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideThedefaultis255.TheretriesthatoccurarealsocountedbyFragAckRetry.FragQFSKRetryshouldbesmallerthanFragAckRetry.900 MHzOptions"NOTE:AppendixCprovidesadditional information about the 900 MHzradio.Use[Falcon]toset900 MHzradio options:File Name ”falcon_d.29k”Mode-Channel <DS 225K Channel 25>FileNameFileNameisthename oftheradio’sdriversoftware. OnlychangethisnamewhendirectedtodosobyaSystemsEngineer.Normally,theprogram’sfilenameshouldnotbechanged.Mode-ChannelModesetsthebitrate optionforthe900 MHzradio.Generally,thehigherthebitrate,thelowertherange oftheaccess point.Channeldefinesafrequencyrangethatisasmall portionoftheavailablebandwidth.Variouscommunicationmodesareavailable, whichenableyoutobalancetheneedfor radiocoveragewiththeneedforspeed.Select theMode--Channeloptiontodisplaythelistofmodeandchannelcombinations, whicharecountry-dependent.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-75Forexample,intheUnitedStatesthefollowingcombinationsarevalid:DS 225K-Channel 25DS 090K-Channel 10DS 090K-Channel 15DS 090K-Channel 20DS 090K-Channel 25DS 090K-Channel 30DS 090K-Channel 35DS 090K-Channel 40DS 450K-Channel 25Thefollowingchartdescribesthesettings shownintheprevious samplescreen:SettingDescriptionDS225K--Channel25 UsesoneDirectSequencedchannelat225,000 bitspersecond.Thisonemoderate-speedchannelusesall avail-ablebandwidth. DS225Kismode1.DS090K--Channel10throughDS090K--Channel40Use one ofseveralDirectSequencedchannelsat90,000 bitspersecond.Sevenlow-speedchannels sharetheavailablebandwidth. DS90Kismode2.DS450K--Channel25 UsesoneDirectSequencedchannelat450,000 bitspersecond.Thisonehigh-speedchannelusesall availablebandwidth. DS450Kismode3.900 MHzradio optionsforawireless stationaresetthroughitsAdvancedSetupfirmwaremenus.Wirelessstationandaccess pointsettingsmustmatch.Refertothewireless station’suserguideformoreinformationaboutAdvancedSetup.
SECTION4"Configuration4-76 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideS-UHFOptions"NOTE:AppendixDprovidesadditional information about the S-UHFradio.Use[UHF]tosetS-UHFradio options:File Name “synuhf_d.29k”Call Sign “”Frequency (First frequency in list.)Master Mode <Disabled>Attach Priority <High>"NOTE:AttachPrioritydisplays ifMaster Mode is set toDisabled.FileNameFileNameisthename oftheradio’sdriversoftware. OnlychangethisnamewhendirectedtodosobyaSystemsEngineer.Normally,theprogram’sfilenameshouldnotbechanged.Call Sign"NOTE:Ignorethisoption ifyoursiteisoutside of the United States.Call Signdisplaysyournetwork’scallsign.Thepromptis:Range is:12 charsAgenciesthatallocateS-UHFfrequencies,suchastheFederalCommunicationsCommission(FCC)intheUnitedStates,mayrequirethat thisaccess pointperiodicallytransmitacallsign.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-77ThecallsignisgrantedaspartoftheFCC licenseprocess.Insert thecallsignfrom theFCC licensecertificateat thecallsignprompt.FrequencyTheFrequencyoptiondisplaysalistof frequenciesprogrammedat thefactory.Someradioshavemultiplefrequencies.Forexample:466170000 Hz530000000 HzThedefaultfrequencyisthefirstfrequencyprogrammedintothelist. Duetoregulatoryconstraintsinmostcountries,frequenciescanonlybeprogrammedbythefactoryorservicecentersequippedtomakethischange.MasterModeAccess pointswiththeS-UHFoptioninstalledcanoperatewithMaster Mode enabledordisabled.Master Modemayimproveperformanceinsome environments.Itshouldonlybe enablediftheaccess pointradiocoverageareadoesnotoverlapotheraccess pointsoperatingonthesamefrequency.IfMastermodeisdisabled,thisrestrictiondoesnotapply.Anaccess pointoperatingwithMaster Modedisabledmayoverlapcoverageareaswithaccess pointsonthesame ordifferentfrequencies.Master Modesettingsare:EnabledDisabled
SECTION4"Configuration4-78 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideSettingDescriptionEnabledTheaccess pointcontrolschannelaccess forstationsinitscoveragearea.Disabled(default)Access pointandstationscoordinatechannelaccess.AttachPriorityIftheaccess pointisoperatingwithMaster Modedisabled,theattachpriorityoftheaccess pointcanbespecified.Stationsinthecoverageareaoftwoaccess pointswithdifferentattachprioritiesnormallyattachtothehigherpriorityaccess point.However,attachpriorityisusedincombinationwithotherfactors suchasloadingandsignalstrength,andastationmayattachtoalowerpriorityaccesspoint thatprovidesa betterwireless link.Stationsignoretheattachprioritywhenselectingbetweentwoaccesspointswiththesameattachpriority.AttachPriorityisusefulwhenitisdesirabletohavearedundantnetworkwithsomeaccess points servingasstandbyunits.Ifthehigherpriorityunitfails,stationsfallbacktothelowerpriorityunitwithinthesamecoveragearea.AttachPrioritysettingsare:HighMediumLowSettingDescriptionHigh(default)Highpriorityaccess point.MediumMediumpriorityaccess point.LowLowpriorityaccess point.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-79OWL/IPOptions"NOTE:AppendixEprovidesadditional information about OWL/IPandcontains configuration examples.OverviewTheOWL/IPextensiontothe openwireless LANarchitecture enablesawireless LAN installationtospanmultipleIPsubnets. OWL/IPisanadvancedcapabilitythatrequiresbasicknowledge ofIPaddressingconventionsandroutingtoconfigureanduse.YoushouldreviewthefollowingpagesandAppendixEbeforeusingthiscapability.OWL/IPdoesthefollowing:"Enablesaccess pointsondifferentIPsubnetstobelongtothesamewireless network."Supportstransparentroamingofwireless stationsbetweenaccess pointsondifferentsubnetswithoutlosingnetworkconnectionsfor:"Wireless stationsusingInternetProtocol(IP)."Wireless stationsusingothernetworkprotocols,suchasNORANDNetworkLayer(NNL),thatarenormallynotroutable.OWL/IPisactivatedbyenablingtheOWL/IPportintheaccess point.TheportisanentrywaytoanIPtunneloriginatedbythesuper rootonthehome subnet,andterminatedbyadesignatedbridge operatingonaremotesubnet(Figure4-5).Framesforwardedthroughthetunnelare encapsulatedusingtheGenericRouterEncapsulation(GRE)protocolrunningoverIP.
SECTION4"Configuration4-80 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideServerorGatewayIP StationSuperRootFigure 4-5OWL/IPOverviewIPRouterAP3RemoteSubnet1AP2(DesignatedBridge)Non-IP StationIPRouterAP4(DesignatedBridge)AP1HomeSubnetTunnelTunnelRemoteSubnet2Thesuper rootcanoriginateIPtunnelsto eightorfewerIPaddresses.Thenumberoftunnels supportedmaybemorethanorfewerthaneight,dependingonthetype ofaddressingusedandredundancyneedswithintheinstallation.OWL/IPtunnelsareconfiguredusingthefollowingsteps:1.Choosewhichsubnetisthehomesubnet,andwhichsubnetsareremotesubnets.Ifpossible,choosethesubnet thatcontainsgatewaysorserversforwirelessstationsasthehomesubnet;however,theseserversmaybe onothersubnetsifnecessary.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-81Selectprimaryandfallbacksuper rootaccess pointsonthehomesubnet.IPaddressesforwirelessstationsusedwithOWL/IPmustbelongtothehomesubnet.See OWL/IPlimitationsinAppendixE.2.Selectaccess pointsoneachremotesubnet toserveasdesignatedbridgesforthosesubnets.Configureprimaryandfallbackbridgeprioritiesunderthe[Bridging]menu,describedonpage4-57.ConfigureandrecordtheIPaddressesofalldesignatedbridges. DesignatedbridgecandidatesmusthavepermanentIPaddresses.(DHCPshouldnotbeusedtoassignIPaddressestoOWL/IPdesignatedbridgesunless apermanentleaseisspecified,andtheaccess pointsarerebooted priortoconfiguringOWL/IP.)ItisnotnecessarytoconfigureGlobalFloodingorFloodRegistersettingsforOWL/IPdesignatedbridges.ThesedonotapplytoOWL/IPdesignatedbridges.3.Usethe[OWL/IP]menu toconfiguresuper rootcandidatestoOriginateifRoot(describedonpage4-82).ConfiguretheIPAddressesTable(page4-83)usingtheappropriateaddressingfordesignatedbridgesoneachsubnet.All super rootcandidatesshouldbeconfiguredidentically.4.ConfigureOWL/IP[TXFilter]settingsinall superrootand designatedbridgecandidates.Adiscussionof[TXFilter]startsonpage4-84.5.FornetworksusingIPnetworkingonwirelessstations,use oftheARPserver capabilityintheaccesspointis stronglyrecommended.AdiscussionofARPserverstartsonpage4-36.
SECTION4"Configuration4-82 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideOWL/IPMenuOWL/IPconfigurationmenu optionsare:Mode <Listen>[IP Addresses][TX Filter]Insummary:"TheModevaluespecifiesthe operationoftheaccesspointwhentheOWL/IPportisenabled.Thisvaluedetermineswhethertheaccess pointisconfiguredtoserveasthe originatororterminationofatunnel."The[IPAddresses]tableinthemenusprovidesthesuper rootwiththeinformation necessaryto establishcommunicationswithdesignatedbridgesonremotesubnets."The[TXFilter]configurationmenu specifiestheframetypesthatareforwardedthroughOWL/IPtunnels.ModeTheOWL/IPport maybeconfiguredwiththefollowingoptions:ListenOriginate if RootSettingDescriptionListen(default)Access pointscanserveastheterminationofatunnel iftheyarethedesignatedbridgeforthesubnet,butcannotoriginateatunnel.OriginateifRootAccess pointsoriginatetunnelsiftheyarefunctioningas super rootforthenetwork.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-83[IPAddresses]Theconfigurationscreenfor[IPAddresses]is:Type Address1 <Unicast> 0.0.0.02 <Unicast> 0.0.0.03 <Unicast> 0.0.0.04 <Unicast> 0.0.0.05 <Unicast> 0.0.0.06 <Unicast> 0.0.0.07 <Unicast> 0.0.0.08 <Unicast> 0.0.0.0EachlineintheIPAddressesTablecontainsoneIPaddressentry.Settingsare:Type <Unicast>Address 0.0.0.0TypeTheTypesettingspecifiesthetype ofEthernetMACaddress usedbythesuper rootwhenforwardingframesthroughtheOWL/IPport.This settingallowsflexibilityinconfiguringOWL/IProuting.Inmostcases,IPandMACaddress types shouldmatch.TheMAC frametypeandIPaddress incombinationdictatehow GRE encapsulatedframesareforwardedtoIProuters.Settingsare:UnicastMulticastBroadcast
SECTION4"Configuration4-84 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideSettingDescriptionUnicast(default)StandardIProutingisused.FramesareforwardedtotheunicastMAC address oftherouter.Thisiseitherthedefaultrouterspecifiedinthe[Tcpip]configurationmenu oftheaccesspoint,oranalternativerouterassignedbyICMPredirect.MulticastReservedforfutureuse.BroadcastOWL/IPframesaresentusinganEthernetbroadcastaddress.Thiscapabilityallowsuse ofdirected,andAll SubnetsIPaddressing.AddressTheAddress settingisthetargetIPaddress oftheaccesspoint towhichOWL/IPframesareaddressed.Theaddressshouldbeconsistentwiththetype(unicast,multicast,orbroadcast).Thepromptis:Range is:4 nums 0..255Entriesareclearedbysettingaddressesto0.0.0.0.[TXFilter]Configurationof filtersfortheOWL/IPportisdoneusingthetransmitfilter([TXFilter]) option.FiltersetupissimilartothenormalEthernetfiltermenu,describedonpage4-43.Notethat theEthernetreceivefiltersandtheOWL/IPtransmitfiltersarebothappliedtoframesforwardedthroughatunnel.OWL/IPfiltersrestrict theframetypesthatareallowedtobeforwardedfrom thehomesubnet toremotesubnets.Bydefault,filtersareprogrammedtodropall protocoltypesexceptforthree protocols specifiedinthe[SubTypes1]screen.ThetypesareNNLDIXtype875b,IPAddressResolutionProtocol(ARP)DIX0806,andICMP0001.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-85Thefilter configurationmustbechangedtoallowforwardingofotherdesired protocols,includingTCPorUDP.See AppendixEfordiscussionofOWL/IPrestrictionsand permanentfilters.Filtersmustbeconfiguredinallsuper rootcandidatesandOWL/IPdesignatedbridges.DefaultfiltersettingsforOWL/IPareshownbelow.Action ScopeDIX-IP-TCP Ports <Drop> <Unlisted>DIX-IP-UDP Ports <Drop> <Unlisted>DIX-IP-Other Protocols <Drop> <Unlisted>DIX-IPX Sockets <Drop> <All>DIX-Other EtherTypes <Drop> <Unlisted>SNAP-IP-TCP Ports <Drop> <All>SNAP-IP-UDP Ports <Drop> <All>SNAP-IP-Other Protocols <Drop> <All>SNAP-IPX Sockets <Drop> <All>SNAP-Other EtherTypes <Drop> <All>802.3-IPX Sockets <Drop> <All>802.2-IPX Sockets <Drop> <All>802.2-Other SAPs <Drop> <All>Defaultfiltersettingsfor[SubTypes1]areshownbelow.Action SubType ValueDIX-ARP <Drop> <DIX-EtherType> 08 06SNAP-ARP <Drop> <SNAP-EtherType> 08 06802.2-IPX-RIP <Drop> <802.2-IPX-Socket> 04 51802.2-IPX-SAP <Drop> <802.2-IPX-Socket> 04 53NNL <Pass> <DIX-EtherType> 87 5bNETBIOS <Drop> <802.2-SAP> f0 f01 <Drop> <DIX-IP-TCP-Port> 00 002 <Drop> <DIX-IP-TCP-Port> 00 003 <Drop> <DIX-IP-TCP-Port> 00 00..16 <Drop> <DIX-IP-TCP-Port> 00 00
SECTION4"Configuration4-86 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideSecurityOptionsUse[Security]toset thesepasswords:Password “************”Service Password <Enabled>Advanced Password “************”PasswordThisoptionisthetop-levelpasswordyou needtoaccess theconfigurationmenus.Thepromptis:Range is:16 charsEnter16 orfeweralphanumeric charactersforthispassword.Itiscaseinsensitiveandcanbeanycombinationofletters,numbers,andsymbols.Forsecurity,thepasswordappearsasasterisksonthescreen.Service PasswordIntermecmaintainsaservicepasswordsoitsCustomerResponseCenter canconfigurethisaccess pointifnecessary.Forexample,ifyouforgetwhat theconfigurationmenus’top-levelpasswordis,theCustomerResponseCenter canaccess themenusthroughtheservicepassword.Bydefault,theServicePasswordisenabled.Ifsettingaservicepasswordviolatesyoursecurity guidelines,youcandisableit.Ifitisalreadydisabledandyouforget theconfigurationmenus’password,youmayneedtosendthisaccess point toaServiceCentertobereconfigured.Contact theCustomerResponseCenterformoreinformationabout theservicepassword.See thePrefaceforcontactinformation.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-87AdvancedPasswordWhenyousetanadvanced password,itisrequiredtoconfigurethefollowing:Security/AdvancedPasswordand Bridge/Ports/omdipThepromptis:Range is:16 charsEnter16 orfeweralphanumeric charactersforthispassword.Itiscaseinsensitiveandcanbeanycombinationofletters,numbers,andsymbols.Forsecurity,thepasswordappearsasasterisksonthescreen.Combining RadioOptionsYoucancombineWLIF,900 MHz,andS-UHFradiosinacommon networkbyfollowingbasicguidelinesforLANID.Twoalternativesarepossible:sameLANIDand differentLANIDs.SameLAN IDUsingthesameLANIDforall radio optionsconfiguresallaccess pointsintoasinglenetworkregardless ofradiotype.ThisapproachallowsmanagementofasinglenetworkusingtheOWLViewnetworkmanagementapplication.AnEthernetpathorwireless hopmustexistfromall accesspointstothesuper rootandback-upsuper rootcandidates.Inaddition,globallydistributedsystemparameters—particularlyfloodinglevels—mustbeappropriateforall oftheinstalledradio options.
SECTION4"Configuration4-88 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideDifferentLAN IDsUsingseparateLANIDsforeachradio optionconfiguresallaccess pointswithdifferentradiosintoadistinctnetworkregardless ofradiotype.It maybemoreappropriateiftheinstallationtopology orapplications supported donotfit thealternativethatusesthesameLANID. OWLViewshowstwodistinctLANsforthistype ofinstallation.Creating aWebBrowserSession"NOTE:The access point’s configuration menusare designed forHTMLLevel2.0 orhigher.Beforeyoucanconfiguretheaccess point throughaWebbrowser,youmustconnect theunit totheEthernetcable.(See Section3,“Installation,”forhelp.)YoumustalsoperforminitialconfigurationthroughtheDIAGport to:"SetanIPaddress orDHCPservername.Youshouldalsoconfigureasubnet maskandIProuteraddress."Set theEthernetcabletype."NOTE:The access pointincludesan autodetect featurethatsensestheEthernetmediumif trafficispresent. If no trafficispresenton thecable, the systemsoftware defaultsto 10BASE-T.For mostinstallations,itisrecommended thatyou explicitly set the Ethernettype.Theaccess point mustgothroughitsbootsequencebeforeyoucanconfigureit throughthebrowser.Ifyourebootitwhileyouareconfiguringit throughthebrowser,thesessionterminates.Youcancreateanewsessionaftertheaccess pointreboots.To establisha browsersession,seeFigure4-6 andtheprocedurefollowingit.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-891.PlatformwithWeb browser2.6710 Access PointFigure 4-6WebBrowserSessionHTTPEthernetLAN121.Ensuretheaccess pointisconnectedtotheEthernetcableandhasanassignedIPaddress.2.EnsuretheWeb browserisinstalledontheplatform.3.Start thebrowserapplication.4.Entertheaccess point’sIPaddress inthebrowser’sUniformResourceLocator(URL) field.Forexample:http://999.999.99.99AfteryouenterthecorrectIPaddress,theEnterNetworkPasswordscreenappears:Enter Network PasswordPlease enter your authentication information.Resource: (resource number)User name:Password:Save this password in your password list.OKCancel(resource number)*******
SECTION4"Configuration4-90 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide5.Entertheusernameand password.Refertothefollowingchartforhelpwithall fields.SettingDescriptionResourceAnumberassignedtothis session.Thenumber changeseverytimeyouaccess theEnterNetworkPasswordscreen.UsernameTheResourcenumber.Forexam-ple,iftheResourcenumberis3550,theusernameis3550.PasswordConfigurationmenus’top-levelpassword.ThedefaultpasswordisCR52401 (caseinsensitive).Forsecurity,thepasswordappearsasasterisksonthescreen.SavethispasswordinyourpasswordlistIfyoucheckthisoption,thebrows-ersavesthepassword.Youdonotneedtoselect thisoptionbecausetheResourcenumber changeseverytimeyouaccess this screen."NOTE:Onlyone computeratatimecan access the configuration menus. Ifyou unexpectedlyreceivearequest forthe username andpassword,anotheruser maybe trying toviewor modifytheconfiguration through Telnetorthe DIAGport. If a differentcomputertriestostartanotherWeb browsersession,itisrefused until thecurrentsession logsout.Followingistheinitialscreenthatappearsafteryouenterthecorrectusernameand password.Configuretheaccesspointbyfollowingthedirectionsprovidedonthis screenandthehelpscreens.Inaddition,thisuserguide’sIndexliststhepagenumbersforall menu options.
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-91Access Point ConfigurationFConfiguration MenusFReview/write ChangesFLogoutFRebootSecurityOnce you’ve successfully entered the user name and password into your browser,you are authorized to access the configuration. If five (5) minutes elapseswithout configuration activity, you will become unauthorized again.Only one computer at a time is allowed to be authorized for access to the con-figuration menus. If you unexpectedly receive a request for user name andpassword, it’s possible that another user is currently attempting to view ormodify the configuration via telnet or the serial port. An attempt to startanother HTTP session from another computer will be refused until this sessionhas been logged out.How to use the Configuration Menu1. Select Review/write changes to see the existing changes from the defaults.Optionally select an Undo option to remove changes.2. Locate and change configuration items by navigating in the ConfigurationMenu.3. Select the Submit Changes button to submit the changes on each form.4. Repeat the above steps until all changes have been submitted.5. Select Review/write changes and review the changes you have made.6. Select Commit to write the changes.Note: Some early browser versions can’t be convinced by the server to alwaysget a fresh copy of a document that was previously fetched. This might causeold and misleading information to be displayed. Updating the browser, pressingthe reload button, or disabling the browser’s cache may be helpful.Copyright e1996-1997 Norand Corporation. All rights reserved.
SECTION4"Configuration4-92 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideConfiguration GuidelinesPlanning YourInstallationToplanyourinstallation,referto“FindingtheBestLocation”inSection3forinstallationguidelines.Using theConfiguration GuideTheconfigurationguideinTable4-1summarizesthenecessarystepstosetupanopenwireless LAN.Theleft-handcolumnprovidesbasicsetupinformationforasimplenetworkusing6710 Access PointsonasingleEthernetsegment.Thistype ofnetworkmaycontainbridgesorhubs,but maynotcontainOWL/IPlinksthroughrouters,secondaryLANs,orwireless access points.Theright-handcolumnprovidesadditionalstepsformorecomplexnetworksthatincludetheseadditionalcomponents.Table4-1Configuration Guidez=requiredstep;Z=recommendedstepSimpleNetworkAdvancedFunctions1. ConfigurationPlanningzSelectwhichaccess pointswill beprimaryandfallbacksuper rootcandidates(page4-24).zSecondaryLANsandOWL/IP:Selectwhichaccess pointswill beprimaryandfallbackdesignatedbridges(pages 4-57 and 4-79).
SECTION4"Configuration6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 4-93Table4-1(Continued)Configuration Guidez=requiredstep;Z=recommendedstepSimpleNetworkAdvancedFunctions2.PreliminaryConfigurationBeforeInstallation(ThroughDIAGPort):ZSetLANIDtoanonzerovalue(page4-23).zConfigureaccess pointswithIPaddress configuration(page4-16)orDHCPservername(page4-20).zOWL/IP:ConfigureIPaddressesinaccess points servingas superrootcandidatesorOWL/IPdesig-natedbridgecandidates.DHCPmaynotbeusedtoassignaddressestotheseaccess pointsunless apermanentleaseisassigned,andtheaccess pointsarerebooted priortoconfiguringOWL/IP.ZConfiguretheEthernetportcabletype(page4-42).ZFortheopenwirelessLANframeZFortheopenwirelessLANframetype,useDIX(thedefault)(page4-41).zConfiguretherootpriorityinsuperrootcandidatestospecifyprimaryandfallbackaccess points.Setallotheraccess pointstorootpriority0.(Page4-24.)zSet thehighestrootpriorityintheprimarysuper root,andlowerrootprioritiesin nomorethantwofallbacksuper roots(page4-24).zSecondaryLANsorwirelessaccess point:IfusingWLIF(2.4GHz)radios,configuretheSlaveradiosetupinwirelessaccess pointsorsecondaryLANdesignatedbridges(page4-61).
SECTION4"Configuration4-94 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideTable4-1(Continued)Configuration Guidez=requiredstep;Z=recommendedstepSimpleNetworkAdvancedFunctions3.AdditionalConfiguration(ThroughDIAGPort,orRemotelyUsingTelnetorHTTP):ZSetLANIDtoanonzerovalue(page4-23).zSetGlobalFloodingparametersinzSecondaryLANs:Set theFloodRegistervalues(page4-59)indesignatedbridgecandidatesifGlobalFloodingoptionsaresettozSetGlobalFloodingparametersinsuper rootcandidates(page4-28).designatedbridgecandidatesifGlobalFloodingoptionsareset toRegistered(page4-30).zSecondaryLANsandOWL/IP:SettheBridgePriorityinallzSecondaryLANsandOWL/IP:Set theBridgePriorityinalldesignatedbridgecandidates(page4-57).zConfiguretheradioports:WLIF:SecurityID(page4-60),NodeType(page4-61),andChannelandSubchannel(page4-62).900 MHz:Mode--Channel(page4-74).S-UHF:Frequency(page4-76).ZEnabletheProxy ARPServerifIPwireless stationsarebeingsup-ported(page4-36).ZSetEthernetfiltersto optimizeframesforwardedtowirelessstations(page4-43).zOWL/IP:Configureall superrootcandidatestoOriginateifRoot(page4-82),andconfiguretheIPAddressesTableineachcandidate(page4-83).theIPAddressesTableineachcandidate(page4-83).zOWL/IP:Configure[TXFilter]insuper rootcandidatesanddesignatedbridges(page4-84).
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-1Section 5SoftwareDownload""""""""""""""""""""""""""""This sectiondescribesthefilesystemstructure,FileMenucommands,andROM commandmonitorfortheaccesspoint.FileSystemStructureTheaccess point’sfilesystemhasfourseparatesegments(analogoustoadirectoryinmostcomputerfilesystems):BootSegments1and 2Thefirst twosegments(1 and2)are.75 Mb bootsegments.Eitherbootsegmentcan holdthebootable(executable)FLASH fileUSTART29.BIN, whichloadswhenyoureboottheaccess point.YoucanstoredifferentversionsofUSTART29.BIN inthebootsegmentsandthenconfiguretheaccess point touse one ofthem.DataSegments3and 4Thenext twosegments(3 and4)are.25 Mbdatasegments.Eitherdatasegmentcan holdthedatafileforthe900 MHzradio(FALCON_D.29K)orthesynthesizedUHFradio(SYNUHF_D.29K).
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-26710 Access PointUser’sGuideWhenyoureboot theaccess point,thedatafilesloadintotheradiomodule.(Notethat theWLIFradiodoesnothaveadatafile.)Active and Inactive SegmentsTheaccess pointcan haveanactivebootand datasegment,aswell asaninactivebootand datasegment:"Theinactivesegmentiswhereyoucandownloadanewfile."Theactivesegmentcontainsthefilesthatareloadedatboot time.Anactivebootsegmentpointerandanactivedatasegmentpointerpoint totheappropriate“active”segments.Thesegmentnotpointedtobyoneofthese“active”pointersistheinactivebootordatasegment.Afteryouloadaninactivesegmentwithanewfile,youcanchangethe“active”pointerstothesegment thatholdsthenewfile.Youthenreboot theaccess pointsothechangestake effect.At thispoint thefollowingoccur:"Theaccess pointisrunningthenewversionofsoftware."Thesegmentholdingthenewfilesisnowthe“active”segment."The oldversionofsoftwareisinaninactivesegment."NOTE:If the activesegmentisemptywhen you reboot the access point, youmustestablish a newsession through the DIAGport toreload theaccess pointwithsoftware.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-3RAMSegmentThefilesystemsupportsafifthsegmentknownastheRAMsegment.TheRAMsegmentis similartothe othersegments,except thefilecontentsarestoredinRAMandthesegment’scontentsarelostwhenyoureboot theaccesspoint.TheRAMsegmentislimitedtoamaximumof4096 bytes.Itisusedtoholdsmall scriptfilesduringthesoftwaredownload process.Whenyouviewthefiledirectory,theprogramcurrentlyexecutingdisplaysasifitwereintheRAMsegment.Thisprogram,however,isnotreallyapartoftheRAMsegment.Youcannotdelete oreraseit,andTFTP commandscannotreadorwritetoit.Itdisplaysaspartofthefiledirectorysoyoucandeterminewhichversionofsoftwareisrunning.SegmentNamesYoumustenterasegmentformostaccess pointfilesystemcommands.Youcantypethenumericdigits(1,2,3,or4)correspondingtotherespectivefilesegments,oryoucanusethefollowingmnemonics(theaccess point translatesthem toasegmentnumber):MnemonicDescriptionAB Activebootsegment.IBInactivebootsegment.ADActivedatasegment.IDInactivedatasegment.RAMRAMsegment.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-46710 Access PointUser’sGuideFileNamesSeveralfilesystemcommandsrequireyouto enterfilenames.Youcanprecedefilenamesbyasegmentnumberornamefollowedbyacolon.EXAMPLE1:AB:USTART29.BINreferstothe fileUSTART29.BIN inthe activebootsegment(segment1 or2).EXAMPLE2:1:USTART29.BINreferstothe fileUSTART29.BIN insegment1.Ifyouomit thesegmentnumberorsegmentname,theaccess pointsearchesthesegmentsinthisorderuntil itfindsafilematchingthefilename:RAM,1,2,3,4Downloading ProgramsYoucandownloadnewprogramstotheaccess pointwhileitisoperating.TheunithastwoprogramFLASHdirectoriessothatifanissue existswiththedownloadofthenewFLASH,thesystemcanreboot tothepreviousversion.Aninternaltimerallowstheactivationofthenewsoftwareprogram tobeimmediate oractivatedatalatertime.FileMenu CommandsCommandsforsoftwaredownloadandotherprocessesarelocatedontheFileMenu.Todisplaythecommands,typethefollowingat theMainMenu prompt:>file
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-5TheFileMenu appears:Loading configuration from EEPROMCommand DescriptionFb fb <boot segment> <data segment>Fd fd (<segment> | all) - directory listFdel fdel <filename> - delete fileFe fe (<segment> | all) - erase segment(s)Tftp File transferScript Execute script filesSDVars Software download variablesExit Return to main menuFile>Fb CommandUseFbtomakeinactivesegmentsactive.Theformatis:File>fb <boot segment> <data segment>"<bootsegment>isthename ornumberofthebootsegment tobeactivated.Bootsegmentsare1 and2,orAB (activeboot)andIB(inactiveboot)."<datasegment>isthename ornumberofthedatasegment tobeactivated. Datasegmentsare3 and4,orAD(activedata)andID(inactivedata).EXAMPLE1:This command makes segment1the active bootsegment:File>fb 1
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-66710 Access PointUser’sGuideEXAMPLE2:This command makes segment1the active bootsegmentandsegment4the active datasegment:File>fb 1 4Youcan useanasterisk(*)inplace ofeither<bootsegment>or<datasegment>totell theaccess point tonotchangethatsegment.Forexample,thiscommandleavestheactivebootsegmentunchangedandchangestheactivedatasegment to4:File>fb * 4:Thiscanalsobeaccomplishedby:File>fb ab: 4:"NOTE:Colonsare optionalbutyou can usethemforbettercommandconsistency.Fd CommandUseFdtodisplaytheFLASH filesystemdirectory,includinginformationabout thebootfile.Forexample:Boot File=USTART29.BIN <FLASHbootfile>Boot Address=250ef0 <bootfile’s startingaddress>Boot Segment=1 <activebootsegment>Data Segment=3 <activedatasegment>File Directory: seg type length date time verUSTART29.BIN R E 279299 12-05-97 15:25:58 v01.27USTART29.BIN 1 E 331444 12-19-97 15:28:22 v01.27FALCON_D.29K 3 D 014965 12-15-97 13:30:01 v02.20SYNUHF_D.29K 4 D 019159 12-11-97 09:10:35 v02.20
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-7Followingarefield descriptions:"“FileDirectoryname”liststhenamesofall filescurrentlyloadedinFLASH."“seg”isthesegmentinwhichthebootfileisloaded.(RindicatestheRAMsegment.)"“type”isthetype of file:Eforexecutable(bootfile), Dfordata."“length”isthefilesizeinbytes."“date”and“time”arethedateandtimethefilewascreated."“ver”isthefileversion numberintheformatvxx.xx.YoushouldusetheFdcommandoftento ensurethat thecorrectversionofFLASH fileUSTART29.BIN isintheactivebootsegment."NOTE:If the activesegmentcontainsno fileswhen you reboot the accesspoint, the unitentersthe ROMcommand monitorand you losetheabilitytoTelnet toitduring this session. Inthis caseyou mustaccess the unit through itsDIAGport tocorrect the problem.FdelCommandFdeldeletesthefilenamefrom theaccess pointfilesystem.Whenyoudeleteafile,itismarkedasinvalidbutremainsinthefilesystem.Toreclaim thespacefromadeletedfile,youmusterasethesegmentinwhichthefileresides.Thecommand’sformatis:File>fdel <file name>EXAMPLE:This command erasesthe fileUSTART29.BINsaved inthe inactivebootdrive:File>fdel ib:USTART29.BIN
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-86710 Access PointUser’sGuideFeCommandFe erasesfilesinaspecifiedsegmentofFLASHmemory.Onceyou have erasedthefiles,youcanrestorethemonlybyreloadingthemfromanothersource.Thecommand’sformatis:File>fe <segment><segment>isasegmentnumber,asegmentname,ortheword“all.”Specifying“all”erasesall FLASH filesegmentsbutdoesnoterasetheRAMsegment.EXAMPLE1:This command erasesFLASHsegment1:File>fe 1:EXAMPLE2:This command erasesthe inactive bootsegment:File>fe ib:TFTPCommandUsetheTftpcommandtodisplaythefollowingscreen:Argument DescriptionGet Get <host IP addr> <foreign File> <local File>Put Put <host IP addr> <foreign File> <local File>Server Start/Stop/Query TFTP Server? Display this helpFile>Anaccess point(client)canobtainfilesfromaTFTP server.Theservermaybe oneaccess pointconfiguredtoactastheserver,oranotherdevice onthenetwork.Theservermustoperateinoctet(8 bit)mode.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-9"Asaserver,theaccess pointcanservicereadandwriterequestsfromanaccess pointclient.To operateasaTFTP server,theaccess point mustbeloadedwiththesesoftwareversions:"ROMversion1.13 orgreater"FLASH (USTART29.BIN)version1.23 orgreater"Asaclient,theaccess pointcanreadfilesfromandwritefilestoanyTFTP serveronthenetwork.Theclientalwaysrequestsoctet mode.Ingeneral,TFTP clientsessions shouldfail onlyiftheserverisnotrespondingbecauseitisbusyservingotherclientsorbecauseithasnotbeenstarted.Ineither case,theaccess pointback-off algorithmshould preventexcessivenetworktrafficwhenmanyaccess pointsaretryingtocontactaTFTP server.WhenyoutypeTFTP clientcommandsat thecommandline,theaccess pointdoesnotretryfailedtransfers."NOTE:Nearthe end of this section isa detailed example ofhowto useTFTPto upgrade an access pointwith a newversion ofFLASH.Theexampleincorporatesmostof the TFTPcommands.TFTP ServerUsetheServer commandtodisplayTFTP commands.Theformatis:File>tftp serverThesecommandsaresupported:Help for Server command:Argument DescriptionStart Start TFTP serverStop Stop TFTP serverLog Display TFTP server message log? Display this helpFile>
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-10 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideServerStartUseServerStart to enabletheaccess pointasaTFTPserver.Theformatis:File>tftp server startAfteryouissuethiscommand,theaccess pointrespondstoTFTP clientrequestsdirectedtoitsIPaddress.Whenactingasaserver,theaccess pointTFTP supportsuptofour concurrentTFTP sessions.ServerStopUseServerStoptostoptheaccess pointfrombeingaTFTPserverwhenyouaredonetransferringfiles.Theformatis:File>tftp server stopAfteryouissuethiscommand,theaccess pointnolongerrespondstoTFTP clientrequests.CurrentTFTP sessionswiththeserverarecompleted,however.ServerLogServerLogsavesahistoryofTFTP clientrequests.Thecommand’sformatis:File>tftp server logTheTFTP serverlogcontainsusefulTFTP serverstatusinformationstartingfromwhenyousetuptheserver.Youmustreboot theaccess point toclearthelog.TFTPClientCommandsTheTFTP clientintheaccess pointsupports standardGetandPutcommands.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-11GetUseGetonanaccess pointclient todownloadsoftwarefromaTFTP server(aPCoranotheraccess point).Theformatis:File>tftp get <ip address> <foreign file name><local file name>"<ipaddress>istheIPaddress oftheserver(or“*”whichindicatesthevalue oftheServerIpAddressvariable,describedlaterinthis section)."<foreignfilename>isthename ofthefiletogetfromtheserver.Thefilenamecancontaindirectorypathinformationandmustbeintheformatrequiredbytheserver’soperatingsystem.Thefilemusthaveanappropriate29Kfileheader.Bootfilesand datafilesarenormallydeliveredwiththeproperfileheaderattached,butscriptfilesyoucreatemusthavethefileheaderappendedbeforetransfertoanaccess point."<localfilename>isthename ofthefiletobestoredintheaccess point.Thenamemustincludeasegmentnumberornamefollowedbyacolonandanoptionalfilename.Ifonlythesegmentnameis supplied,thefilenameis setequaltothefilename embeddedinthefileheader.EXAMPLE1:This command line getsfileUSTART29.BINfroma directoryon a PCserverwithIPaddress 1.2.3.4,and storesthe fileinthe accesspoint’sinactive bootsegment:File>tftp get 1.2.3.4 c:\flash\ap\ustart29.BIN ib:EXAMPLE2:This command line getsfileUSTART29.BINfromsegment2ontheaccess pointserverwithIPaddress 1.2.3.4,and putsthe fileinsegment1onthe access pointclient:File>tftp get 1.2.3.4 2:ustart29.bin 1:
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-12 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidePutUsePutonanaccess pointclient tocopyafiletotheserver(aPCoranotheraccess point).Theformatis:File>tftp put <ip address> <foreign file name><local file name>"<ipaddress>istheIPaddress oftheserver,or“*”whichstandsforthevalue oftheServerIpAddressvariable(describedonpage5-18)."<foreignfilename>isthename ofthefileasitwillappearontheserver.Thefilenamecancontaindirectorypathinformationandmustbeintheformatrequiredbythe operatingsystemrunningontheserver."<localfilename>isthename ofthefiletobesentfrom theaccess pointclient.EXAMPLE:This command takesboot fileUSTART29.BINsaved inthe activebootdriveonthe access pointclient, and storesitinthe active bootsegmenton the access pointserverwithIPaddress 1.2.3.4:File>tftp put 1.2.3.4 ustart29.bin ab:ScriptCommandYoucaninitiateanautomaticsoftwaredownloadthroughSNMPbysettingtheappropriateserverIPaddress andscriptfilename,andthensettingthesoftwaredownloadtime.Thefollowingtwocommandsexecuteautomaticallyasifyou hadtypedthemonthecommandline:File>tftp get * <remote script file name>ram:sysswd1File>script ram:sysswd1
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-13ThefirstcommandestablishesaTFTP sessionwiththeserver,getsthescriptfilefrom theserver,and placesthefileintheRAMfilesegment,givingit thename“sysswdl.”Thesecondcommandrunsthescriptfrom theRAMsegment.Thescriptfileshouldcontainthesamecommandsyouwouldusefrom thecommandlineto erasetheappropriatefilesegments,downloadthenewfile(s),andrebootusingthenewsoftware.Totest thescriptfilemanuallyto ensureitfunctions,logontoanaccess pointandtypethescriptfilecommandsfrom thecommandline.Creating ScriptFilesScriptfilesareASCII textfileswitha 32-bytefilesystemheaderappended.Thetotalfilesizeincludingthe32-byteheadermustbeless thanthe4096 bytesinordertofitintotheRAMfilesegment.Eachscriptfilelinemustbefewerthan80 charactersandbeterminatedbyalinefeedoracarriagereturn. Onlyonecommandispermitted perline.Spacesonalineareinsignificant;commandsandargumentsmaybeprecededbyanynumberoftabsorspacesaslongasthetotal linelengthisfewerthan80 characters.Thescriptfilescancontaincomments,designatedbythe“#”character.All charactersonalineaftera“#”areignored.ProgramFHDR29K.EXEappendsthefilesystemheadertothescriptfile.AssumingtheASCII textscriptfileisnamedSCRIPT.TXT,thefollowingcommandlineappendstheappropriatefileheaderand placesthe outputinfileSCRIPT.DAT:
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-14 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideFHDR29K -d -v1.00 SCRIPT.TXT SCRIPT.DAT"“-d” marksthefileasdatainsteadofexecutable.Thispreventstheaccess pointfrom tryingto executethefile."“-v1.00”setsthefile’sversionto1.00.Thefiletypeandversionappearinthedirectoryinformationontheaccess point.SampleScriptFile#This sample script file assumes the server IP#address has been set either from the command#line or via SNMP. It also assumes the files#USTART29.BIN and falcon_d.29k can be accessed#from the server using no path information.#Erase the inactive file segments.file fe ib: #inactive boot segmentfile fe id: #inactive data segment#Get the new files into the inactive segments.file tftp get 1.2.*.4 c:\flash\ap\ustart29.bin ib:file tftp get 1.2.*.4 c:\flash\ap\falcon_d.29k id:#Make the inactive segments active.file fb ib: id:#Reboot so changes take effect.reboot
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-15ScriptFileCommand SummaryFollowingisadescriptionofthecommandsyoucanincludeinadownloadscriptfile.Youcanissuethesecommandsmanuallyfrom theaccess pointfrom the“>”promptonthecommandline.Mostscriptfilecommandsare executedfromwithinthefilecommandsubmenu.Youorthescriptfilecanissuethesecommandsineitheroftwoways:"UsetheFilecommandtodescendintothefilesubmenu levelwhereyoucanexecutefilesystemcommands,until you usetheExitcommandtoreturntothe“>”prompt."Youcanprefaceanyfilelevelcommandwiththeword“File,”whichcausesthecommand processorto executeonecommandinthefilecommandlevelandreturntothe“>”prompt.Forexample,thecommandsequencesinthefollowingtwochartsare equivalent:Command Sequence 1 DescriptionfileDescendtothe“File>”commandprompt.feib:Erasetheinactivebootsegment.feid:Erasetheinactivedatasegment.exitReturntothe“>”prompt.Command Sequence 2 Descriptionfilefeib:Erasetheinactivebootsegment.filefeid:Erasetheinactivedatasegment.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-16 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideInaddition,all commandsarecaseinsensitive,so:FILE FE ID:isthesameas:file fe id:TFTPClientCommand RetryWhenexecutingascriptfile,theaccess pointretriesTFTPclientcommandsGETandPUTuntil thecommandcompletes successfully.Ifthefirstattempt totransferthefilefails,theaccess pointretriesafteraone-minutedelay.Witheachsuccessivefailure,theretrytimedoublesuntil itreaches8minutes. Oncethislimitisreached,itremainsat8minutesuntil thecommandcompletes.RebootCommandTheRebootcommand(locatedontheMainMenu) forcestheaccess point torestartimmediately.Ifitisissuedwithinascriptfile,commandsfollowingitarenotexecuted.Ifused,Rebootshouldalwaysbethelastcommandinthefile.BecauseRebootcausesanimmediaterebootbeforethescriptfileprocessingiscompleted,thesoftwaredownloadstatusisnotupdatedtoaccuratelyreflect theresultofthesoftwaredownload.Whilethishasnoadverse effectonaccess pointoperation,youcan not tell whetherthedownloadcompletedsuccessfullywithoutexaminingtheversion numbersoftheactivebootand datafilesaftertheaccess pointhasrebooted.Thepreferredmethodofrebootingafterascriptfilehascompletedistoset thenextpoweruptimevariable.Thisshouldbethelast thingthescriptfiledoes,toallowthescriptfileprocessingtocompleteandthesoftwaredownloadstatusvariabletobeupdatedbeforetherebootoccurs.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-17SDVarsCommandUsetheSDVarscommandtodisplaythefollowingarguments:Argument DescriptionGet Get <software download object>Set Set <software download object> <value>? Display this helpFile>UsetheSetargumentwitharange ofsoftwaredownloadvariables.Todisplaythevariables,type:File>sdvars setThefollowing variablesaresupported:Argument DescriptionServerIpAddress serveripaddress <ip address>ScriptFilename scriptfilename <filename> - filename can include pathStartTime starttime <dd:hh:mm:ss> - days:hours:minutes:secondsStatus status is read-onlyCheckPoint checkpoint <value>Terminate terminate - stop the current software downloadSetActivePointers setactivepointers (none | boot | data | both)NextPowerUpTime nextpoweruptime <dd:hh:mm:ss> - days:hours:minutes:second? Display this helpFile>UsetheGetargument todisplaythevalueyouenterforavariable.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-18 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideServerIpAddressServerIpAddress containstheIPaddress oftheTFTPservertousetoretrievethedownloadscriptfile.Thisaddress isalsousedwhenyouspecifyanasteriskastheIPaddress ofthetftp get ortftp put command.TheformatoftheServerIpAddress variableis:File>sdvars set serveripaddress <ip address>EXAMPLE:This command line setsthe IPaddress of the serverto 1.2.3.4:File>sdvars set serveripaddress 1.2.3.4ScriptFilenameScriptFilenamecontainsthefilename ofthescript toberetrievedfrom theTFTP server.Thefilenamecancontaindirectorypathinformationandmustbeintheformatrequiredbythe operatingsystemrunningontheserver.TheformatoftheScriptFilenamevariableis:File>sdvars set scriptfilename <foreign filename>EXAMPLE:This command line setsthe scriptnametoSCRIPT.DAT:File>sdvars set scriptfilename script.datStartTimeStartTimeisarelativetimeatwhichtobeginthesoftwaredownload process.Thevalue ofthisvariableishowlongintothefuturetheaccess pointwill beginthesoftwaredownload process bydownloadingthescriptfile.Ifyoudonotwant tostart thesoftwaredownload process aftersettingthisvariable,youcanset thisvariabletozero.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-19AslongastheStartTimehasnotcountedtozero onitsown,thetimerstopsandthesoftwaredownload process halts.Whenthetimerdoescountdowntozero,itusestheServerIpAddress valueandtheScriptFilenamevaluetogetthescriptfile.Ifeitheroftheseisnotset,anerrorisnotedinthestatusvariableandthesoftwaredownload process isaborted.Thevariable’sformatis:File>sdvars set starttime <dd:hh:mm:ss>EXAMPLE:This command line setsthe download start timeto beginin 5minutes:File>sdvars set starttime 00:00:05:00StatusStatusisaread-only variablesetbythesoftwaredownloadmechanism toindicatewhetherthedownloadcompletedsuccessfully.CheckPointCheckPointisanumericvariablethatisusedtocheckontheprogress ofanactivedownloadinanaccess point.BysettingCheckPoint toadifferentvalueaftereachcommandinthescriptfile,youcanreadthevaluetodeterminehowfartheaccess pointprogressedthroughthescriptfile.Youcanalsotestforfailureifascriptfileaborts.Thevariable’sformatis:File>sdvars set checkpoint <value>Forexample,considerthefollowingscriptfilecommands:
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-20 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidefile sdvars set checkpoint 1file fe ab:file sdvars set checkpoint 2file tftp get * ustart29.bin ab:file sdvars set checkpoint 3rebootWhenthesoftwaredownloadis started,youcan useSNMPtoqueryitsprogress byreadingthecheckpointvariable.Ifthevariablehasavalue of2,forexample,youknowthattheaccess pointistryingto executethetftp getstatement.Ifthevalueis3,youknowthescripthascompletedandtherebootstatementwasexecuted.TerminateUseTerminatetostopthedownload process inanaccesspoint.Thevariable’sformatis:File>sdvars set terminate <value>IfStartTimeiscountingdown,settingthisvariablestopsthetimer,haltingthesoftwaredownload process.Usecautionwiththisvariable.Ifthescriptfileisbeingdownloaded,orthecommandsinthescriptfilearebeingexecuted,settingthisvariableinterruptstheprocessingatitscurrentlocation,haltingthesoftwaredownload process.Thiscanleavetheaccess pointinan unknownstate.Itisyour responsibilitytodeterminethis stateandtakeanycorrectiveaction necessary.IftheNextPowerUpTimevariableiscountingdown,settingthisvariablestopsthetimer,haltingtherebootprocess.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-21SetActivePointersUseSetActivePointerstomakeinactiveaccess pointsegmentsactive,butonlyimmediatelybeforerebooting.Thevariable’sformatis:File>sdvars set setactivepointers<none|boot|data|both>Thedefaultvalueis“none.”Settingthevalueto“boot” or“data”affectsonlythegivensegment.Settingthevalueto“both”changesbothsegments.WhentheNextPowerUpTimevariablecountsdowntozero,thisfieldischeckedtosee ifanyinactivesegments shouldbemadeactive.Thisvalueresetstoitsdefaultof“none”whenevertheaccess pointreboots.NextPowerUpTimeNextPowerUpTimeisarelativetimeatwhichtoreboot theaccess point.Thevariable’sformatis:File>sdvars set nextpoweruptime <dd:hh:mm:ss>Thevalue ofthisvariableishowlongintothefuturetheaccess pointshouldrebootitself.Ifyoudonotwant toreboot theaccess pointaftersettingthisvariable,youcanset thisvariabletozero.AslongastheNextPowerUpTimevariablehasnotcountedtozero onitsown,theaccess pointdoesnotreboot.Whenthetimerdoescountdowntozero,itchecksthevalue oftheSetActivePointersvariable,takestheappropriateactionasdescribedabove,andthenrebootstheaccess point.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-22 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideROMCommand MonitorCertainfunctionsavailablethroughtheROM commandmonitor caneraseyour configurationinformation.IntermecSTRONGLYRECOMMENDSthatyouonlyusethisoptionwhenabsolutelynecessary(forexample,toupgradeyourFLASHsoftware orwheninstructedtodoso,andunderthesupervisionordirectionofqualifiedIntermecpersonnel).Starting theCommand MonitorYoucanaccess theROM commandmonitoronlythroughtheDIAGport.Start thecommandmonitorbyturningtheaccess pointoff,thenbackon.Aftertheaccess pointhascompleteditspower-upselftests,you haveabout5secondsto opentheROM commandmonitorbypressinganykeyonthePCkeyboard.See “CreatingaLocalDIAGPortSession”inSection4formoreinformationon howtoaccessROMmode."NOTE:You cannotinvokethe command monitoroncethe access pointhasstarted the FLASHprogram. If the access pointentersitsbootsequence,you havetoreboot the access point to open the ROMcommand monitor.WhentheROM commandmonitoropens,thefollowingdisplaysonthePC:QXS6700K Vx.xx MMM DD YYYYap>"QXS6700Kistheprogramname oftheROM."x.xx istheversionoftheROM commandmonitor."MMM DD YYYY isthemonth,day,andyeartheversionwasreleased."ap>isthecommand prompt.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-23Viewing ROMCommandsToviewROM commands,typeanyinvalidcommand(suchas“?”)todisplaythecommandmonitor’sMainMenu:B - Reboot FR - Run Flash Boot FileFX s - Ymodem File Download PWD - Password MenuFC s - Move file to Flash NPWD - Norand Password MenuFD - File System Directory SR z - Serial Baud Rateap>Thefollowingparagraphsdescribe eachoption."NOTE:When executingacommand thathasan option (forexampleFx s)separatethe option fromthe command byaspace.BRebootresetstheaccess point’s systemsoftware.Rebootissimilartoturningtheaccess pointoff (removingpower),andthenstartingitupagain(reapplyingpower).FXsFXsperformsaYmodembatchprotocoldownloadofafileintothespecifiedsFLASHsegment.TypingFX1,2,3,or4(dependinguponwhichFLASHsegmentyouwant thefileloadedto)automaticallycopiesthefiletothespecifiedFLASHsegment.FDFDdisplaystheFLASH filesystemdirectory,includinginformationabout thebootfile.See “FdCommand”onpage5-6formoreinformation.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-24 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideFR"NOTE:The firstexecutablefileinthe access pointbootsegmentmustbethe access pointboot file.FRfindsthefirstexecutablefileintheaccess point’sbootsegment,andtriestorun thefile.NPWDNPWDisforinternalusebyservicepersonnelonly.SRzSerialbaudratecommandSRzsetsthebaudrate oftheaccess point.Theformatis:ap>sr <baud rate>Baudratesare:240048009600 (default)1440019200288003840057600Typethedesiredbaudrateasawholenumber(nodecimalequivalent), with nocommas.Forexample,to entera baudrate of19,200,type19200 —not19.2or19,200.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-25PWDPWDopensapassword-protectedmenu thatcontainsfilemanagementcommands.Some ofthecommandsdeletefiles. Othersredefinetheaccess point’sfilestructure.Ineither casethecommandscancauseundesirableresultsifnotproperlyexecuted.Ifindoubtontheproperproceduretouse,contactTechnicalSupportforassistance.To openthepasswordmenu,typethefollowing:ap>pwdThefollowingdisplays:Enter password:ThepasswordisCR52401OWL(mustbein uppercase).Followingisthepasswordmenu.FD - File System Directory FPD - PCMCIA File DirectoryFE<s/all> - Erase Segment(s) FPE - Erase PCMCIA CardFI - File System Reset FPX - Ymodem File to PCMCIAFS s n - Define File Segment PQ - Power-Up QuietFB s - Set Boot Segment PN - Power-Up NormalFFR f - Run File MI string - Set Modem Init StringFPC f s - PCMCIA File to Flash RMI - Reset Modem Init StringX - ExitFDTheFDcommand displaysthesegmentallocationtableandfiledirectory.See “FdCommand”onpage5-6formoreinformation.FE<s|all>FEerases specifiedorall segmentsofFLASHmemory.See“FeCommand”onpage5-8formoreinformation.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-26 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideFIFIisadestructivecommandthaterasesall downloadedfilesinFLASHmemory.FSsnFSisadestructivecommandthatredefinesthedefault(factoryset) filesegmentsinFLASHmemory.FBsFBsdesignateswhichsegment(s)ofFLASHmemorythebootprogramislocatedin.Iftheaccess pointbootprogramislocatedinasegmentotherthanwhatisdesignated,thebootprogramwill notrun.See “FbCommand”onpage5-5formoreinformation.FFRfFFRfrunsthespecifiedfile(f).ThefilespecifiedwiththeFFRcommandmustbeanexecutablefile.FPCfsFPCfscopiesaspecifiedfile(f) fromanSRAM cardinstalledinPCcardslotNIC2toaspecifiedsegment(s)oftheaccess pointFLASH."NOTE:The FPCfs command copiesthe first file of the specified file nameitfinds.Attempting toload multiplefileswiththe samefile namewillresultin unreachable orunreadablefiles.FPDFPDshowsthefilesystemdirectoryofaninstalledSRAMcard.ThecardmustbeinsertedinPCcardslotNIC2ontheaccess point.TheFPDcommandwill notworkonacardinsertedinslotNIC1.Thefollowinginformationabout thePCcardfilesystemisreturned:
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-27"Namesofall filesonthecard."Type of file(executable,data,text)."Size(inbytes)ofeachfile."Date ofeachfile."Version numberofeachfile,intheformatVxx.xx.FPEFPEerasesthe entirecontentsofaPCcardinstalledinPCcardslotNIC2ontheaccess point.Individual files cannotbedeleted.WhenyouissuetheFPEcommand,eachlocationonaPCcardinstalledinslotNIC2isoverwrittenwith0’s.FPXFPXperformsaYmodembatchprotocoldownloadofafileintoanSRAM cardinstalledinslotNIC2ontheaccesspoint.ThedownloadedfileappendstoanyexistingfilesonthePCcard.PNPNturnsoff Power-UpQuiet mode(PQ).PQPQturnsonPower-UpQuiet mode.Whenyouconfiguretheaccess point tobootinquiet mode,itdoesnotdisplayROMpower-upmessageswhileitboots.Moreimportantly,itdoesnotallowasinglereceivedcharactertoinvoketheROM commandmonitorand prevent theaccess pointfrombootingwhenahostisconnectedtoitandtryingtocommunicate.AfteryouissuethePQcommand,everyROMpower-upmessageisdoneinquiet mode.Whenyouturnonquietmodeyoucannotaccess theROM commandmonitorbypressingasinglekeystrokeduringthebootsequence.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-28 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideWhentheROM commandmonitorisinquiet modeyoumustsendthree ormoreconsecutive exclamationpoints(!)totheDIAGportduringthebootsequencetoinvokethecommandmonitorprompt(ap>).Becausetheaccess pointisinquiet modenopromptsappeartoshowyouwhentotypethe exclamationpoints.The easiestwaytodothisistoapplypowertotheaccesspoint, waituntil theWLINKindicatorlightstopsflashingforabout1second,andthentypethree ormore exclamationpoints.MIStringMIStringallowsacustom modeminitializationstringtobeusedintheaccess point.Whenacustom modeminitializationstringisentered,itoverridesthedefaultstringissuedbytheROMonpowerup.Duringpowerup,theROM checkstheEEPROMforavalidmodeminitializationstring(custominitializationstringsmuststartwiththelettersATorat).IftheROMfindsavalidstringintheEEPROM,itusesthis stringinsteadofthedefaultstringintheROM.Toremoveacustom modeminitializationstring,issuetheRMIcommand.RMIRMIremovesacustom modeminitializationstringfrom theaccess pointEEPROM(see “MIString”).Thenext timetheaccess pointispoweredon,thedefault modeminitializationstring(locatedinROM)isloaded.XCommandXexitsthepasswordsubmenu andreturnstotheMainMenu.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-29Exiting theROMCommand MonitorExit thecommandmonitorbyrunningtheRebootcommand(B)orRun FlashBootFilecommand(FR)ontheROMcommandmonitor’sMainMenu.SoftwareDownloadExampleTheFLASHprogramfortheaccess pointiscalledUSTART29.BIN.Asimplemethodforupgradinganaccesspointwith newFLASHistosetoneupasaTFTP serverandthendownloadnewFLASHintoanotheraccess point(theclient).Thismethodis“simple”becauseyoucaneasilyconfigureanaccess pointasaTFTP server.Thegeneralprocedureisasfollows:1.Upgrade oneaccess pointwithanewversionofFLASHthroughtheDIAGport.2.Enabletheupgradedaccess pointasaTFTP server.3.UseTelnetandTFTP toupgradeanotheraccess point(client).ThisproceduremayalsodownloadnewHTMLandGIFfiles, whichenableyoutoconfiguretheaccess point throughaWeb browser.Upgrading Through DIAGPortThefollowingpages showanexample ofhowtoupgradeanaccess point throughitsDIAGport.Thisunitwill becometheTFTP server.The exampleassumesthat:
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-30 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide"You have establishedaconnectionbetweenaPCandtheaccess point’sDIAGport,andhaveaccessedtheROM commandmonitor."AnoldversionofFLASHisinsegment1."ThenewversionofFLASHisgoingintosegment1."Segment2istheactivebootsegment.1.Whentheaccess pointhasenteredtheROM commandmonitor,typethefollowingcommandstoupgradetheunit.CommandDescriptionap>pwdEnterthepasswordmenu.Enter thepassword.ThedefaultpasswordisCR52401OWL(mustbeupper-case).passwd>fe 1 EraseFLASHsegment1.passwd>xExit thepasswordmenu.ap>fx1DownloadthenewFLASH fileintosegment1.passwd>fb1Changethebootsegmentnumberfrom2(inthisexample,theactivebootsegment)to1.ap>frRun thenewFLASHbootfilebyrestartingtheaccess point.2.Aftertheaccess pointrebootsandisrunninginFLASHmode,usetheFdcommandtodisplaythefiledirectoryandverifythat thenewversionofFLASHisinsegment1.3.Ensurethat thisaccess pointhasavalidIPaddress.Changetheaddress ifnecessaryandrememberwhatitis.You needtheIPaddress toconfigureTFTPclientsinotheraccess points.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 5-31Starting theTFTP Server1.Configuretheaccess point thatyoujustupgradedtobetheTFTP serverbytyping:File>tftp server start2.TocheckthestatusoftheTFTP server,type:File>tftp server logIftheserverisactiveitsresponseis:The TFTP server is running.Upgrading TFTPClientsThefollowingprocedureassumesthatyouaredownloadingUSTART29.BIN intoaninactivebootsegmentandthe900MHzradio’sdatafileintoaninactivedatasegment.1.Afteryou havestartedtheaccess pointserver,establishaTELNETsessionwiththeaccess point tobeupgraded(theclient).2.Access theclient’sFileMenu.3. Ontheclient,typethefollowingcommandstoupgradeit.CommandDescriptionFile>feib:Erasetheclient’sinactivebootsegment.File>feid:Erasetheclient’sinactivedatasegment.File>tftpget1.2.3.4ustart29.binib:CopyexecutablefileUSTART29.BINfrom theserver(IPaddress is1.2.3.4)tothecli-ent’sinactivebootsegment.
SECTION5"SoftwareDownload5-32 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideCommandDescriptionFile>tftpget1.2.3.4falcon_d.29kid:Copyself-extractingdatafileFALCON_D.29Kfrom theservertotheclient’sinactivedataseg-ment.File>fbib:id:Maketheclient’sinactivebootanddatasegmentstheactiveseg-ments.File>fdDisplaytheFLASH filedirectorytoverifythat thebootand datasegmentsaretheactivesegments.File>exitExit theFileMenu andreturntotheMainMenu.>rebootRun thenewFLASH filebyre-startingtheaccess point.Notethatwhenyoureboot theaccesspointclient,theTelnetconnectionislost.Waitabout30 secondsfortheunit tostartupagainbeforetryingto establishanotherTelnetconnection.File>fdDisplaytheFLASH filedirectorytoverifythat thecorrectfilesareintheactivesegment.4.Repeat theabovecommandsforeachaccess pointclient thatneedsanewversionofFLASH.5.Afteryou haveupgradedall access pointclients,stoptheTFTP serverprocess intheaccess pointyou usedastheserverbytyping:File>tftp server stop
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 6-1Section 6IndicatorLights""""""""""""""""""""""""""""This sectiondescribestheaccess point’sindicatorlightsandhowtoreadthem.This sectionalsoprovidestroubleshootinginformationyoucan usetoisolateafaultyaccess point.OverviewThe eightindicatorlightsontheaccess point’sfrontpanelarethebestindicatorsofhowtheunitisworking.Byobservingtheindicatorlightsyoucantell thefollowing:"Modeinwhichtheunitisoperating(error,network,boot,or command)."Type ofnetworklinktheunithasestablishedwhenitisin networkmode."Baudrate ofDIAGportwhenincommandmode."Possiblecause ofanerror conditionwheninerrormode.Theindicatorlightsaregroupedintofourpairs(Figure6-1).Figure 6-1IndicatorLightsLINK POLARITY STATUSMODER-LINK W-LINK NIC1NIC2ETHERNETSTATUSNETWORK MODE PCMCIA
SECTION6"IndicatorLights6-26710 Access PointUser’sGuideEachindicatorlightislabeledaccordingtofunction.Thefollowingchartliststhegroupsandtheirindicatorlights.GroupIndicatorLightsETHERNETLINKandPOLARITYSTATUSSTATUSandMODENETWORKMODER-LINKandW-LINKPCMCIANIC1 andNIC2ETHERNET LightsETHERNETindicatorlights showthestatusoftheaccesspoint’sEthernetconnection.Table6-1showswhat thelightsmeanwhenONandOFF.Table6-1ETHERNETIndicatorLightsLightStatusIndicationLINK ON Unithas successfullyattachedtotheEthernetnetwork.OFF UnithasnotattachedtotheEthernetnetwork.POLARITYOFF TXandRXlinesona 10BASE-Tcablearereversed.STATUSLightsSTATUSindicatorlightsarelabeledSTATUSandMODE.
SECTION6"IndicatorLights6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 6-3STATUSTheSTATUS(left)lightindicatestheaccess point’soperatingstatus.WhenthelightisOFF,theaccess pointisoperatingnormally.WhenthelightisON,itisinerrormode."NOTE:Incertaincasesthe following textreferstothe indicatorlightsbynumber.Lightsare numbered fromleft toright. Light1islabeledLINKand Light8islabeled NIC2.Theaccess pointenterserrormodewhenitdetectsamalfunctionduringthepower-onselftestsorwhencertainhardwaremalfunctionsoccurduringnormaloperation.WhentheSTATUSlightisONtoindicatethe errormode,indicatorlights4through8(theSTATUSMODElightandtheNETWORKandPCMCIAlightpairs)displaya binaryerrorstatuscodebetween1 and31.Thiscodeindicatesthespecific conditioncausingthe errorstatusas showninTable6-2. Descriptionsoferrorsare onpage6-4.Table6-2ErrorModeStatusCodesStatusModeR-LINKW-LINKNIC1NIC2ErrorStatusONOFF OFF OFF OFF ONHardware error1.ONOFF OFF OFF ONOFF Hardware error2.ONOFF OFF OFF ONONHardware error3.ONOFF OFF ONOFF OFF Internalserial loop-backtestfailed.ONOFF OFF ONOFF ONInternalMACE AUIloopbacktestfailed.ONOFF OFF ONONOFF Internal10BASE-Tloopbacktestfailed.ONOFF OFF ONONONTimertestfailed.
SECTION6"IndicatorLights6-46710 Access PointUser’sGuide"NOTE:Contact the CustomerResponseCenterforhelpwiththe following.ErrorStatusDescriptionHardware errors1,2,and3These errorsindicateaninternalhard-ware errorormalfunction.The errorscanoccurwhenyouapplypowertotheaccess point.Ifitencountersahardwareerror,itnolongerfunctions.Internalserial loop-backtestfailedThisfailure occursiftheaccess pointdoesnotsuccessfullycompletethepower-onself-test.The errorindicatesaprobablehardwaremalfunctionassociatedwiththeDIAGport.Inmostcases,theunitcontinuesto operatenor-mally,but the error conditionstill exists.InternalMACE(MediaAccess Con-trollerforEthernet)AUIloopbacktestfailedThisfailure occursiftheaccess pointdoesnotsuccessfullycompletethepower-onself-test.The errorindicatesaprobablehardwaremalfunctionassociatedwiththeAUIport.Inmostcasestheunitcontinuesto operatenor-mally,but the error conditionstill exists.Internal10BASE-TloopbacktestfailedThisfailure occursiftheaccess pointdoesnotsuccessfullycompletethepower-onself-test.The errorindicatesaprobablehardwaremalfunctionassociatedwiththe10BASE-Tport.Inmostcasestheunitcontinuesto operatenormally,but the error conditionstillexists.TimertestfailedThisfailure occurswhentheaccess pointtimer circuit malfunctions.Ifatimerer-roroccurs,theunitnolongerfunctions.MODETherightSTATUSlightislabeledMODE.Itindicatesthecurrentstatusoftheaccess point(Table6-3).
SECTION6"IndicatorLights6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 6-5Table6-3MODEIndicatorLightStatusIndicationON Unitisnotfunctionalandislockedup.BLINKUnitisin networkmode,thenormaloperatingcondition.OFF Unitisincommandmode.Itentersthismodewhenitdetectsakeypress fromanattachedPCbefore itenters thebootmode,orwhenitdetectsanincomingsignalfromanattachedmodem.NETWORK MODELightsNETWORKMODEindicatorlights showthestatusoftheaccess point’snetworklink.ThelightsarelabeledR-LINK(leftindicator)andW-LINK(rightindicator).Theyworktogethertoindicatethetype ofnetworklinktheaccesspointhasestablished.Table6-4showslinks.Table6-4NETWORK MODEIndicatorLightsR-LINKW-LINKNetworkLinkDescriptionOFF OFF Nonetworklinkestablished(unitisnotconnectedtoanetwork,orisreconfigur-ing).OFF ON UnitisattachedtonetworkthroughanEthernetport.OFF BLINKUnitisattachedtonetworkthroughitsOWL/IPportandisthedesignatedbridgeforasecondaryEthernetLAN.ONOFF UnitisattachedtothenetworkthroughanRF(radio)connection.ONON Unitisoperatingasthesuper root.ONBLINKUnitisattachedtonetworkthroughanRFconnectionandisthedesignatedbridgeforasecondaryEthernetLAN.
SECTION6"IndicatorLights6-66710 Access PointUser’sGuidePCMCIALightsPCMCIAindicatorlights showthestatusofthetwoPCcardslots, whicharelabeledNIC1 andNIC2.TheleftlightshowsthestatusofNIC1;therightlightshowsthestatusofNIC2.Table6-5showslightindicationsforbothports.Table6-5PCMCIAIndicatorLightsStatusIndicationOFF Afunctionalorenabledradioisnotinstalledintheslot.ONAfunctionalandenabledradioisinstalledintheslot.BLINKInstalledradioisactiveandhascommunicatedwithawireless stationinthepast10 minutes.Whentheaccess pointrebootsinROMmode,theR-LINK,W-LINK, NIC1,andNIC2indicatorlights show—foraboutnineseconds—theDIAGport’sbaudrate.Thelights showthestatusabouteightsecondsaftertheW-LINKlightstopsblinking.Table6-6showsbaudrates.Table6-6DIAGPortBaud Rates,ROM ModeR-LINKW-LINKNIC1NIC2BaudRateOFF OFF OFF ON2400OFF OFF ONOFF 4800OFF OFF ONON9600OFF ONOFF OFF 14400OFF ONOFF ON19200OFF ONONOFF 28800OFF ONONON38400ONOFF OFF OFF 57600
SECTION6"IndicatorLights6710 Access PointUser’sGuide 6-7Power-UpSequenceWhenyoupowerontheaccess point,itperformsapower-upsequencethatdoesthefollowing:"Teststheindicatorlights."Teststhefunctionalcircuits."Determinesthe operationalstatus."Determinesthebootsequence.Youcanmonitorthepower-upsequencethroughtheindicatorlights. Duringpower-upthelightsoperateinthisorder:1.LINKindicatorlight turnsONandstaysON.2.STATUS,MODE,R-LINK, W-LINK, NIC1,andNIC2lightsblinkthree timestoindicatetheyareoperational.3.Afterthepreviouslights stopblinking,W-LINKlightblinksthree moretimes.4.AbouteightsecondsafterW-LINKstopsblinking,R-WINK, W-LINK, NIC1 andNIC2lightseitherturnONorstayOFF toindicatetheDIAGport’sbaudrate(see page6-6).5.MODElightblinksconstantlytoindicateitisinnetworkmode,thenormaloperatingcondition.Aftertheaccess pointcompletesitsbootsequence,itentersitsnormaloperatingmode. DuringnormaloperationtheSTATUSindicatorlightisOFF.
SECTION6"IndicatorLights6-86710 Access PointUser’sGuide
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide A-1AppendixAAccess PointSpecifications""""""""""""""""""""""""""""ProductSpecificationsProcessor:AMD29200 RISCMemory:4MB RAM/2MBFLASHROMDistributionLANcompatibility:ANSI/IEEE 802.3(Ethernetcommunicationstandard)andDIXVersion2.0Interface:10BASE2(thinnet),10BASE5(AUIorthicknet),and10BASE-T(twisted pair)throughportsonbottompanelCardslots:TwoPC-card--compatibleslotsMountingoptions:Tabletop, wall,or ceilingElectricalSpecificationsTheaccess pointhasoneIEC connectorforindustry-standardthree conductoracinput.Theaccesspoint’sinternalpowersupplyautomaticallydetectsthevoltagelevelandfrequencyofthesourcepower.Followingaresourcepowerspecifications.Voltages:Autosensing100,110,220,240 VacFrequency:50 to60 HzSafety:UL/CSA(UnderwritersLaboratory/CanadianStandardsAssociation),UnitedStatesandCanada;CB(CompetentBody)reportforEurope
APPENDIXA"Access PointSpecificationsA-26710 Access PointUser’sGuideTheaccess pointcomplieswiththefollowingstandards.Immunity:EN(EuroNorm)50082-1GenericImmunityStandardandETS(EuropeanTelecommunica-tionStandard)300--339 RadioEquipmentandSystems; GenericEMC(ElectromagneticCom-patibility) forRadioEquipmentEmissions:FCC Class BverifiedandCISPR*22 (EN55022)Class BradiatedandconductedemissionsunderEN50081-1, GenericEmissionsStandard*ComiteInternationalSpecialdesPerturpationsRadio-electurques/InternationalSpecialCommittee onRadioInterferenceEnvironmentalSpecificationsOperatingtemperature(standard):--22 dFto122 dF(--30 dCto50 dC)Humidity:Remainsoperationalwhenexposedto90 percenthumidity,noncondensingconditions"NOTE:Operating temperaturesforthe WLIF,900 MHz,and S-UHFradiooptionsarelisted inAppendixesB,C,and D,respectively.PhysicalCharacteristicsApproximatesize:3.75 inx6.88 inx14.5in(LWH)(9.5cmx17.5cmx36 cm)Approximateweight:3.75 lbs(1.70 kg)
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide B-1AppendixBWLIFSpecifications and Antennas""""""""""""""""""""""""""""RM180ThemodelnamefortheWLIFradio optionisRM180,aTypeIII PCcard.Followingarenetworkingspecifications.Frequencyband:2.401 to2.480 GHzspreadspectrum,frequencyhoppingCompatibility:InteroperablewithWLIF,openair,andopenwireless LANproductsRange:Upto500 feetline ofsightCoverage:25,000 squarefeet(2,322 squaremeters)intypical indoorinstallationsDatarate:800 Kbpsor1.6Mbps,manualorautoselecting6710 Access Point:Requirescommunicationsdriverincludedwiththe6710 Access PointsoftwareEthernetcompatibility:Ethernetpacket typesandEthernetaddressingOutputpower:100 mWMAC protocol:RangeLAN2Wireless hopcapability:Yes
APPENDIXB"WLIFSpecificationsand AntennasB-26710 Access PointUser’sGuideOptional interbuildingwireless bridge:YesOperatingtemperature:--4dFto122 dF(--20 dCto50 dC)Regulatorycompliance:FCC 15.247IndustryCanadaRSS 210EuropeanUnionETS300-328CE EMC-EEC inEuropeMKK standardinJapanConsultaSales Representativeforavailability.RadioOperationWireless deviceswiththeWLIFradiocanoperateinmostareasthatallowuse ofspreadspectrumwirelesscommunicationsat2.4GHz,includingAustralia andcountriesinNorthandSouthAmerica,Europe,andAsia.ContactaSalesRepresentativefor currentinformationaboutcountriesinwhichtheproductisapprovedforuseandcountriesinwhichsubmissionfortypeapproval isplanned.PartNumbersThefollowingchartlistsRM180 partnumbers.RM180 PartNumberCompatibility andComments245-149-100 Kit,usedwith219-008-001.219-008-001(forPCcardslot1or2)RM180 only.Usedwith245-149-100.245-149-105 Kit,usedwith219-009-001.219-009-001(forPCcardslot1or2)RM180 only,forJapan.Usedwith245-149-105.
APPENDIXB"WLIFSpecificationsand Antennas6710 Access PointUser’sGuide B-3AntennaRegulationsForWLIFsystems,regulationsrequiretheantenna andantennaconnectorontheaccess point tobeuniqueandnotcommerciallyavailable.Thisensuresthat theRFoutputoftheradiostayswithinthelimits specifiedbytheregulatingagencies.WhipAntennaThestandardWLIFwhipantennacanbeusedthroughoutEurope.Itspartnumberis805-486-001.RemoteAntennaKitsRemoteantennakitsallowavarietyofantennaconfigurations(foraradioinstalledintheaccess point)tobelocatedupto30 feetfrom theaccess point.All remoteantennakitsincludeamountingbracket.ContactyourSalesRepresentativeforinformationabout theantennakitmostsuitableforyourinstallation."NOTE:FCC and DOCregulationsrequirethatqualified personnel installremote antennas.ContactyourSalesRepresentativefor moreinformation.MediumGainPatchThemediumgainpatchisacircularpolarizedantennathatmountsonthewall.Theantennaiswell-suitedforofficeareaswherelowprofileisnecessary.Circularpolarizationalsoworkswell inareaswithmanyreflections.Thefollowingchartlistskitpartnumbers.
APPENDIXB"WLIFSpecificationsand AntennasB-46710 Access PointUser’sGuideCableLengthKitPartNumber10 feet203-423-00120 feet203-423-00230 feet203-423-003MediumGainCollinearDipoleThemediumgaincollineardipoleisalinearpolarizedantennathatworksbestinsemi-openareas suchasloadingdockbays,open highceilingoffice environmentsandinareaswherepenetrationthroughseveralracksorasingleofficewall isrequired.Thefollowingchartlistskitpartnumbers.CableLengthKitPartNumber10 feet203-423-00420 feet203-423-00530 feet203-423-006High GainCollinearDipoleThehighgaincollineardipoleisalinearpolarizedantennathatworks similartothemediumgaincollineardipoleexceptithashighergain,cancoverlargeropenareas,andcanpenetratethroughmoreracks.Thisantennashouldonlybeusedwhenitcanreducethenumberofaccess pointsinthesystem.Thefollowingchartlistskitpartnumbers.CableLengthKitPartNumber10 feet203-423-01020 feet203-423-01130 feet203-423-012
APPENDIXB"WLIFSpecificationsand Antennas6710 Access PointUser’sGuide B-5High GainYagiThehighgainyagi isalinearpolarizedantennatypicallyusedin heavy rackingwheretherearelongcorridorsthatcannotbepenetratedthroughthesideusingcollinears.Thefollowingchartlistskitpartnumbers.CableLengthKitPartNumber10 feet203-423-00720 feet203-423-00830 feet203-423-009AntennaAdapterCableTheantenna adapter cable(FigureB-1)enablesINTERMECRModel110 or2100 antennastobeusedwiththe6710 Access Point.Thecable’spartnumberis226-295-001.Figure B-1AntennaAdapterCable1.RF plug (customthreaded)2.Coaxialcable(6inches)3.N-type connector213ConsultyourSalesRepresentativefortheregulatorystatusandavailabilityofthispartoutside ofNorthAmerica.
APPENDIXB"WLIFSpecificationsand AntennasB-66710 Access PointUser’sGuideModel2100 Antennas and Cables2.4GHzAntennasPartNumberAntenna,2.4GHz805-486-001 Whip(pageB-3)066147 Omni063363 3 dBiomni065349 9 dBiomni067261 3 dBiminiomni067262 5 dBidualflat067263 9 dBiflatpanel2.4GHzAntennaCables andConnectorsPartNumberDescription226-295-001 6710 adapter cable(tocable) (pageB-5)064616 Cable,2.5feet(76 cm)063245 Cable,5feet(152 cm)063246 Cable,20 feet(610 cm)063198 Splitter061868 Lightningsuppressorandbracket586610 Lightningsuppressor capsule589377 LMR400 cablepreptool064432 LMR400 cable,100 feet061475 TypeNpolarizedcableconnector063146 TypeNcableconnector
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide C-1AppendixC900 MHzSpecificationsand Antennas""""""""""""""""""""""""""""RM160Themodelnameforthe900 MHzradioisRM160,aTypeIII PCcard.Followingarenetworkingspecifications.Frequencyband:902 to928 MHzspreadspectrum,directsequenceRange:Upto1300 feetline ofsightCoverage:100,000--350,000 squarefeetintypicalindoorinstallationsDatarate:90,225,or450 Kbps(dependsoninstallation)Channelization:7@90 Kbps,1@225 or450 KbpsSoftwarecompatibility:Requirescommunicationsdriverincludedwiththe6710 Access PointsoftwareOutputpower:250 mWMAC protocol: Openwireless LANMAC radioproto-colOptional interbuildingwireless bridge:YesOperatingtemperature:--4dFto122 dF(--20 dCto50 dC)Regulatorycompliance:FCC 15.247IndustryCanadaRSS 210ConsultaSales Representativeforavailability.
APPENDIXC"900 MHzSpecificationsand AntennasC-26710 Access PointUser’sGuideRadioOperationWireless deviceswiththe900 MHzoptioncanoperateinAustralia andinmostcountriesinNorthandSouthAmerica.ContactaSalesRepresentativefor currentinformationaboutcountriesinwhichtheproductisapprovedforuseandcountriesinwhichsubmissionfortypeapproval isplanned.PartNumbersThefollowingchartlistsRM160 partnumbersandspecialcomments.RM160 PartNumberCompatibility andComments226-120-001 Kit(cable only),usedwith219-010-001.219-010-001(forPCcardslot1or2)RM160 only.Usedwith226-120-001.AntennaRegulationsFor900 MHzsystems,regulationsrequiretheantenna andantennaconnectorontheaccess point tobeuniqueandnotcommerciallyavailable.Thisensuresthat theRFoutputoftheradiostayswithinthelimits specifiedbytheregulatingagencies.WhipAntennaThestandardWLIFwhipantennacanbeusedthroughoutEurope.Itspartnumberis805-472-001.
APPENDIXC"900 MHzSpecificationsand Antennas6710 Access PointUser’sGuide C-3RemoteAntennaKitsRemoteantennakitsallowavarietyofantennaconfigurations(foraradioinstalledintheaccess point)tobelocatedupto30 feetfrom theaccess point.ContactyourSalesRepresentativeforinformationabout theantennakitmostsuitableforyourinstallation."NOTE:FCC and DOCregulationsrequirethatqualified personnel installremote antennas.ContactyourSalesRepresentativefor moreinformation.Thefollowingchartlists900 MHzradioantennakits.AntennaKitPartNumber3dBgain,10 ftcable203-325-0013dBgain,20 ftcable203-325-0023dBgain,30 ftcable203-325-003Lowprofileceilingmount,20 ftcable203-367-001
APPENDIXC"900 MHzSpecificationsand AntennasC-46710 Access PointUser’sGuide
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide D-1AppendixDS-UHFSpecificationsand Antennas""""""""""""""""""""""""""""RM111ThemodelnamefortheS-UHFradio optionisRM111,aTypeII PCcard.Followingarenetworkingspecifications.Frequencyband:430 to450 MHzor450 to470 MHzRange:Upto3500 feetline ofsightCoverage:800,000 squarefeet(72,000 squaremeters)intypical indoorinstallationsDatarate19.2Kbps(14.4Kbpswithforwarderror correction) (four-levelfrequencyshiftkeying)Channelization:20 kHzor25 kHzTransmitpower:27 dBm(.5Watts)Receiversensitivity:--105 dBmOutputpower:500 mWMAC protocol: Openwireless LANMAC radioprotocolWireless hopcapability:No(see pageD-3)Optional interbuildingwireless bridge:NoOperatingtemperature:--4dFto122 dF(--20 dCto50 dC)
APPENDIXD"S-UHFSpecificationsand AntennasD-26710 Access PointUser’sGuideRegulatorycompliance:FCC Part90 (pending)ETS300-220CE 300-339 (Europe)MPT 1329FTZ2014Consultalocalsales office forthe cur-rentregulatorystatus.RadioOperationWireless deviceswiththeS-UHFoptioncanoperateinselectedcountriesinEurope,Asia(exceptJapan),Australia,andmostcountriesinNorthandSouthAmerica.ContactaSalesRepresentativefor currentinformationaboutcountriesinwhichtheproductisapprovedforuseandcountriesinwhichsubmissionfortypeapproval isplanned.PartNumbersThefollowingchartlistsradiopartnumbers.PartNumberComments245-149-102 Kit,usedwith219-006-001 or219-007-001.219-006-001(PCcardslot2only)RM111 only.Usedwith245-149-102.Bandis450 to470 MHz.Multiplefrequencies mustbe separatedbyatleast40 KHz(20 KHzspacing)or50KHz(25 KHzspacings).219-007-001 (lowband)(PCcardslot2only)RM111 only.Mustbeusedwith245-149-002.Bandis430 to450MHz.Multiplefrequencies mustbeseparatedbyatleast40 KHz.
APPENDIXD"S-UHFSpecificationsand Antennas6710 Access PointUser’sGuide D-3Wireless HopsBecause ofthelowdatarate, wireless hopsarenotsupportedforS-UHFsystems.AntennaConnectorTheS-UHFantennausesastandardBNCconnector.WhipAntennasForS-UHF,thestandardwhipantennaistheprimaryantenna.Itspartnumberis805-511-001.Acabledexternalantennaisrequiredincaseswheretheaccess pointandantennacannotbeinstalledat thesamelocation.Antennas shouldbeinstalledtomaximizeseparationdistancefrom metalobstructions.Therecommendedminimumseparationdistanceis19 feet(6meters).Thefollowingchartlistscabledexternalwhipantennas.LengthPartNumber5feet203-449-00218 feet203-449-00336 feet203-449-00150 feet203-449-00475 feet203-449-005100 feet203-449-006
APPENDIXD"S-UHFSpecificationsand AntennasD-46710 Access PointUser’sGuideSiteLicenseOperationofS-UHFrequiresasitelicenseintheUnitedStatesandsome other countries.ConsultSalesAdministration(intheUnitedStates)ortheappropriateNationalRegulatoryAgency(outsidetheUnitedStates) forinformationabout theappropriateapplicationprocess.TechnologyS-UHFtechnology providesanextendedrangesolutionforinstallationsrequiringsmall populationsofterminalemulationstationsoperatingatlowtransactionrates.Inregionswhere900 MHzoperationispermitted(UnitedStates,Canada,Australia,andseveralcountriesinCentralandSouthAmerica),S-UHFisrecommendedonlyforthefollowing:"Sitesinexcess of500,000 squarefeet(50,000 squaremeters)."Sitesrequiring10 orfewerterminalemulationstations."System transactionratesless than1persecond.S-UHFmaybeappropriateforlargersitesonanindividualbasis.ConsultyourSalesRepresentativeformoreinformation.Transaction RatesS-UHFperformanceis sensitivetotransactionrateandterminalcount.Theinstallationguidelineis32 orfewerwireless stationsperfrequency.Thefollowingchartshowsguidelinesformultiplefrequencyinstallations.
APPENDIXD"S-UHFSpecificationsand Antennas6710 Access PointUser’sGuide D-5#Frequencies#Wireless Stations1 322 603 804 100Installation GuidelinesThefollowingpagescontainguidelinesforpredictingthecoveragearea andinstallingsingleandmultipleaccesspoints.Predicting CoverageTableD-1showspredictedindoor coverageareasforanaccess pointwiththeS-UHFradio.Thetablewasgeneratedusingamathematicalmode.Areasareinsquaremeters.Forsquarefeet,multiplytheareainsquaremetersby10.TableD-1CoveragePredictionIncreasedCoverageOverlapBetweenAccess PointsÞ Þ ÞIncreasedobstructions120K*100K80K64Kß100K84K** 64K** 51Kß82K68K** 52K** 42Kß68K56K43K34K**The extremes of120Kand 34Ksquare meters are indicativeofbestand worstcase coverage resultsusingthismodel.** Reflectstypicalexpectedcoverageforindustrialand ware-housingapplications.
APPENDIXD"S-UHFSpecificationsand AntennasD-66710 Access PointUser’sGuideInstalling aSingleAccess PointYoucaninstall asingleaccess pointwhenwireless stationpopulations,system transactionrates,andcoveragerequirementspermit.Followingaresomefactorstoconsider:"Forlargecoverageareas,itisnecessarytolocatetheaccess pointoptimallytomaximizecoverage."AtsiteswherethestructureandoperationswithinprovideauniformRFsignalpropagationenvironment,thelocationisgenerallycentralizedwithinthefacility."Fornonuniformsites,thelocation needstobeadjustedforbestcoverage."Forsmall sites,locationisless criticalandmaybeadjustedtominimizeLANwiring.LocationofS-UHFaccess pointswithincomputer roomsisnotrecommended,becauseRFemissionsfrom thehigherspeed processorsusedincurrentgenerationcomputersmayreducesystemrange.Installing MultipleAccess PointsMultipleaccess pointscanextendcoverage,reuseafrequency,andincreasesystem throughput.Extending CoverageMultipleaccess pointsmaybeinstalledto extendcoverage.FigureD-1showsaninstallationwheremaximizingcoverageisthemainobjective."NOTE:Asitesurveyisrequired forthistype ofinstallation.
APPENDIXD"S-UHFSpecificationsand Antennas6710 Access PointUser’sGuide D-7Figure D-1Extending CoverageInthistype ofinstallation,theaccess pointcoverageareasare overlappedminimallytoprovideseamless coverage.Theaccess pointsmayall useacommonfrequency,requiringadherencetothesystem terminalpopulationandtransactionratelimitsforonefrequency.Youcanalsoinstall access pointsondifferentfrequencies.Inthiscase,youmaybeabletoincreasethewirelessstationpopulationandtransactionrate.However,thesinglefrequencywireless stationpopulationandtransactionratemustbemaintained peraccess point.Theinstallationmustconsiderwhetherthesystem mayatanytimeberequiredto operatewithmorethanthemaximumnumberofwireless stationsinanyoneaccess pointcoveragearea.Reusing theFrequencyIfaccess pointsareseparatedbysufficientdistance,youcanreuseafrequency,asillustratedinFigureD-2.
APPENDIXD"S-UHFSpecificationsand AntennasD-86710 Access PointUser’sGuide"NOTE:Asitesurveyisrequired forthistype ofinstallation.Figure D-2Frequency ReuseAccess PointA Access PointB--105 dBmInthistype ofinstallation,youcaninstall access pointsonthesamefrequency.Eachaccess pointcansustainthesinglefrequencywireless stationpopulationandtransactionrate.Theguidelineforfrequencyreuseis:Thesignal levelproducedbyaccess point “A” mustbeless than--105 dBmat therequiredcoveragelimitofaccess point “B.”Increasing SystemThroughputToincreasethewireless stationpopulationorsystemtransactionrate,youcanoverlapaccess pointcoverageareasandusemultiplefrequencies.Thesystemdesignallowsuptofourfrequencies,100 stations,andthreetransactionspersecond.Largewireless stationpopulationsortransactionratesrequireuse ofone ofthehighspeedRFmedia.
APPENDIXD"S-UHFSpecificationsand Antennas6710 Access PointUser’sGuide D-9Twoconfigurationoptionsarepossible:Option1:Configurewireless stationsforfrequencyagileoperation.Option2:Configurewireless stationsforsinglefrequen-cyoperation,splittingthewireless stationpopulationequallyamongtheavailablefre-quencies.Bothoptionsrequirethatyouconfiguretheaccess pointsonuniquefrequencies.Option 1Option1isrecommendedwhenthesystemcannotbeinstalledsothateachaccess pointcoversthe entirearea.Inthiscase,youmustinstall theaccess points sothatall ofthemoverlapin high usageareawherewireless stationpopulationsandtransactionratesaregreatest.Frequencyagilesoftwareinthewireless stationsallowsroamingbetweenfrequencies.Thewireless stationsemployaloadbalancingalgorithmsothat thenumberofwirelessstationsoneachfrequencyisabout thesameatall times.If frequencyagilityisused,andthewireless stationsarenormallypoweredupinanareaofoverlappingcoverage,youcanspeedupnetworkattachmentbysettingdifferentdefaultfrequenciesinthewireless stationsforinitial loadbalancing.This shortenstheperiodrequiredfortheloadbalancingalgorithm toadjust.Option 2Option2isrecommendedifthecoverageareais smallenoughthatall access pointscanbeinstalledtocoverthefull area.See FigureD-3.
APPENDIXD"S-UHFSpecificationsand AntennasD-10 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideFigure D-3IncreasedSystemThroughput32 orfewerwirelessstationsinthis area60 wireless stationsmaxi-mumin overlaparea (twofrequencies)100 wireless stationsmaximumin overlaparea (fourfrequencies)Frequency and Separation GuidelinesWhen usingoverlappingaccess points,youmustprovideminimumphysicalseparationbetweenaccess pointantennas.Therecommendedminimumfrequencyseparationbetweenfrequenciesusedwithinaninstallationis200 KHz, withseparationof1MHzpreferred.Insomecases,youmayneedtouseseparationsas small as40 KHz(for20 KHzspacings)or50 KHz(for25 KHzspacings)because ofregulatorylimitations.Inthiscase,thephysicalseparationbetweenaccess pointantennasmustbeincreased.Therecommendedminimumphysicalseparationbetweenaccess pointsis30 meters(100 feet).Absoluteminimumseparationsarebasedonfrequencyseparation,asindicatedinthefollowingchart.FrequencySeparationAbsoluteMinimum50 KHz100 feet(30 meters)³200 KHz20 feet(7meters)
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide E-1AppendixEOWL/IP""""""""""""""""""""""""""""IntroductionWireless networksmaybeinstalledinenvironmentsthataresegmentedbyIProuters.IfOWL/IPisnotenabled,thepresence ofaroutergenerallydefinesthephysicalboundaryofthewireless network.Wireless coveragecanbeprovidedbyinstallingmultipleindependentwirelessnetworks,eachwithitsownLANID, super rootandsetofwireless stations.Inthisenvironment,stationscanonlyoperatewithinthelimitedcoverageareaofitsown networkandcannotroamacross subnetboundaries. OWL/IPprovidesthecapabilityofinstallingasingle,extendedwireless systemintheroutedenvironment.OWL/IPprovides:"Extensionofthe openwireless LANspanningtree toincludeaccess pointsoperatingondifferentIPnetworksorsubnetworks."Transparentroamingofwireless stationsacross routerboundarieswithoutloss ofconnectivity."Supportofwireless stationsusingbothIPandordinarilynonroutableprotocols.
APPENDIX E "OWL/IPE-26710 Access PointUser’sGuideOWL/IPisactivatedbyenablingtheOWL/IPportintheaccess point.TheportisanentrywaytoanIPtunneloriginatedbythesuper rootonthehome subnet,andterminatedbyadesignatedbridge operatingonaremotesubnet.Framesare encapsulatedusingtheGRE protocolrunningoverIP.Thesuper rootcanoriginateIPtunnelsto eightorfewerIPaddresses.Thenumberoftunnels supportedmaybemorethanorfewerthaneight,dependingonthetype ofaddressingusedandredundancyneedswithintheinstallation.TheOWL/IPportdiffersfrom thephysical NIC1,NIC2 andEthernetportswithintheaccess point.ItisalogicalportthatprovidesIPencapsulationservicesforframesthatmustberoutedtoreachtheirdestination. Onceencapsulated,framesaretransmittedor receivedthroughone ofthethree physicalports.OWL/IPRestrictionsAddressing LimitationsWireless stationsusingIPmustbeassignedIPaddressesonthehomesubnet.Serversmaybelocatedonanysubnet.However,itispreferabletochoosethesubnet thatcontainsserversforwireless stationsasthehomesubnetifpossible.Installation LimitationsOWL/IPtunnels shouldnotbeused:
APPENDIX E "OWL/IP6710 Access PointUser’sGuide E-3"FornetworkprotocolsthatanIProuterisconfiguredtobridge.Manyroutersmaybeinstalledtobridgespecificframetypes.Theseroutersare oftenreferredtoasB-routers."Fornetworkprotocolsarouteriscapable ofrouting.Forexample,IPXframes shouldnotbetunneledthrougharouter capable ofroutingbothIPandIPXframes.Ifaccess pointsareinstalledsothatawireless secondaryLANcanbe establishedbetweenaccess points separatedbyarouter,itispossibletoinadvertentlybridgearoundtherouter.Thiscanbeavoidedbychoosingdesignatedbridgelocations,or choosingradiochannelstoavoidinadvertentwireless bridging.OWL/IP SafeguardsThepurpose ofarouteristosegment trafficonalocalnetwork,andselectivelyforwardframesdestinedtoaddressesonothernetworks. OWL/IPisdesignedtominimizetheimpactonexistinginstallations, whilesupportingmobilityforwireless stations.ThesafeguardsonthefollowingpagesarebuiltintoOWL/IP.DefaultSettingsBydefault, OWL/IPisdisabledandmustbemanuallyenabledbeforetunnelsare originated.Additionally,onceenabled,defaultfiltersettingspreventforwardingofallprotocolsexceptNORANDNetworkLayer(NNL),ARPforIPaddress resolution,andICMP, whichsupportsdiagnosticcapabilities suchasPING. Extensivefilteringcapabilitiesareprovidedtoallowtraffictoberestrictedtothatknowntobedestinedtowireless stations.
APPENDIX E "OWL/IPE-46710 Access PointUser’sGuideAddressing Limitations andFlooding RestrictionsWireless stationsusingIPmustbeassignedaddressesonthehomesubnet.TheARPserver capabilitycanbe enabledtoreducepropagationofARPsthroughtunnels.IPserverscanbelocatedonanysubnet;however,itisdesirabletochoosethesubnetcontainingserversusedextensivelybyclientwireless stationsasthehomesubnetifpossible.ForstationsorserversusingprotocolsotherthanIP,therearenorestrictionsonlocationofserversoraddressassignments.Routingisminimizedifserversarelocatedonthehomesubnet.OWL/IPdoesnotfloodoutboundunicastframes.MulticastIPframesareforwardedoutboundfrom thehomesubnet.DesignatedbridgesforwardunicastandmulticastframesinboundtothehomesubnetiftheIPaddress belongstothehomesubnet.(See “SubnetFiltering,”pageE-6.)GlobalFloodingsettingsandFloodRegistersettingsdonotapplytoOWL/IPtunnels.PermanentFiltersCertainframetypesareneverforwardedthroughtunnels.TheseincludethoseIPprotocolsusedfor coordinatingrouters,or MAC framesusedfor coordinatingbridges.Theseframesarenotforwarded:"802.1dbridgeframes."IPframeswitha broadcastormulticastEthernetaddress."IPframeswiththefollowing(router)protocoltypesand decimalvalues:
APPENDIX E "OWL/IP6710 Access PointUser’sGuide E-5DGP(86) (DissimilarGatewayProtocol)EGP(8) (ExteriorGatewayProtocol)IDPR(35) (Inter-DomainPolicyRoutingProtocol)IDRP(45) (Inter-DomainRoutingProtocol)IGP(9) (InteriorGatewayProtocol)IGRP(88) (InteriorGatewayRoutingProtocol)MHRP(48) (MobileHostRoutingProtocol)OSPFIGP(89) (OpenShortestPathFirstInteriorGatewayProtocol)"IPICMPtypes,including:IPv6MobileIPRouterAdvertisementRouterSelection"IP/UDPframeswiththesedestinationprotocolportnumbers:BGP(179) (BorderGatewayProtocol)RAP(38) (RouteAccess Protocol)RIP(520) (RoutingInformationProtocol)"IP/TCPframeswiththesedestinationorsourceprotocolportnumbers:BGP(179) (BorderGatewayProtocol)RAP(38) (RouteAccess Protocol)Theseframesarealwaysforwarded:"DIX0875Copenwireless LAN inter-access pointcoordinationframes"DIX0800 InternetProtocol"IP Protocol(47)GRE
APPENDIX E "OWL/IPE-66710 Access PointUser’sGuideDefaultFilterSettingsThedefaultsettingsfor[TXFilter]areset topass thefollowingframetypes(and dropall others):"DIX0875BNNL"DIX0806 ARP"IP ProtocolICMP(1)supportingthefollowingframetypes:Address MaskReply(18)Address MaskRequest(17)AlternateHostAddress (6)DestinationUnreachable(3)EchoReply(0)EchoRequest(8)ParameterProblem(12)Redirect(5)SourceQuench(4)TimeExceeded(11)TimeStamp(13)TimeStampReply(14)TraceRoute(30)SubnetFilteringOWL/IPautomaticallyprovides subnetfilteringforIPwireless stations. Designatedbridgesneverforwardframestothehomesubnet,unless theIPaddress belongstothehomesubnet.ThisfeaturepreventsinboundfloodingofundesiredIPtraffic.
APPENDIX E "OWL/IP6710 Access PointUser’sGuide E-7PasswordSecurityTheaccess pointhastwolevelsofpasswordsecurity.Knowledge ofthestandard passwordallowsgeneralaccesstotheconfigurationmenus.Ifdesired,theOWL/IPconfigurationcanbeaccess protectedbyenablingtheAdvancedPasswordinthe[Security]menu.OperationOWL/IPusesIPencapsulationto establishavirtualLANsegment throughanIProuter.TheOWL/IPtunnelbecomesa branchinthespanningtree.Access pointsontheremotesubnetarelinkedtothesuper root throughadesignatedbridge. OperationisanalogoustosecondaryLANs, wherewireless linksareusedtoconnectEthernetsegments.FigureE-1showsEthernetsegmentsconnectedbyawireless link;FigureE-2showsanOWL/IPtunnel.ForEthernetsecondaryLANs,awireless linkisestablishedbetweenanaccess pointonthedistributionLANandadesignatedbridge onasecondaryEthernetsegment.Framesto orfromasecondaryEthernetLANarebridgedattheMAC layer.Inthecase ofOWL/IP,avirtualMAC layerlinkisestablishedthroughan“IPtunnel”betweenthesuper rootandadesignatedbridge.
APPENDIX E "OWL/IPE-86710 Access PointUser’sGuideWireless StationFigure E-1SecondaryLANAP3(DesignatedBridge)Distribution LANWireless LinkAP1AP2(SuperRoot)AP4AP5Wireless Station Wireless StationSecondaryLANWireless StationFigure E-2OWL/IPTunnelAP3(DesignatedBridge)Distribution LANHomeSubnetAP2AP1(SuperRoot)AP4AP5Wireless StationWireless StationSecondaryLANRemoteSubnetIPNetworkIPRouterIPRouter
APPENDIX E "OWL/IP6710 Access PointUser’sGuide E-9Followingarethree primarydifferencesbetweensecondaryLANs separatedbywireless linksandsecondaryLANsseparatedbyOWL/IPtunnels:"Anyaccess pointonthedistributionLANcanprovidewireless connectivityforadesignatedbridge onasecondaryEthernetLAN. Onlythesuper rootcanoriginateOWL/IPconnectionstodesignatedbridgesonremotesubnets."FloodingparametersfordesignatedbridgesonsecondaryEthernetLANscanbeadjustedthroughtheglobalsettingsinthesuper root,orthroughlocalconfigurationinthedesignatedbridge.FloodingparametersforOWL/IPtunnelsarenotadjustable."Thesuper rootand designatedbridgesforOWL/IPtunnelsincludeadditionalconfigurable output(transmit) filters,allowingframetypesforwardedthroughtunnelstobetightlycontrolled.ThesefiltersareprovidedinadditiontothestandardEthernetinputfiltersavailableinall access points.TunnelOriginationBuilding theSpanning TreeThe openwireless LANspanningtree isestablishedandmaintainedbyshorthellomessagesoriginatingat thesuperroot.“Hellos”arebroadcastperiodicallyatintervalsofafewseconds.Theseframescontain networkcoordinationinformation,includingrootpriority.Atpowerup,all super rootcandidateslistenforhellomessages.Iftheydonotdetecthellos,ordetecthellosfromalowerpriorityrootcandidate,theybegintosendhellomessages.
APPENDIX E "OWL/IPE-10 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideIfasuper rootcandidatereceivesahellofromanaccesspointwithahigher rootpriority(orequalrootpriorityfromahigher MAC address),itstops sendinghellos.Thisrootelectionprotocolcontinuesuntil onlyonesuper rootaccesspointsendshellos.Afterthesuper rootisestablished,otheraccess pointsattachtothesuper rootformingthespanningtree.Establishing and Maintaining TunnelsOnceasuper rootiselected,itbeginstoforwardhellomessagestoIPaddressesconfiguredintheOWL/IPmenu.Designatedbridgecandidatesonaremotesubnetusebridgepriorityinasimilarelectionproceduretodeterminewhichaccess pointservesasdesignatedbridgeforthatsubnet.Onceadesignatedbridgeiselected,itattachestothesuperroot,indicatingthatitisthedesignatedbridgeforthesubnet. Designatedbridgesareresponsibleforforwardinghellosto otheraccess pointsonthelocalsubnets.Thesehellosindicateto otheraccess pointsthat theyarethedesignatedbridgeforthatsubnet.RedundancyThesuper rootand designatedbridge electionprocedurearerepeatedifthecurrentsuper rootordesignatedbridgestopssendinghellos.Thisprovidesredundancyinthe eventofanisolatedaccess point,router,power,or cablingfailure.Normally,oneprimaryandone ortwofallbacksuper rootcandidatesaresufficientforsuper rootredundancy. Oneprimarydesignatedbridgeandonefallbackarerecommendformostremotesubnetinstallations.Thenumberofremotesubnetsandredundancyneedsoneachsubnetinfluencestheselectionofaddress typesinthe[IPAddresses]menu.See theconfigurationexamplesonpageE-13.
APPENDIX E "OWL/IP6710 Access PointUser’sGuide E-11FrameForwardingMAC framesoriginatingonthehomesubnetareencapsulatedinthesuper root,forwardedthroughtheIPnetwork,deencapsulatedinthedesignatedbridge,andforwardedtotheappropriateaccess pointfordeliverytotheintendedwireless station.Thesameprocess isusedinreversebetweenthedesignatedbridgeandthesuper rootforinboundframes.The encapsulation usesthestandardIPGRE protocol.OutboundDataframesareforwardedoutboundthroughanIPtunnelif:"Awireless stationisknowntobeattachedtoanaccesspointonaparticular remotesubnet."Theframetypeis specifiedinthe[TXFilter]menu.Designatedbridgesareresponsibleforforwardingattachstatusforwireless stationstothesuper root.Thesuperroot maintainsentriesforthesestationsinitsforwardingdatabaseindicatingthecorrectsubnetforoutboundforwarding.IPARP(Address ResolutionProtocol)andICMPframesarenormallyforwardedoutboundthroughall tunnels.EnablingtheARPserverinthesuper rootcanreducethenumberofARPsforwarded.InboundThesameforwardingrulesapplyforframesinboundfromremotesubnets. Designatedbridgesmaintainentriesintheirforwardingdatabaseforaddressesthatrequireroutingthroughtunnels.Framesdestinedforserversorstationsonthelocalsubnetarenotforwardedthroughtunnels. Onlyframetypesconfiguredinthe[TXFilter]menu areforwarded.
APPENDIX E "OWL/IPE-12 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideAdditionally,IPframesare onlyforwardedinboundiftheIPaddress belongstothehomesubnet(see “SubnetFiltering,”pageE-6).Station MobilityAs stationsmovethroughafacility,theyroambetweenaccess pointcoverageareas.Inlargeinstallations,theseaccess pointsmaybe ondifferentIPsubnets. OWL/IPisdesignedtosupportrapidroaminginthese environments.A“roam” requiresupdatestotheforwardingdatabasesinthenewaccess point,super root,previousaccess point,andanyintermediatedesignatedbridges.Aroamisinitiatedwhenastationattachestoanewaccesspoint.Thisaccess pointsendsanattachmessagetothesuper root, whichinturnforwardsadetachmessagetothepreviousaccess point,allowingeachaccess point toupdateitsforwardingdatabase. Designatedbridgesmonitortheseexchangesandupdatetheirforwardingdatabases.MobileIPComparisonTheInternetEngineeringTaskForcehasdevelopedRFC2002,IPMobilitySupport,commonlyreferredtoasMobileIP.MobileIPisdesigned primarilytoaddress theneedsofIPstationsthat maymovebetweengeographicallyseparatedlocations.OWL/IPisdesigned primarilyto operateinlocalareaenvironments, wherehandcarriedorvehiclemountedstationsmaymoverapidlybetweenaccess pointcoverageareasonasubnettedLAN.Thetwotechnologiesarecomplimentaryandmaycoexist.TableE-1summarizessomedifferences.
APPENDIX E "OWL/IP6710 Access PointUser’sGuide E-13TableE-1MobileIPComparisonComparisonMobileIPOWL/IPSoftwarecompatibility:RequiresaMobileIPclientsoftwarestackinIPwireless stations.Allowsuse ofexistingIPsoftwarestacksinwirelessstations.AddressinglimitationsforIPstations:None.RequiresthatIPstationaddressesbelongtothehomesubnet.Routingofnon-IPprotocols:Isnotallowed.Isconfigurablethrough[TXFilter].Limitationsaredetailedunder“OWL/IPRestrictions,”pageE-2.Scalability:Hasnoinherentlimita-tions.LimitstunneloriginationtoeightIPaddresses.Thenumberofremotesubnetssupportedmaybemorethanorfewerthaneight,depend-ingontheselectedaddress-ingapproach.Specialnetworksoft-ware:Requireshomeandforeignagentslocatedoneach networkorsubnet-work.Isastandardfeatureinopenwireless LANsystemsoft-ware.OWL/IPConfiguration ExamplesExample 1:Class CIPAddressesThesamplenetworkinFigureE-3illustratesOWL/IPsetupforalocationwithseveralClass CIPaddresses.Subnetaddressingisnotused.Forillustrativepurposes,IPaddresseshavebeenselectedfrom thoseallocatedforprivatenetworksthatarenotconnectedtotheInternet.
APPENDIX E "OWL/IPE-14 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideFigure E-3ExampleClass C ConfigurationAP1(SuperRoot)192.168.15.101AP3192.168.17.188IP Station192.168.15.227 NNLStationIPRouterServerforIP Stations192.168.15.17192.168.15.1192.168.17.1IPRouterAP5(DesignatedBridge)192.168.23.21AP2192.168.15.36HomeSubnet192.168.23.1AP4(DesignatedBridge)192.168.17.16IP Station192.168.15.228ServerforNNLStationsSubnetMask:255.255.255.0
APPENDIX E "OWL/IP6710 Access PointUser’sGuide E-15Step1"Access pointsareassignedIPaddressesfortheappropriatesubnets."Subnet192.168.15.0isdesignatedasthehomesubnet,sinceitcontainstheserversusedbywireless stations."Wireless stationsthatrequireIPconnectivityaregivenIPaddressesonthis subnet."Access point(AP)1is selectedastheprimarysuperrootandassignedrootpriority3."AP2is selectedasthefallbacksuper rootandassignedrootpriority1."All otheraccess pointsareconfiguredtorootpriority0.Step2"AP4is selectedasthedesignatedbridgeforsubnet192.168.17.0 andconfiguredwithbridgepriority2."AP3isconfiguredasthefallbackdesignatedbridgeforthatsubnet,andconfiguredwithbridgepriority1."Otheraccess pointsonthesubnetareconfiguredwithbridgepriority0."AP5ischosenasthedesignatedbridgeforsubnet192.168.23.21.Step3Thetwosuper rootcandidatesareconfiguredto originatetunnels.Two optionsareavailable:unicastaddressinganddirectedbroadcast.
APPENDIX E "OWL/IPE-16 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideOption A:UnicastAddressingInthisexample,unicastIPaddressesare enteredinthetableforeachdesignatedbridge.Thetwodesignatedbridgesonsubnet192.168.17.0negotiatewhichaccess pointservesasthedesignatedbridgeforthatsubnet.AP4hasthehighestbridgepriority,soAP3 becomesthedesignatedbridge onlyifAP4failsorlosesitsnetworkconnection.AP5isthe onlyaccess pointonsubnet192.168.23.0,sonofallbackisavailable.FollowingistheIPAddressesTableforthisoption:Type Address1 <Unicast> 192.168.17.162 <Unicast> 192.168.17.1883 <Unicast> 192.168.23.214 <Unicast> 0.0.0.05 <Unicast> 0.0.0.06 <Unicast> 0.0.0.07 <Unicast> 0.0.0.08 <Unicast> 0.0.0.0Option B:DirectedBroadcastInthisexample,adirectedbroadcastaddress isusedforeachsubnet.Thebroadcast tosubnet192.168.17.0isreceivedbyall access points.Theaccess pointwiththehighestbridgepriorityprovidestheremoteterminationoftheOWL/IPtunnel.AbroadcastMAC address isused.FollowingistheIPAddressesTableforthisoption:
APPENDIX E "OWL/IP6710 Access PointUser’sGuide E-17Type Address1 <Broadcast> 192.168.17.2552 <Broadcast> 192.168.23.2553 <Unicast> 0.0.0.04 <Unicast> 0.0.0.05 <Unicast> 0.0.0.06 <Unicast> 0.0.0.07 <Unicast> 0.0.0.08 <Unicast> 0.0.0.0Step4:SetTXFiltersSupportforbothNNLandIPstationsisrequired.ThisexampleassumesDIXEthernetis supported,but802.3 andSNAParenotrequired.NNLisenabledbythedefaultsettings.Followingisthe[FrameTypes]screen:Action ScopeDIX-IP-Other Protocols <Drop> <Unlisted>Followingisthe[SubTypes1]screen:Action SubType ValueNNL <Pass> <DIX-EtherType> 87 5bThedefaultsettingsforIPprotocolsenableARPandICMP.TCPandUDParedisabledbydefault.ApplicationsrunningoverTCPorUDPcanbe enabledbychangingtheDIXTCPandDIXUDPportstopass all frames.Followingisthe[FrameTypes]screen:Action ScopeDIX-IP-TCP Ports <Pass> <All>DIX-IP-UDP Ports <Pass> <All>
APPENDIX E "OWL/IPE-18 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideAlternatively,ifalimitedsetofknownapplicationsistobesupported,filtersmaybeset toselectivelypass listedPortnumbers.Followingisthe[FrameTypes]screen:Action ScopeDIX-IP-TCP Ports <Drop> <Unlisted>DIX-IP-UDP Ports <Drop> <Unlisted>Forexample,tosupportFTP (data andcontrol)andTelnet,enableprotocolports20,21,and23,respectively.TheaboveIPportnumbersarespecifiedasdecimalvalues.Thesecanbeinputdirectlybyfollowingthe entrywithadecimalpoint;forexample,“20.”Valuesaredisplayedinthetableashexadecimalvalues:14,15,and17.Followingisthe[SubTypes1]screen:Action SubType ValueDIX-ARP <Pass> <DIX-EtherType> 08 06SNAP-ARP <Drop> <SNAP-EtherType> 08 06802.2-IPX-RIP <Drop> <802.2-IPX-Socket> 04 51802.2-IPX-SAP <Drop> <802.2-IPX-Socket> 04 53NNL <Pass> <DIX-EtherType> 87 5bNETBIOS <Drop> <802.2-SAP> f0 f01 <Pass> <DIX-IP-Protocol> 00 012 <Pass> <DIX-IP-TCP-Port> 00 143 <Pass> <DIX-IP-TCP-Port> 00 154 <Pass> <DIX-IP-TCP-Port> 00 17..16 <Drop> <DIX-IP-TCP-Port> 00 00
APPENDIX E "OWL/IP6710 Access PointUser’sGuide E-19Example 2:Class BIPAddressUsing SubnettingThe exampleinFigureE-4usestheClass Baddress of172.16.0.0 andasubnet maskof255.255.248.0.Thisprovides30 subnetsof2046 hostseach.Subnetaddressingforthisnetworkisdescribedunder“IPSubnetMask”inSection4,“Configuration.”Inthisexample,eachsubnethasabout10 access points.Thehomesubnetcontainstheaddress range of172.16.16.1through172.16.23.254.Step1"Access pointsareassignedIPaddressesfortheappropriatesubnets."Subnet172.16.16.0isdesignatedasthehomesubnet,sinceitcontainstheserversusedbywireless stations."Wireless stationsthatrequireIPconnectivityaregivenIPaddressesonthis subnet."AP1is selectedastheprimarysuper root,andgivenrootpriority3."AP2is selectedasthefallbacksuper rootandassignedrootpriority1."All otheraccess pointsareconfiguredtorootpriority0.Step2"AP11 is selectedasthedesignatedbridgeforsubnet192.16.24.0 andconfiguredwithbridgepriority2."AP12 isconfiguredasthefallbackdesignatedbridgeforthatsubnet,andconfiguredwithbridgepriority1."Otheraccess pointsonthesubnetareconfiguredwithbridgepriority0."AP21 andAP22,AP31 andAP32,etc.areconfiguredasdesignatedbridgecandidatesfortheir respectivesubnets.
APPENDIX E "OWL/IPE-20 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideFigure E-4ExampleClass B ConfigurationAP1(SuperRoot)172.16.16.101172.16.8.1IPRouterServerforIP Stations172.16.23.141172.16.16.1HomeSubnetServerforNNLStationsAP2172.16.19.36172.16.8.2IPRouter172.16.32.1AP12172.16.32.3AP11172.16.32.2AP13172.16.32.4172.16.8.3IPRouter172.16.40.1AP22172.16.40.3AP21172.16.40.2AP23172.16.40.4172.16.8.4IPRouter172.16.48.1AP32172.16.48.3AP31172.16.48.2AP33172.16.48.4
APPENDIX E "OWL/IP6710 Access PointUser’sGuide E-21Step3Thetwosuper rootcandidatesareconfiguredto originatetunnels.Option A:UnicastAddressingInthisexample,unicastIPaddressesare enteredinthetableforeachdesignatedbridge.Thetwodesignatedbridgesoneachsubnetwill negotiatewhichaccess pointservesasthedesignatedbridgeforthatsubnet.Use oftwodesignatedbridgecandidatesoneachsubnetrestrictsthenumberofsubnetsthatcanbesupportedtofour.Toincreasethesize ofthewireless network,itisnecessaryto eliminateredundantdesignatedbridgesorusebroadcastaddressing.Type Address1 <Unicast> 172.16.24.22 <Unicast> 172.16.24.33 <Unicast> 172.16.32.24 <Unicast> 172.16.32.35 <Unicast> 172.16.40.26 <Unicast> 172.16.40.37 <Unicast> 172.16.48.28 <Unicast> 172.16.48.3Option B:DirectedBroadcastInthisexample,adirectedbroadcastaddress isusedforeachsubnet.Thebroadcast toaddress 172.16.23.255 isreceivedbyall access pointsonsubnet172.16.16.0.Theaccess pointwiththehighestbridgepriorityprovidestheremoteterminationoftheOWL/IPtunnelforeachsubnet.AbroadcastMAC address isused.Thisoptionsupportsprimaryandfallbackaccess pointson upto eightsubnets.
APPENDIX E "OWL/IPE-22 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideType Address1 <Broadcast> 172.16.23.2552 <Broadcast> 172.16.31.2553 <Broadcast> 172.16.39.2554 <Broadcast> 172.16.47.2555 <Unicast> 0.0.0.06 <Unicast> 0.0.0.07 <Unicast> 0.0.0.08 <Unicast> 0.0.0.0Option C:All SubnetsBroadcastInthisexample,anAll Subnetsbroadcastaddress isused.Thisbroadcastisforwardedthroughout thenetworkandreceivedbydesignatedbridgesonall subnets.SeeCommentsonthenextpagebeforeusingtheAll Subnetsbroadcast. Directedbroadcastisthepreferredimplementationforlargersysteminstallations.Type Address1 <Broadcast> 172.16.248.2552 <Unicast> 0.0.0.03 <Unicast> 0.0.0.04 <Unicast> 0.0.0.05 <Unicast> 0.0.0.06 <Unicast> 0.0.0.07 <Unicast> 0.0.0.08 <Unicast> 0.0.0.0
APPENDIX E "OWL/IP6710 Access PointUser’sGuide E-23Comments:"TheAll Subnetsbroadcastgeneratestraffictoallsubnets,includingthosethatdonotcontainaccesspoints."SomeIProutersdonotsupportAll Subnets,ormayrequirespecific configuration."Therearepractical limitsonthenumberoftunnelsasuper rootcanestablishandsupport.Theselimitsdependonfactorsuniqueto eachinstallation,suchasnetworktraffic.The eight tunneladdresses specifiedinthemenu areaconservativelimitforlargenetworks."Generally,installationsthatrequireroamingovermultiplesubnetscanbepartitionedinotherways.ConsultyourSalesRepresentative orTechnicalSupportformoreinformation.Step4TXfiltersetupisidenticaltoExample1(pageE-13).
APPENDIX E "OWL/IPE-24 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide F-1AppendixFPortand CablePin-Outs""""""""""""""""""""""""""""Thisappendixlistspin-outsforthe6710 Access Point’sDIAGandAUIports,andthestandardnull modemcable.DIAGPortPin-OutsThefollowingchartdefinesthesignalspresentonthepinsfortheDIAGport.Pin numberingisfromleft torightandtoptobottom.Forexample,pin1isonthetopleftoftheconnector,andthelastpinisonthebottomright.PinNumberSignalNameSignalLevel1Notused2TXDRS-2323RXDRS-2324DTR RS-2325GND6DSR RS-2327Notused8Notused9Notused
APPENDIXF"Portand CablePin-OutsF-26710 Access PointUser’sGuideAUIPortPin-OutsThefollowingchartdefinesthesignalspresentonthepinsfortheAUIport.Pin numberingisfromleft torightandtoptobottom.Forexample,pin1isonthetopleftoftheconnector,andthelastpinisonthebottomright.PinNumberSignalName1GND2Data3Data4Notused5Data6GND7Notused8Notused9Data10 Data11 Notused12 Data13 12 Vdc14 Notused15 Notused
APPENDIXF"Portand CablePin-Outs6710 Access PointUser’sGuide F-3DIAGPortCableDIAGPortto9-pinMalePCPort(StandardNull ModemCable)PartNumber:226-106-001 (6feet)2PC9-pin,D-subFemalePin6Pin1Pin9Pin5Pin6Pin1Pin5Pin967109-pin,D-subFemale334568216548F6710 PCSHELL GND
APPENDIXF"Portand CablePin-OutsF-46710 Access PointUser’sGuide
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-1AppendixGMIB""""""""""""""""""""""""""""ProductContentsThe6710 Access PointMIBisondiskpartnumber215-894-001. OrdertheMIBthroughyourSalesRepresentative.Thefollowingproductsareavailableformanagementoftheopenwireless LAN/INCA LAN:"HPOpenViewforWindows"OWLViewforHPOpenViewforUNIX"OWLViewforHPOpenViewforWindowsAboutThisProductThe6710 Access PointMIBispackagedtoprovidebasicnetworkmanagementcapabilityforthe openwireless LAN.Theaccess point maintainsthefollowingmanagementobjects, whicharespecifictoitsoperation:"6710MIB.MIB—containsall oftheIntermecmanagementobjects supportedonthe6710 AccessPoint."RFC1213.MIB—isthestandardMIB-II."RFC1398.MIB—isthestandardEthernetMIB.
APPENDIXG"MIBG-26710 Access PointUser’sGuideTheseMIBsare onthe6710 Access Point’sMIBdisk.YouneedtoloadtheMIBsontoyourmanagementplatform toquerytheaccess pointforthesemanagementobjects.Getting StartedInstall theMIBsontoyourmanagementplatforminthisorder:1.RFC1213.MIB2.RFC1398.MIB3.6710MIB.MIB"NOTE:If you are using HPOpenViewforWindows,usethe OpenViewControl/SNMPManager/Manage Databasemenu itemsto add thepreviouslisted MIBstothe HPOpenViewMIBdatabase. If you arenotusing HPOpenViewforWindows,consultyournetworkmanagementstation user’sguide forinstructionson adding MIBs.MIB-II InformationMIB-II isforusewith networkmanagementprotocolsinTCP/IP-basedinternets.The6710 Access PointsupportsmostofMIB-II.TableG-1containsthemajorgroups.
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-3TableG-1MIB-II InformationMIBFamilyOIDPurposeGroupsSystem1.3.6.1.2.1.1Modeland devicetypeInterfaces1.3.6.1.2.1.2I/O portsAT1.3.6.1.2.1.3Table ofIPtoMAC/DLCaddressIP1.3.6.1.2.1.4IPprocessICMP1.3.6.1.2.1.5ICMPprocessTCP1.3.6.1.2.1.6TCPprocessUDP1.3.6.1.2.1.7UDPprocessEGP*1.3.6.1.2.1.8EGPprocessCMOT*1.3.6.1.2.1.9Historical inclusionforOSIsupportTransmission1.3.6.1.2.1.10 Allowsfordata basedonI/O porttypedot3(Ethernet)SNMP1.3.6.1.2.1.11 AllowsdatatobecollectedaboutSNMPdevices*The6710 Access Pointdoes notsupportEGPand CMOT.6710 Access PointMIBInformationIntermechas structureditsproprietarymanagementinformationsimilartoMIB-II.InadditiontoMIB-II,the6710 Access Pointsupportsinformationspecifictoitsoperation.
APPENDIXG"MIBG-46710 Access PointUser’sGuideEXAMPLE:Devicesysteminformation isfound undernSystem, similartoMIB-II System.The OIDforthe nSystemgroup endsin“1,”justasthe OIDfor MIB-II systemendsin“1.”TableG-2showsaccess pointMIBinformation.TableG-2MIBInformationMIBFamilyOIDPurposeGroupsnSystem1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.1Model,devicetype,software,filesystemhw, file,fsinfo,segment,dir,sysErrors,criticalErrorsnInterfaces1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.2I/O portsnifx,portState,portStats,ptxq,pmsgnSNMP1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.11 SNMPcommunity,trapTargetnBridge1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.17 Bridgingrt,brg,addr,brgState,bridgeStatsnControl1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.105 DevicecontrolpowerUp,softwareDownLoadAccess toManagementInformationAccess toIntermecmanagementinformationisobtainedwiththeproperCOMMUNITYname.Intermecprovidesthree levelsofaccess.Thistable outlinesthelevelswiththerequiredcommunityname.
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-5"NOTE:Community stringsarecase-sensitive.CommunityStringAccess TypeDescriptionofAccess TypepublicREAD-ONLYMayreadMIBobjects,butnotwrite or changevalues.EXCLUSIONS:Will notbeabletoreadorwritetheCommunityTable.CR52401 READ-WRITEMayreadMIBobjects.MaywritetoMIBobjectsthathaveread-writeaccess.EXCLUSIONS:Will notbeabletoreadorwritetheCommunityTable.secretSUPER-USER MayreadMIBobjects.MaywritetoMIBobjectsthathaveread-writeaccess.CanreadandwritetheCommunityTable.Thenamesofthecommunitystringsforeachcommunityoraccess grouparestoredin(norand.manage.norandNet.nSNMP.v1Config.communityTable).ThesethreerecordsmaybeviewedandmodifiedifusedwiththeSUPER-USER community.Thereisamaximum,allowingforthree levelsofaccess.RecordsmaybeaddedordeletedviasettingthecommunityStatus object to enable,disable,ordelete.ThefirstrowintheCommunityTable isreservedfortheSUPER-USER communitydefinition.Thisrecordisnotremovable.Thisisafixedrecordto ensureread-writeaccess totheMIBsonthe6710 Access Point.NotethecommunityName forthefirstrecordcanbechangedtoensure end-user controlofsecurityforthe6710 AccessPoint.
APPENDIXG"MIBG-66710 Access PointUser’sGuideMIB-II NotesSystemGroupThree fieldsintheMIB-II systemgrouparewritable.Thosefieldsare:sysContact,sysName,andsysLocation.Itisimportant that thesevaluesbepreservedincasethe6710 Access Pointispowered(offandon)or rebooted.Thefollowingliststhenumberofcharactersforeachfieldthatwillbepreservedinthe eventofapower(off andon)or reboot.sysContact:31 characterssysName:31 characterssysLocation:39 charactersInterfacesGroupTheifTable.ifAdminStatus objectisread-writeaccessible.However,thisfunctionalityhasnotbeenenabled.IP ForwardingIP Forwardingisdisabledforthisrelease ofthe6710 Access Point.Therefore,theMIB-II ipForwardingobjectisnotchangeable.MIB DirectoryThefollowingpagesdescribethevariousgroupsthe6710Access Pointsupports.TableG-3listsgroups,theirmeaning,and pagenumberswhere eachgroup’stablesummaryand definitionsappear.
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-7TableG-3MIB DirectoryGroupMeaningGroupSummaryMIBDefinitionProductOIDsproductsINTERMECRProductsG-8G-24SystemInformationhwHardwareInformationG-9G-24fsinfoFileSystemInformationG-10 G-25segmentFileSegmentInformationG-10 G-26dirSoftwareDirectoryListingG-11 G-28criticalErrorsCriticalErrorsInformationG-11 G-30InterfaceInformationnifxNorandExtensionstoInterfacesTableG-12 G-32portStatePortStateInformationG-13 G-36portStatsPortStatisticsG-14 G-41ptxqPortTransmitQueueG-15 G-46pmsgPendingMessageServicesG-16 G-49SNMP Version1ConfigurationcommunityCommunityTableG-17 G-52trapTargetTrapTargetTableG-17 G-55BridgingParametersrtRouteTableG-18 G-56brgBridgeTableG-19 G-61addrAddress TableG-20 G-63brgStateBridgeStateInformationG-20 G-64bridgeStatsBridgeStatisticsG-22 G-69ControlGroupspowerUpPowerUpObjectsG-23 G-72softwareDownLoadSoftwareDownloadG-23 G-72
APPENDIXG"MIBG-86710 Access PointUser’sGuideMIBOutlineProductOIDsThisgroupcontainsanObjectIDentification(OID) foreachINTERMEC device.TableG-4productsGROUPDeviceProductsnorand.manage.products.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.1.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess1 ap6710 OBJECTIDNotApplicable(N/A)2gw4030 OBJECTID(N/A)3wnasOBJECTID(N/A)4ts6950 OBJECTID(N/A)5gwap6910 OBJECTID(N/A)6uap2100 OBJECTID(N/A)7msd6710 OBJECTID(N/A)
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-9SystemInformationThefollowing groupscontainsystemlevelobjectsdescribinghardwareandfilesystemconfigurationproperties.Thegroupsalsocontaininformationaboutcriticalerrors."NOTE:The MIBdefinition foreach group startson the page given below."hwHardwareInformation(pageG-24)"fsinfoFileSystemInformation(pageG-25)"segmentFileSegmentInformation(pageG-26)"dirSoftwareDirectoryListing(pageG-28)"criticalErrorsCriticalErrorsInformation(pageG-30)TableG-5hw GROUPDeviceHardwareInformationnorand.manage.norandNet.nSystem.hw.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.1.1.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess1hwPartNoINTEGER read2hwDescriptionDisplayStringread3hwRevisionINTEGER read4hwSerialNoINTEGER read5hwIDINTEGER read
APPENDIXG"MIBG-10 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideTableG-6fsinfoGROUPDeviceFileSystemInformationnorand.manage.norandNet.nSystem.file.fsinfo.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.1.3.1.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess1fsEnabledINTEGER read2fsMaxSectorsINTEGER read3fsSectorSizeINTEGER read4fsNumSegmentsINTEGER read5fsNumFilesGaugeread6fsBootSegmentINTEGER read7fsDataSegmentINTEGER readTableG-7segmentGROUPDeviceFileSegmentInformationnorand.manage.norandNet.nSystem.file.segment.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.1.3.2.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess2.1.1segIDINTEGER read2.1.2segFirstSectorINTEGER read2.1.3segLastSectorINTEGER read2.1.4segStatusINTEGER read2.1.5segSizeINTEGER read2.1.6segFree INTEGER read
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-11TableG-8dirGROUPDeviceSoftwareDirectoryListingnorand.manage.norandNet.nSystem.file.dir.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.1.3.3.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess2.1.1dirIndexINTEGER read2.1.2dirNameDisplayStringread2.1.3dirSegmentINTEGER read2.1.4dirTypeINTEGER read2.1.5dirSizeINTEGER read2.1.6dirDateDisplayStringread2.1.7dirTimeDisplayStringread2.1.8dirVersionDisplayStringreadTableG-9criticalErrorsGROUPDeviceCriticalErrorsInformationnorand.manage.norandNet.nSystem.sysErrors.criticalErrors.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.1.4.1.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess1ceEnabledINTEGER read2ceOverflowINTEGER read3ceResetINTEGER write4.1.1ceLogErrorCodeINTEGER read4.1.2ceLogErrorCountCounter read
APPENDIXG"MIBG-12 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideInterface InformationThefollowing groupsrelateinformationaboutNorandinterfaces,portstate,portstatistics,port transmitqueue,and pendingmessageservices."NOTE:The MIBdefinition foreach group startson the page given below."nifxNorandExtensionstoInterfacesTable(pageG-32)"portStatePortStateInformation(pageG-36)"portStatsPortStatistics(pageG-41)"ptxqPortTransmitQueue(pageG-46)"pmsgPendingMessageServices(pageG-49)TableG-10nifxGROUPNorandExtensionstoMIB-II InterfacesTablenorand.manage.norandNet.nInterfaces.nifx.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.2.2.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess4.1.1nifxIndexINTEGER read4.1.2nifxTypeINTEGER read4.1.3nifxInDisabledDiscardsCounter read4.1.4nifxInOverrunsCounter read4.1.5nifxInHWOverrunsCounter read4.1.6nifxInUcastDPktsCounter read4.1.7nifxInNUcastDPktsCounter read4.1.8nifxInLenErrorsCounter read4.1.9nifxExcessiveDeferralsCounter read4.1.10 nifxInNetIDDiscardsCounter read4.1.11 nifxInFragDiscardsCounter read4.1.12 nifxInUFilterDiscardsCounter read4.1.13 nifxInNUFilterDiscardsCounter read4.1.14 nifxInQFullDiscardsCounter read
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-13TableG-11portStateGROUPDevicePortStateInformationnorand.manage.norandNet.nInterfaces.portState.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.2.3.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess4.1.1psPortINTEGER read4.1.2psIfIndexINTEGER read4.1.3psAddress PhysAddress read4.1.4psTypeINTEGER read4.1.5psStateINTEGER read4.1.6psCostINTEGER read4.1.7psHelloPeriodINTEGER read4.1.8psHelloCountCounter read4.1.9psMacdWindowINTEGER read4.1.10 psMacdQSizeGaugeread4.1.11 psMacdTimeoutsCounter read4.1.12 psIsPrimaryINTEGER read4.1.13 psIsSecondaryINTEGER read4.1.14 psIsSecondaryCandidateINTEGER read4.1.15 psSecondaryUniFloodingINTEGER read4.1.16 psSecondaryMultiFloodingINTEGER read4.1.17 psIsRadioINTEGER read4.1.18 psPendEnabledINTEGER read
APPENDIXG"MIBG-14 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideTableG-12portStatsGROUPDevicePortStatisticsnorand.manage.norandNet.nInterfaces.portStats.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.2.4.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess4.1.1pstcPortINTEGER read4.1.2pstcInOWLPktsCounter read4.1.3pstcInUcastOWLDataPktsCounter read4.1.4pstcInNUcastOWLDataPktsCounter read4.1.5pstcInOWLErrorsCounter read4.1.6pstcOutOWLPktsCounter read4.1.7pstcOutUcastOWLDataPktsCounter read4.1.8pstcOutNUcastOWLDataPktsCounter read4.1.9pstcOutOWLErrorsCounter read4.1.10 pstcParentLinkErrorsCounter read4.1.11 pstcAlertLinkErrorsCounter read4.1.12 pstcInUcastRelayPktsCounter read4.1.13 pstcInNUcastRelayPktsCounter read4.1.14 pstcOutUcastRelayPktsCounter read4.1.15 pstcOutNUcastRelayPktsCounter read4.1.16 pstcInUcastInboundCounter read4.1.17 pstcInUcastOutboundCounter read4.1.18 pstcInUcastSecCounter read4.1.19 pstcInUcastFloodCounter read4.1.20 pstcUcastDiscardsCounter read4.1.21 pstcInNUcastDiscardsCounter read4.1.22 pstcInUcastToIFC Counter read4.1.23 pstcInNUcastToIFC Counter read4.1.24 pstcOutDelayDiscardsCounter read
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-15TableG-13ptxqGROUPDevicePortTransmitQueuenorand.manage.norandNet.nInterfaces.ptxq.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.2.5.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess1.1.1ptxqPortINTEGER read1.1.2ptxqRegQSizeGaugeread1.1.3ptxqRegQMaxINTEGER read1.1.4ptxqExpQSizeGaugeread1.1.5ptxqExpQMaxINTEGER read1.1.6ptxqQHpCountCounter read1.1.7ptxqQExpCountCounter read1.1.8ptxqQRegCountCounter read1.1.9ptxqQHpDiscardsCounter read1.1.10 ptxqQExpDiscardsCounter read1.1.11 ptxqQRegDiscardsCounter read1.1.12 ptxqMultiQSizeGaugeread1.1.13 ptxqMultiQMaxINTEGER read1.1.14 ptxqMultiQDiscardsCounter read
APPENDIXG"MIBG-16 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideTableG-14pmsgGROUPDevicePendingMessageServicenorand.manage.norandNet.nInterfaces.pmsg.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.2.6.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess1.1.1pmsgPortINTEGER read1.1.2pmsgPendRecCurrentGaugeread1.1.3pmsgPendRecMaxINTEGER read1.1.4pmsgPendMsgCurrentGaugeread1.1.5pmsgPendMsgMaxINTEGER read1.1.6pmsgPendMsgTotalCounter read1.1.7pmsgPendMsgDiscardsCounter read1.1.8pmsgPendRecOverflowErrorsCounter read1.1.9pmsgPendMsgOverflowErrorsCounter read1.1.10 pmsgPendAgedRecCountCounter read1.1.11 pmsgPendAgedMsgCountCounter read
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-17SNMP Version 1ConfigurationGroupThisgroupcontainsobjectsthatconfiguretheversion1SimpleNetworkManagementProtocol(SNMP)agent."NOTE:The MIBdefinition foreach group startson the page given below."communityCommunityTable(pageG-52)"trapTargetTrapTargetTable(pageG-55)TableG-15communityTABLEDeviceSNMPv1Configurationsnorand.manage.norandNet.nSNMP.v1Config.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.11.1.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess2.1.1communityIndexINTEGER read2.1.2communityStatusINTEGER write2.1.3communityNameDisplayStringwrite2.1.4communityPrivilegesINTEGER writeTableG-16trapTargetTABLEDeviceSNMPv1Configurationsnorand.manage.norandNet.nSNMP.v1Config.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.11.1.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess3.1.1trapTargetIndexINTEGER read3.1.2trapTargetStatusINTEGER write3.1.3trapTargetNameDisplayStringwrite3.1.4trapTargetIpAddress IpAddress write
APPENDIXG"MIBG-18 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideBridging ParametersThefollowing groupscontainobjectsrelatingtothewirelesstransparentbridgingoperation."NOTE:The MIBdefinition foreach group startson the page given below."rtRouteTable(pageG-56)"brgBridgeTable(pageG-61)"addrAddress Table(pageG-63)"brgStateBridgeStateInformation(pageG-64)"bridgeStatsBridgeStatistics(pageG-69)TableG-17rtGROUPDeviceRouteTablenorand.manage.norandNet.nBridge.rt.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.17.2.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess2.1.1rtDestinationPhysAddress read2.1.2rtPortINTEGER read2.1.3rtAgeINTEGER read2.1.4rtNodeIdINTEGER read2.1.5rtAttachIdINTEGER read2.1.6rtAttachTimeTimeTicksread2.1.7rtApEaddrPhysAddress read2.1.8rtHopAddrLenINTEGER read2.1.9rtHopAddr16 INTEGER read
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-19TableG-17 (Continued)rtGROUPDeviceRouteTablenorand.manage.norandNet.nBridge.rt.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.17.2.x)OIDAccessObjectTypeObjectName2.1.10 rtHopEaddrPhysAddress read2.1.11 rtIsBoundINTEGER read2.1.12 rtIsRemoteINTEGER read2.1.13 rtIsChildINTEGER read2.1.14 rtIsApINTEGER read2.1.15 rtIsDistributedINTEGER read2.1.16 rtIsRemoteLanINTEGER read2.1.17 rtNSINTEGER read2.1.18 rtNRINTEGER readTableG-18brgGROUPDeviceBridgeTablenorand.manage.norandNet.nBridge.brg.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.17.3.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess2.1.1 brgDestinationPhysAddress read2.1.2 brgPortINTEGER read2.1.3 brgAgeINTEGER read2.1.4 brgTypeINTEGER read2.1.5 brgIsPermanentINTEGER read2.1.6 brgTimestampTimeTicksread
APPENDIXG"MIBG-20 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideTableG-19addrGROUPAddress Tablenorand.manage.norandNet.nBridge.addr.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.17.4.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess2.1.1 addrDestinationPhysAddress read2.1.2 addrAgeINTEGER read2.1.3 addrNodeIdINTEGER read2.1.4 addrAliasDisplayStringread2.1.5 addrDeviceIdINTEGER read2.1.6 addrIpAddress IPAddress readTableG-20brgStateGROUPBridgeStateInformationnorand.manage.norandNet.nBridge.brgState.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.17.6.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess3 bsAddress PhysAddress read4 bsLanIdINTEGER read5 bsCostToRootINTEGER read6 bsIsRootINTEGER read7 bsIsAttachedINTEGER read8 bsAttachIdINTEGER read9 bsMyRootPriorityINTEGER read10 bsRootPortINTEGER read
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-21TableG-20 (Continued)brgStateGROUPBridgeStateInformationnorand.manage.norandNet.nBridge.brgState.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.17.6.x)OIDAccessObjectTypeObjectName11 bsDesignatedRootAddress PhysAddress read12 bsDesignatedRootPriorityINTEGER read13 bsDesignatedRootSequenceINTEGER read14 bsParentAddress PhysAddress read15 bsPortCountINTEGER read16 bsNodeIdINTEGER read17 bsRootChangedCountCounter read18 bsRootCountCounter read19 bsAttachCountCounter read20 bsDetachReasonINTEGER read21 bsNetworkTimeTimeTicksread22 bsUniFloodLevelINTEGER read23 bsMultiFloodLevelINTEGER read24 bsIsPrimaryBridgeINTEGER read25 bsIsSecondaryBridgeINTEGER read26 bsUniFilterExprINTEGER read27 bsMultiFilterExprINTEGER read
APPENDIXG"MIBG-22 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideTableG-21bridgeStatsGROUPBridgeStatisticsnorand.manage.norandNet.nBridge.bridgeStats.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.17.7.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess3 bstcRouteCountGaugeread4 bstcChildCountGaugeread5 bstcChildApCountGaugeread6 bstcRemoteCountGaugeread7 bstcPrimaryCountGaugeread8 bstcInboundCountGaugeread9 bstcSecondaryCountGaugeread10 bstcRemoteLanCountGaugeread11 bstcRouteGetErrorsCounter read12 bstcEntryGetErrorsCounter read13 bstcRmtLanGetErrorsCounter read14 bstcRouteSeqErrorsCounter read15 bstcDeleteSeqErrorsCounter read16 bstcEntrySeqErrorsCounter read17 bstcInvalidUpdateErrorsCounter readControlGroupsObjectsinthefollowing groupsexertcontroloverthe6710Access Point.Presentfunctionsincluderebootingandschedulingsoftwaredownloads."NOTE:The MIBdefinition foreach group startson the page given below."powerUpPowerUpObjects(pageG-72)"softwareDownLoadSoftwareDownload(pageG-72)
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-23TableG-22powerUpGROUPDevicePowerUpObjectsnorand.manage.norandNet.nControl.powerUp.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.105.1.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess1pwrPowerUpCountCounter read2pwrNextPowerUpTimeTimeTickswriteTableG-23softwareDownLoadGROUPDeviceSoftwareDownloadnorand.manage.norandNet.nControl.softwareDownLoad.x(1.3.6.1.4.1.469.1000.2.105.2.x)OID ObjectNameObjectTypeAccess1sdStartTimeTimeTickswrite2sdServerIpAddress IpAddress write3sdScriptFilenameDisplayStringwrite4sdStatusINTEGER read5sdErrorStringDisplayStringread6sdCheckPointINTEGER write7sdSetActivePointersINTEGER write8sdTerminateINTEGER writeMIB DefinitionsFollowingaretheMIBdefinitionsforthe6710 AccessPoint.
APPENDIXG"MIBG-24 6710 Access PointUser’sGuide-- ******************************************************************-- *-- * 6710MIB.MIB Version 1.32-- *-- ******************************************************************OWL DEFINITIONS ::= BEGINIMPORTSenterprises, IpAddress, Counter, Gauge, TimeTicksFROM RFC1155-SMIPhysAddress, DisplayStringFROM RFC1213-MIBOBJECT-TYPEFROM RFC-1212;-- This MIB module uses the extended OBJECT-TYPE macro as-- defined in RFC-1212;norand OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { enterprises 469 }manage OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { norand 1000 }products OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { manage 1 }ap6710 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { products 1 }gw4030 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { products 2 }wnas OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { products 3 }ts6950 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { products 4 }gwap6910 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { products 5 }uap2100 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { products 6 }msd6710 OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { products 7 }norandNET OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { manage 2 }nSystem OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { norandNET 1 }hw OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nSystem 1 }-- The Hardware Parameters GrouphwPartNo OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..2147483647)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The Norand part number of the hardware device.”::= { hw 1 }hwDescription OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX DisplayString (SIZE (0..40))ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The description of the hardware device.”::= { hw 2 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-25hwRevision OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..2147483647)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The revision level of the hardware device.”::= { hw 3 }hwSerialNo OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..2147483647)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The serial number of the hardware device.”::= { hw 4 }hwID OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..2147483647)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The device identifier of the hardware device.Values = 3250, 4000, 4020, 4030, 4033, 3240, 1000,1100, 1700, 5940, 4650, 100 (ACE process), 200(DOSNMS), 300 (Norand Proxy Agent), 6710 (AccessPoint).”::= { hw 5 }file OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nSystem 3 }fsinfo OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { file 1 }-- The FileSystem Information TablefsEnabled OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”TRUE, if the file system is enabled”::= { fsinfo 1 }fsMaxSectors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of physical sectors. A filesegment consists of one or more adjacentphysical sectors.”::= { fsinfo 2 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-26 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidefsSectorSize OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The size of a physical sector in bytes.”::= { fsinfo 3 }fsNumSegments OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of logical file segments(0-MAX_SECTORS)”::= { fsinfo 4 }fsNumFiles OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of files (0-25)”::= { fsinfo 5 }fsBootSegment OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The index of the current boot segment. If theindex is non-zero and the first file in theassociated segment is executable, then controlis passed to that file during the power-upsequence.”::= { fsinfo 6 }fsDataSegment OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The index of the active data segment. Filesstored in this segment will be accessible to anexecuting application.”::= { fsinfo 7 }segment OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { file 2 }-- The File Segment Table-- Table Definition
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-27segTable OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX SEQUENCE OF SEGEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION””::= { segment 2 }-- Row DefinitionsegEntry OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX SEGEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryINDEX { segID }::= { segTable 1 }-- Columnar Object DefinitionsSEGEntry ::=SEQUENCE {segID INTEGER,segFirstSector INTEGER,segLastSector INTEGER,segStatus INTEGER,segSize INTEGER,segFree INTEGER}segID OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The segment ID (1 - (NUM_SEGMENTS+1)). Anon-zero number which uniquely identifies asegment.”::= { segEntry 1 }segFirstSector OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The first physical sector in the segment(1 - (MAX_SECTORS + 1))”::= { segEntry 2 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-28 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidesegLastSector OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The last physical sector in the segment(FIRST_SECTOR - (MAX_SECTORS + 1))”::= { segEntry 3 }segStatus OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { valid(1),invalid(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The segment status:valid = 1,invalid = 2 ”::= { segEntry 4 }segSize OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The segment size in bytes”::= { segEntry 5 }segFree OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of available bytes in the segmentwhich are not currently allocated to a file.”::= { segEntry 6 }dir OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { file 3 }-- The File Directory Table-- Table DefinitiondirTable OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX SEQUENCE OF DIREntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The FileSystem Directory”::= { dir 2 }-- Row Definition
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-29dirEntry OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX DIREntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryINDEX { dirIndex }::= { dirTable 1 }-- Columnar Object DefinitionsDIREntry ::=SEQUENCE {dirIndex INTEGER,dirName DisplayString,dirSegment INTEGER,dirType INTEGER,dirSize INTEGER,dirDate DisplayString,dirTime DisplayString,dirVersion DisplayString}dirIndex OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Directory Index”::= { dirEntry 1 }dirName OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX DisplayString (SIZE (0..14))ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”File name”::= { dirEntry 2 }dirSegment OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”File segment (1 - (NUM_SEGMENTS + 1)).The segment ID which identifies the segmentcontaining the file.”::= { dirEntry 3 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-30 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidedirType OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { executable(1),data(2),invalid(3) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”File type:executable = 1,data = 2,invalid = 3 ”::= { dirEntry 4 }dirSize OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The file size in bytes”::= { dirEntry 5 }dirDate OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX DisplayString (SIZE (0..12))ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The file date in MM-DD-YYYY display format.”::= { dirEntry 6 }dirTime OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX DisplayString (SIZE (0..10))ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The file time in HH:MM:SS display format.”::= { dirEntry 7 }dirVersion OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX DisplayString (SIZE (0..8))ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The file version in v99.99 display format.”::= { dirEntry 8 }sysErrors OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nSystem 4 }criticalErrors OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { sysErrors 1 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-31ceEnabled OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”A value of true(1) signifies that the criticalerror log was successfully initialized as partof the power-up sequence. Any errors in thatinitialization process result in a value offalse(2).”::= { criticalErrors 1 }ceOverflow OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Overflow error code. If the overflow code isnon-zero, it indicates that the log hasoverflowed and the overflow code contains thelast displaced value.”::= { criticalErrors 2 }ceReset OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-writeSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”A user can reset the critical error log bysetting ceReset to true(1). Valid values aretrue(1) or false(2).”::= { criticalErrors 3 }ceLogTable OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX SEQUENCE OF CELogEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Critical Error Log Table”::= { criticalErrors 4 }ceLogEntry OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CELogEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryINDEX { ceLogErrorCode }::= { ceLogTable 1 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-32 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideCELogEntry ::=SEQUENCE {ceLogErrorCode INTEGER,ceLogErrorCount Counter}ceLogErrorCode OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Critical error code. A 16-bit value whichuniquely indentifies a system software error.The error codes are intended for internalNorand use.”::= { ceLogEntry 1 }ceLogErrorCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Error count for the associated ceLogErrorCode”::= { ceLogEntry 2 }nInterfaces OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { norandNET 2 }nifx OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nInterfaces 2 }-- The Norand Extended Interfaces TablenifxTable OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX SEQUENCE OF NIFXEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Norand Extended Interface Table”::= { nifx 4 }nifxEntry OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX NIFXEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryINDEX { nifxIndex }::= { nifxTable 1 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-33NIFXEntry ::=SEQUENCE {nifxIndex INTEGER,nifxType INTEGER,nifxInDisabledDiscards Counter,nifxInOverruns Counter,nifxInHWOverruns Counter,nifxInUcastDPkts Counter,nifxInNUcastDPkts Counter,nifxInLenErrors Counter,nifxExcessiveDeferrals Counter,nifxInNetIDDiscards Counter,nifxInFragDiscards Counter,nifxInUFilterDiscards Counter,nifxInNUFilterDiscards Counter,nifxInQFullDiscards Counter}nifxIndex OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Interface index”::={ nifxEntry 1 }nifxType OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { ether(4),bb485(33),owlIP(66),proxim24(132),nor24(195),falcon902(197),uhf(198)}ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Norand Interface Type”::={ nifxEntry 2 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-34 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidenifxInDisabledDiscards OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of received unicast frames which donot require forwarding. Unicast ethernet frames arediscarded if ether-to-radio flooding is disabledand the destination is unknown; otherwise, unicastframes are discarded if the bridge has learned thatthe destination port is the same as the source port”::={ nifxEntry 3 }nifxInOverruns OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of received frames discarded because theframe could not be queued for the MAC-D task”::={ nifxEntry 4 }nifxInHWOverruns OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of received frames discarded due tohardware overruns.”::={ nifxEntry 5 }nifxInUcastDPkts OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of received unicast frames successfullydelivered to the MAC-D task”::={ nifxEntry 6 }nifxInNUcastDPkts OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of received multicast framessuccessfully delivered to the MAC-D task”::={ nifxEntry 7 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-35nifxInLenErrors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number received frames with length errors”::={ nifxEntry 8 }nifxExcessiveDeferrals OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of aborted transmissions due toexcessive deferrals”::={ nifxEntry 9 }nifxInNetIDDiscards OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of received frames discarded because theLAN ID did not match”::={ nifxEntry 10 }nifxInFragDiscards OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of received frame fragments discardedbecause a fragmented frame could not bere-assembled”::={ nifxEntry 11 }nifxInUFilterDiscards OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of enabled received unicast framesdiscarded due to a unicast filter expression”::={ nifxEntry 12 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-36 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidenifxInNUFilterDiscards OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of enabled received multicast framesdiscarded due to a multicast filter expression”::={ nifxEntry 13 }nifxInQFullDiscards OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of received frames discarded because theframe could not be queued for the MAC-R task”::={ nifxEntry 14 }portState OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nInterfaces 3 }-- The Port State TablepsTable OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PSEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”MAC-R port state variables”::= { portState 4 }psEntry OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX PSEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryINDEX { psPort }::= { psTable 1 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-37PSEntry ::=SEQUENCE {psPort INTEGER,psIfIndex INTEGER,psAddress PhysAddress,psType INTEGER,psState INTEGER,psCost INTEGER,psHelloPeriod INTEGER,psHelloCount Counter,psMacdWindow INTEGER,psMacdQSize Gauge,psMacdTimeouts Counter,psIsPrimary INTEGER,psIsSecondary INTEGER,psIsSecondaryCandidate INTEGER,psSecondaryUniFlooding INTEGER,psSecondaryMultiFlooding INTEGER,psIsRadio INTEGER,psPendEnabled INTEGER}psPort OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (1..4)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”MAC-R port ID (1-4). A number which uniquelyidentifies the port.”::= { psEntry 1 }psIfIndex OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”MAC-D interface index. The index matches theinterface index of the associated row in the mib-IIinterface table.”::= { psEntry 2 }psAddress OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX PhysAddressACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”802 address of the port”::= { psEntry 3 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-38 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidepsType OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { ether(4),bb485(33),owlIP(66),proxim24(132),nor24(195),falcon902(197),uhf(198)}ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Norand port type:ether = 4,Proxim = 196,Falcon = 197,UHF = 198”::= { psEntry 4 }psState OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { disabled(0),idle(1),open(2),receive(3),transmit(4) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Port state:disabled = 0,idle = 1,open = 2,receive = 3,transmit = 4 ”::= { psEntry 5 }psCost OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Incremental path cost of the port.Default values:ether = 20,Falcon = 100,UHF = 255 ”::= { psEntry 6 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-39psHelloPeriod OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Inter-HELLO time (.01 secs.)”::= { psEntry 7 }psHelloCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”HELLO transmit count”::= { psEntry 8 }psMacdWindow OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Max. number of active MAC-D transmit requests”::= { psEntry 9 }psMacdQSize OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Current number of active MAC-D transmit requests”::= { psEntry 10 }psMacdTimeouts OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”MAC-D transmit timeout errors”::= { psEntry 11 }psIsPrimary OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”TRUE, for primary bridge ports”::= { psEntry 12 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-40 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidepsIsSecondary OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”TRUE, for secondary bridge ports”::= { psEntry 13 }psIsSecondaryCandidate OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”TRUE, if secondary bridge port candidates”::= { psEntry 14 }psSecondaryUniFlooding OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”TRUE, for secondary bridge ports which requireunicast flooding”::= { psEntry 15 }psSecondaryMultiFlooding OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”TRUE, for secondary bridge ports which requiremulticast flooding”::= { psEntry 16 }psIsRadio OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”TRUE, for radio ports”::= { psEntry 17 }psPendEnabled OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”TRUE, if the port supports pending messages”::= { psEntry 18 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-41portStats OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nInterfaces 4 }pstcTable OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PSTCEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”MAC-R port state variables”::= { portStats 4 }pstcEntry OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX PSTCEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryINDEX { pstcPort }::= { pstcTable 1 }PSTCEntry ::=SEQUENCE {pstcPort INTEGER,pstcInOWLPkts Counter,pstcInUcastOWLDataPkts Counter,pstcInNUcastOWLDataPkts Counter,pstcInOWLErrors Counter,pstcOutOWLPkts Counter,pstcOutUcastOWLDataPkts Counter,pstcOutNUcastOWLDataPkts Counter,pstcOutOWLErrors Counter,pstcParentLinkErrors Counter,pstcAlertLinkErrors Counter,pstcInUcastRelayPkts Counter,pstcInNUcastRelayPkts Counter,pstcOutUcastRelayPkts Counter,pstcOutNUcastRelayPkts Counter,pstcInUcastInbound Counter,pstcInUcastOutbound Counter,pstcInUcastSec Counter,pstcInUcastFlood Counter,pstcInUcastDiscards Counter,pstcInNUcastDiscards Counter,pstcInUcastToIFC Counter,pstcInNUcastToIFC Counter,pstcOutDelayDiscards Counter}
APPENDIXG"MIBG-42 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidepstcPort OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (1..4)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”MAC-R port ID (1-4). A number which uniquelyidentifies the port.”::= { pstcEntry 1 }pstcInOWLPkts OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Total received OWL packets”::= { pstcEntry 2 }pstcInUcastOWLDataPkts OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Received OWL unicast data packets”::= { pstcEntry 3 }pstcInNUcastOWLDataPkts OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Received multicast OWL data packets”::= { pstcEntry 4 }pstcInOWLErrors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Received OWL packets with errors”::= { pstcEntry 5 }pstcOutOWLPkts OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Total OWL packets sent”::= { pstcEntry 6 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-43pstcOutUcastOWLDataPkts OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Total unicast OWL data packets sent”::= { pstcEntry 7 }pstcOutNUcastOWLDataPkts OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Total multicast OWL data packets sent”::= { pstcEntry 8 }pstcOutOWLErrors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”OWL packet send errors”::= { pstcEntry 9 }pstcParentLinkErrors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Root port send link errors”::= { pstcEntry 10 }pstcAlertLinkErrors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Link errors which generated an ALERT”::= { pstcEntry 11 }pstcInUcastRelayPkts OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Received unicast relay packets”::= { pstcEntry 12 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-44 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidepstcInNUcastRelayPkts OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Received multicast relay packets”::= { pstcEntry 13 }pstcOutUcastRelayPkts OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Total unicast relay packets sent”::= { pstcEntry 14 }pstcOutNUcastRelayPkts OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Total multicast relay packets sent”::= { pstcEntry 15 }pstcInUcastInbound OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Received unicast data packets routed inbound orrelayed onto the distribution LAN”::= { pstcEntry 16 }pstcInUcastOutbound OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Received unicast data packets routed outbound”::= { pstcEntry 17 }pstcInUcastSec OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Received unicast data packets relayed to asecondary LAN”::= { pstcEntry 18 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-45pstcInUcastFlood OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Received unicast data packets with an unknowndestination”::= { pstcEntry 19 }pstcInUcastDiscards OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Received unicast data packets discarded”::= { pstcEntry 20 }pstcInNUcastDiscards OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Received multicast data packets discarded”::= { pstcEntry 21 }pstcInUcastToIFC OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Received unicast packets passed tothe data link interface”::= { pstcEntry 22 }pstcInNUcastToIFC OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Received multicast packets passed tothe data link interface”::= { pstcEntry 23 }pstcOutDelayDiscards OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Send packets discarded due to excessive delay”::= { pstcEntry 24 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-46 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideptxq OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nInterfaces 5 }ptxqTable OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PTXQEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The Port Transmit Queue Table”::= { ptxq 1 }ptxqEntry OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX PTXQEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryINDEX { ptxqPort }::= { ptxqTable 1 }PTXQEntry ::=SEQUENCE {ptxqPort INTEGER,ptxqRegQSize Gauge,ptxqRegQMax INTEGER,ptxqExpQSize Gauge,ptxqExpQMax INTEGER,ptxqQHpCount Counter,ptxqQRegCount Counter,ptxqQExpCount Counter,ptxqQHpDiscards Counter,ptxqQRegDiscards Counter,ptxqQExpDiscards Counter,ptxqMultiQSize Gauge,ptxqMultiQMax INTEGER,ptxqMultiQDiscards Counter}ptxqPort OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”MAC-R port ID (1-4).A number which uniquely indentifies the port.”::= { ptxqEntry 1 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-47ptxqRegQSize OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Current regular queue size (0-REG_Q_MAX).The number of regular priority packets which arecurrently queued for transmission on the port.”::= { ptxqEntry 2 }ptxqRegQMax OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The maximum number of regular priority packetswhich can be queued for transmission on the port.”::= { ptxqEntry 3 }ptxqExpQSize OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Current expedited queue size (0..EXP_Q_MAX). Thenumber of expedited packets which are currentlyqueued for transmission on the port.”::= { ptxqEntry 4 }ptxqExpQMax OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The maximum number of expedited packets which canbe queued for transmission on the port.”::= { ptxqEntry 5 }ptxqQHpCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of attempts to queue a high prioritypacket for transmission”::= { ptxqEntry 6 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-48 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideptxqQExpCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of attempts to queue an expeditedpriority packet for transmission”::= { ptxqEntry 7 }ptxqQRegCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of attempts to queue a regular prioritypacket for transmission”::= { ptxqEntry 8 }ptxqQHpDiscards OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of failed attemts to queue a highpriority packet”::= { ptxqEntry 9 }ptxqQExpDiscards OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of failed attemts to queue anexpedited priority packet”::= { ptxqEntry 10 }ptxqQRegDiscards OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of failed attemts to queue aregular priority packet”::= { ptxqEntry 11 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-49ptxqMultiQSize OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Current multicast queue size. The number ofmulticast packets which are queued for transmissionon the (radio) port. Multicast packets aretransmitted after HELLO packets on OWL radioports.”::= { ptxqEntry 12 }ptxqMultiQMax OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The maximum number of multicast packets which willbe queued for transmission on the (radio) port.”::= { ptxqEntry 13 }ptxqMultiQDiscards OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of failed attempts to queue aMulticast packet”::= { ptxqEntry 14 }pmsg OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nInterfaces 6 }pmsgTable OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX SEQUENCE OF PmsgEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Pending Message Table”::= { pmsg 1 }pmsgEntry OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX PmsgEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryINDEX { pmsgPort }::= { pmsgTable 1 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-50 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidePmsgEntry ::=SEQUENCE {pmsgPort INTEGER,pmsgPendRecCurrent Gauge,pmsgPendRecMax INTEGER,pmsgPendMsgCurrent Gauge,pmsgPendMsgMax INTEGER,pmsgPendMsgTotal Counter,pmsgPendMsgDiscards Counter,pmsgPendRecOverflowErrors Counter,pmsgPendMsgOverflowErrors Counter,pmsgPendAgedRecCount Counter,pmsgPendAgedMsgCount Counter}pmsgPort OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”MAC-R port ID (1-4).A number which uniquely indentifies the port.”::= { pmsgEntry 1 }pmsgPendRecCurrent OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Current terminal record count”::= { pmsgEntry 2 }pmsgPendRecMax OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Maximum terminal record count”::= { pmsgEntry 3 }pmsgPendMsgCurrent OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Current pending message count”::= { pmsgEntry 4 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-51pmsgPendMsgMax OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Maximum pending message count”::= { pmsgEntry 5 }pmsgPendMsgTotal OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Total pending message count”::= { pmsgEntry 6 }pmsgPendMsgDiscards OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of pending messages in-queue which werediscarded before they could be delivered becausethe terminal’s queue was full.”::= { pmsgEntry 7 }pmsgPendRecOverflowErrors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of times that a terminal requestedpending message services when no pending messagerecords were available.”::= { pmsgEntry 8 }pmsgPendMsgOverflowErrors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of times when the maximum number ofstored messages, per platform, was exceeded.”::= { pmsgEntry 9 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-52 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidepmsgPendAgedRecCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of terminal records discarded due tomaximum age (12 minutes)”::= { pmsgEntry 10 }pmsgPendAgedMsgCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The number of pending messages which werediscarded due to maximum age. (default = 5seconds)”::= { pmsgEntry 11 }nSNMP OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { norandNET 11 }v1Config OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nSNMP 1 }--Norand Community table defines the accepted community--strings and their access privileges-- The Community Table
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-53communityTable OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX SEQUENCE OF CommunityEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The community table is used to define communitiesand their access privileges. Norand’simplementation of the community table has somespecial considerations:1) GETs and SETs to the community table can only beaccomplished using the SUPER-USER communitystring which Norand has defined;2) This SUPER-USER community string, or password,is defined in the first row of the community table.The communityName contained in the first row of thecommunity table is always the SUPER-USER communitystring. This community string (communityName) maybe modified.3) All rows of the community table are modifiable(SET) when using the SUPER-USER community string.However, for the first row of the community table,only the communityName object is modifiable.This ensures that the SUPER-USER will always havemaximum access to the MIB data. All other rows inthe community Table are accessible as defined inthe MIB definition.4) The SUPER-USER and other default communitystring values can be found in Norand’s User’sGuide.”::= { v1Config 2 }-- Row DefinitioncommunityEntry OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CommunityEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Each entry relates to a specific community& associates to it access privileges.”INDEX { communityIndex }::= {communityTable 1 }-- Columnar Object Definition
APPENDIXG"MIBG-54 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideCommunityEntry ::=SEQUENCE {communityIndex INTEGER,communityStatus INTEGER,communityName DisplayString,communityPrivileges INTEGER}-- Leaf DefinitioncommunityIndex OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Identifies the community row”::= { communityEntry 1 }communityStatus OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { enabled(1),disabled(2),deleted(3) }ACCESS read-writeSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Status of a community record.Alterations to the table may only be performed bya manager using the SUPER-USER community name.Status types:Enabled = Community record activeDisabled = Community record not activeDeleted = Disables and nulls objects inrecord”::= { communityEntry 2 }communityName OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX DisplayString (SIZE (0..15))ACCESS read-writeSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The authoritative name for the community. Unlessthe Norand SUPER-USER community name is employed, aGET from this column yields an access violation.”::= { communityEntry 3 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-55communityPrivileges OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { get-only(1),set-and-get(3) }ACCESS read-writeSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”SET and GET privileges of community.”::= { communityEntry 4 }-- Norand trap table defines all trap target IP addresses-- Table DefinitiontrapTargetTable OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX SEQUENCE OF TrapTargetEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The trap target table specifiesthe IP address of SNMPv1 managersthat expect trap notifications.”::= { v1Config 3 }-- Row DefinitiontrapTargetEntry OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX TrapTargetEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Each entry relates to a specific named managerat a given IP address & belonging to givencommunity.”INDEX { trapTargetIndex }::= {trapTargetTable 1 }-- Columnar Object DefinitionTrapTargetEntry ::=SEQUENCE {trapTargetIndex INTEGER,trapTargetStatus INTEGER,trapTargetName DisplayString,trapTargetIpAddress IpAddress}-- Leaf Definition
APPENDIXG"MIBG-56 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidetrapTargetIndex OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Identifies the trapTarget row”::= { trapTargetEntry 1 }trapTargetStatus OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { enabled(1),disabled(2),deleted(3) }ACCESS read-writeSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Status of a trapTarget record.”::= { trapTargetEntry 2 }trapTargetName OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX DisplayString (SIZE (0..16))ACCESS read-writeSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The authoritative name for the trapTarget.”::= { trapTargetEntry 3 }trapTargetIpAddress OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX IpAddressACCESS read-writeSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”IP Address of manager (which is assumed to bebound to & listening on port 162).”::= { trapTargetEntry 4 }nBridge OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { norandNET 17 }rt OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nBridge 2 }-- The RT Table-- Table DefinitionrtTable OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX SEQUENCE OF RTEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Each entry in this table provides routinginformation for child nodes which are reachable viaa route.”::= { rt 2 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-57-- Row DefinitionrtEntry OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX RTEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryINDEX { rtDestination }::= { rtTable 1 }-- Columnar Object DefinitionRTEntry ::=SEQUENCE {rtDestination PhysAddress,rtPort INTEGER,rtAge INTEGER,rtNodeId INTEGER,rtAttachId INTEGER,rtAttachTime TimeTicks,rtApEaddr PhysAddress,rtHopAddrLen INTEGER,rtHopAddr16 INTEGER,rtHopEaddr PhysAddress,rtIsBound INTEGER,rtIsRemote INTEGER,rtIsChild INTEGER,rtIsAp INTEGER,rtIsDistributed INTEGER,rtIsRemoteLan INTEGER,rtNS INTEGER,rtNR INTEGER}-- Leaf DefinitionrtDestination OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX PhysAddressACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The 802 address of the destination.”::= { rtEntry 1 }rtPort OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (1..4)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The MAC-R port ID (1-4). A number which uniquelyidentifies the port.”::= { rtEntry 2 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-58 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidertAge OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The time (in minutes) since the route was updated.”::= { rtEntry 3 }rtNodeId OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..65535)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”16-bit node ID of the destination. A 16-bitidentifier which uniquely identifies an OWL node inan OWL LAN.”::= { rtEntry 4 }rtAttachId OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..65535)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Attach sequence number. The sequence number iscopied from an OWL ATTACH request PDU. The sequencenumber is not valid for ’remote’ nodes.”::= { rtEntry 5 }rtAttachTime OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX TimeTicksACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Last attach time (.01 secs.)”::= { rtEntry 6 }rtApEaddr OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX PhysAddressACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”802 address of AP which is the first hop onthe path to the destination”::= { rtEntry 7 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-59rtHopAddrLen OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { twoByte(2),sixByte(6) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”MAC-D address length (2 or 6). A MAC-D entity mayuse either 16-bit locally assigned addresses or48-bit 802 addresses.”::= { rtEntry 8 }rtHopAddr16 OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..65535)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”16-bit MAC-D address (if rtHopAddrLen istwoByte(2))”::= { rtEntry 9 }rtHopEaddr OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX PhysAddressACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”48-bit MAC-D address (if rtHopAddrLen issixByte(6))”::= { rtEntry 10 }rtIsBound OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”True if the destination is fully attached and thepath can be used to forward data.”::= { rtEntry 11 }rtIsRemote OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”True if the destination is a non-OWL node”::= { rtEntry 12 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-60 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidertIsChild OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”True if the destination is a child node”::= { rtEntry 13 }rtIsAp OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”True if the destination is an AP”::= { rtEntry 14 }rtIsDistributed OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”True if the path is through a distributed AP(root node only)”::= { rtEntry 15 }rtIsRemoteLan OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”True if the destination is a remote LAN”::= { rtEntry 16 }rtNS OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..65535)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”MAC-R send sequence number for terminal nodes. The16-bit (0-65535) sequence number of the last OWL datarequest PDU sent to the destination”::= { rtEntry 17 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-61rtNR OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..65535)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”MAC-R receive sequence number for terminal nodes.The 16-bit (0-65535) sequence number of the last OWLdata request PDU received from the destination”::= { rtEntry 18 }brg OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nBridge 3 }-- The BRG Table-- Table DefinitionbrgTable OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX SEQUENCE OF BRGEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Each entry in this table provides bridgeinformation for child nodes which are reachable viaa bridge.”::= { brg 2 }-- Row DefinitionbrgEntry OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX BRGEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryINDEX { brgDestination }::= { brgTable 1 }-- Columnar Object DefinitionBRGEntry ::=SEQUENCE {brgDestination PhysAddress,brgPort INTEGER,brgAge INTEGER,brgType INTEGER,brgIsPermanent INTEGER,brgTimestamp TimeTicks}-- Leaf Definition
APPENDIXG"MIBG-62 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidebrgDestination OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX PhysAddressACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The 802 address of the destination.”::= { brgEntry 1 }brgPort OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (1..4)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”MAC-R port ID (1-4). A number which uniquelyidentifies the port.”::= { brgEntry 2 }brgAge OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Time (in minutes) since the entry was updated.”::= { brgEntry 3 }brgType OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { primary(1),secondary(2),outbound(3),inbound(4) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Entry Type:primary = 1,secondary = 2,outbound = 3,inbound = 4 ”::= { brgEntry 4 }brgIsPermanent OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”TRUE, if the entry is permanent.”::= { brgEntry 5 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-63brgTimestamp OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX TimeTicksACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The time when the primary or inbound entry wasadded or the time when the secondary entry was addedor re-attached.”::= { brgEntry 6 }addr OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nBridge 4 }-- The Addr Table-- Table DefinitionaddrTable OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX SEQUENCE OF AddrEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Each entry in this table provides addressinformation for all OWL nodes in the network. Thistable exists only at the root node.”::= { addr 2 }-- Row DefinitionaddrEntry OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX AddrEntryACCESS not-accessibleSTATUS mandatoryINDEX { addrDestination }::= { addrTable 1 }-- Columnar Object DefinitionAddrEntry ::=SEQUENCE {addrDestination PhysAddress,addrAge INTEGER,addrNodeId INTEGER,addrAlias DisplayString,addrDeviceId INTEGER,addrIpAddress IpAddress}-- Leaf Definition
APPENDIXG"MIBG-64 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideaddrDestination OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX PhysAddressACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The 802 address of the registered port.”::= { addrEntry 1 }addrAge OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The time (in minutes) since the entry was updated.”::= { addrEntry 2 }addrNodeId OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..65535)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”16-bit (0-65535) node/port ID”::= { addrEntry 3 }addrAlias OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX DisplayString (SIZE (0..16))ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”An alias for the 802 address”::= { addrEntry 4 }addrDeviceId OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..65535)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Device ID (0-65535). An OWL node can, optionally,set a device ID in a registration request PDU.”::= { addrEntry 5 }addrIpAddress OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX IpAddressACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”32-bit IP address for IP nodes (e.g. APs)”::= { addrEntry 6 }brgState OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nBridge 6 }-- The Bridge State Group
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-65bsAddress OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX PhysAddressACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”802 address of the AP”::= { brgState 3 }bsLanId OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..254)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”OWL LAN ID (0-254)”::= { brgState 4 }bsCostToRoot OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Path cost to the root”::= { brgState 5 }bsIsRoot OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”TRUE, if the AP is the root”::= { brgState 6 }bsIsAttached OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”TRUE, if the AP is attached”::= { brgState 7 }bsAttachId OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..65535)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”16-bit (0-65535) ATTACH sequence number. Thisnumber is incremented each time the AP sends anATTACH request.”::= { brgState 8 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-66 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidebsMyRootPriority OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..7)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Root priority of the AP (0-7). An AP with a rootpriority of 0 can not become the root node. The APwith the highest priority will become the root inan OWL LAN”::= { brgState 9 }bsRootPort OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (1..4)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”MAC-R root port number. The port number (1-4) ofthe port used to communicate with the parent node.”::= { brgState 10 }bsDesignatedRootAddress OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX PhysAddressACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”802 address of the current root”::= { brgState 11 }bsDesignatedRootPriority OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (1..7)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Root priority of the current root (1-7)”::= { brgState 12 }bsDesignatedRootSequence OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..255)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Root sequence of the current root (0-255). Thesequence number identifies a single instance of theroot.”::= { brgState 13 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-67bsParentAddress OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX PhysAddressACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”802 address of the parent AP”::= { brgState 14 }bsPortCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Number of MAC-R ports”::= { brgState 15 }bsNodeId OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..65535)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”16-bit node ID (0-65535). The node ID uniquelyidentifies the node in an OWL LAN.”::= { brgState 16 }bsRootChangedCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Number of times that the root has changed.”::= { brgState 17 }bsRootCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Number of times that the AP became the root”::= { brgState 18 }bsAttachCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Number of times that the AP has changed from anunattached state to an attached state.”::= { brgState 19 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-68 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidebsDetachReason OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Last detach reason code. The code indicates thereason that the AP became unattached for the lastoccurrence.0 - Initial Value,1 - A new root node was detected,2 - The network inactivity timer expired,4 - A better path to the root was detected,5 - The node’s parent became unattached,7 - The node was in a detach list in a HELLO PDU,8 - The node was functioning as the root andrelinquished the root status,9 - The maximum number of attache retries wasexceeded without receiving an ATTACH response PDU,900-90F - A MAC-D link error occurred while sendinga PDU to the parent node.”::= { brgState 20 }bsNetworkTime OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX TimeTicksACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Distributed network time (.01 sec)”::= { brgState 21 }bsUniFloodLevel OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (1..2)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Flooding level for unicast frames (1-2)”::= { brgState 22 }bsMultiFloodLevel OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..3)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Flooding level for multicast frames (0-3)”::= { brgState 23 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-69bsIsPrimaryBridge OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”TRUE, if the AP bridges to the distribution LAN”::= { brgState 24 }bsIsSecondaryBridge OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1), false(2) }ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”TRUE, if the AP is the designated bridge fora secondary LAN”::= { brgState 25 }bsUniFilterExpr OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..255)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Unicast ethernet filter ID (0-255). If the ID isnon-zero, it points to a user defined expressionwhich is used to filter unicast frames on theethernet port.”::= { brgState 26 }bsMultiFilterExpr OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER (0..255)ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Multicast ethernet filter ID (0-255). If the ID isnon-zero, it points to a user defined expressionwhich is used to filter multicast frames on theethernet port.”::= { brgState 27 }bridgeStats OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nBridge 7 }bstcRouteCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Total route table entries”::= { bridgeStats 3 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-70 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidebstcChildCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Number of attached children”::= { bridgeStats 4 }bstcChildApCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Number of attached AP children”::= { bridgeStats 5 }bstcRemoteCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Non-OWL bridge table entries”::= { bridgeStats 6 }bstcPrimaryCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Distribution LAN bridge table entries”::= { bridgeStats 7 }bstcInboundCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Inbound bridge table entries”::= { bridgeStats 8 }bstcSecondaryCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Secondary LAN bridge table entries”::= { bridgeStats 9 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-71bstcRemoteLanCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX GaugeACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Route entries for remote LANs”::= { bridgeStats 10 }bstcRouteGetErrors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Route table overflow errors”::= { bridgeStats 11 }bstcEntryGetErrors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Bridge table overflow errors”::= { bridgeStats 12 }bstcRmtLanGetErrors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Remote LAN overflow errors”::= { bridgeStats 13 }bstcRouteSeqErrors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Out-of-sequence route update errors”::= { bridgeStats 14 }bstcDeleteSeqErrors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Out-of-sequence route delete errors”::= { bridgeStats 15 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-72 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidebstcEntrySeqErrors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Out-of-sequence bridge entry update errors”::= { bridgeStats 16 }bstcInvalidUpdateErrors OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Invalid route update errors”::= { bridgeStats 17 }nControl OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { norandNET 105 }powerUp OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nControl 1 }pwrPowerUpCount OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX CounterACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”power-up count”::= { powerUp 1 }pwrNextPowerUpTime OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX TimeTicksACCESS read-writeSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION“Next power-up time (Used to reboot the device)”::= { powerUp 2 }softwareDownLoad OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { nControl 2 }sdStartTime OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX TimeTicksACCESS read-writeSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”The amount of time to delay before beginning thesoftware download”::= { softwareDownLoad 1 }
APPENDIXG"MIB6710 Access PointUser’sGuide G-73sdServerIpAddress OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX IpAddressACCESS read-writeSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”TFTP server IP address”::= { softwareDownLoad 2 }sdScriptFilename OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX DisplayString (SIZE (0..80))ACCESS read-writeSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Download script filename (May include path)”::= { softwareDownLoad 3 }sdStatus OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { sdPending(1),sdSTStopped(2),sdInProcess(3),sdTerminated(4),sdSuccess(5),sdError(6),pwrNPUT(7),tftpError(8)}ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Status of the current software download”::= { softwareDownLoad 4 }sdErrorString OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX DisplayString (SIZE (0..40))ACCESS read-onlySTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Description of sdStatus field”::= { softwareDownLoad 5 }
APPENDIXG"MIBG-74 6710 Access PointUser’sGuidesdCheckPoint OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGERACCESS read-writeSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”An application variable intended to contain anumber relating the progress of the current softwaredownload”::= { softwareDownLoad 6 }sdSetActivePointers OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { none(1),boot(2),data(3),both(4)}ACCESS read-writeSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”If the device reboots due to the expiration of thepwrNextPwrUpTime timer, this value specifies whichactive pointers will be toggled prior to rebooting”::= { softwareDownLoad 7 }sdTerminate OBJECT-TYPESYNTAX INTEGER { true(1),false(2)}ACCESS read-writeSTATUS mandatoryDESCRIPTION”Terminate the current software download”::= { softwareDownLoad 8 }END
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide Glossary-1Glossary""""""""""""""""""""""""""""Access PointAccess pointsprovidethefollowingfunctions:"Awiredbridgeisanaccess point thatattachestothenetworkthroughanEthernetlinkandhasbridgingenabled(throughaccess pointconfigurationmenus).Awiredbridgeconvertswireless LANframestoEthernetframes,andEthernetframestowirelessLANframes.AwiredbridgealsoforwardswirelessLANframestowireless LANnodes."Adesignatedbridgeisanaccess point thatbridgesframestoandfromasecondaryEthernetLAN.Ades-ignatedbridgeforasecondaryEthernetLANattachestothenetworkthrougharadioport,orthroughanEn-terpriseOpenWireless LAN(EnterpriseOWL)portwhenestablishinganIPtunnel."Awiredaccess pointisanaccess point thatattachestothenetworkthroughanEthernetlinkandhasbridg-ingdisabled(throughtheconfigurationmenus)."Awireless access pointisanaccess point thatattachestothenetworkthrougharadioport.Awireless accesspointprovidesawireless store-and-forwardoperationwithframestransmittedoverthewireless mediatoreachtheirdestination.
GLOSSARY"Glossary-26710 Access PointUser’sGuideBridgingInthismanual,bridgingreferstothetranslationalbridgingprocess ofconvertingopenwireless LANframestoEthernetframes,andEthernetframesto openwireless LANframes.BroadcastAbroadcastisatransmissiontoall wireless stationsat thesametime.ChannelChannelreferstoalogicaldatachannel.Aport maycon-tainone ormorechannels. Dataforany givenwireless sta-tioniscontiguousonachannel.Eachoftheremoteportsonacontrollermaycontain uptothree channelsapiece.DesignatedBridgeAccess pointsphysicallyconnectedtoasecondaryphysicalLAN,andwithintheradiocoverageareaofanaccess pointonthedistributionLAN,arecandidatestobecomethedes-ignatedbridgeforthesecondaryLAN.Thedesignatedbridgeisaparticularaccess pointassignedtherole ofbridg-ingframesdestinedforor receivedfrom thesecondaryLAN,providingawireless connectionbetweentwouncon-nectedsecondaryLANsegments.DHCP(DynamicHostConfiguration Protocol)DHCPisanInternetstandardstackprotocolthatallowsdynamicdistributionofIPaddress andother configurationinformationtoIPhostsonanetwork.
GLOSSARY"6710 Access PointUser’sGuide Glossary-3ImplementationoftheDHCPclientsimplifiesinstallationbecausethedevicesautomaticallyreceiveIPaddressesfromaDHCPserveronthenetwork.(TheDHCPclientalsoac-ceptsaddressesfromaBootpserver.)DirectSequenceDirectsequence isaspreadspectrum techniquebywhichthetransmittedsignal is spreadoverawidefrequencyrange.Inadirectsequencesystem,thebandwidthislargerelativetothedatarate.Distribution (Primary)LANAdistributionLANistheEthernetsegment towhichthesuper rootdirectlyconnects.Typically,itisalsotheseg-ment towhichtheprimaryhostsorLANserversconnect.EthernetInthisuser’sguide,Ethernetisageneraltermindicatingboth802.3 andDIXEthernet(alsocalledEthernet2.0).FLASHFLASHisaspecialtype ofEEPROM(ElectricallyErasableProgrammableRead-OnlyMemory)thatcanbe erasedandreprogrammed.ForwardingAframeisforwardedbysendingit tothenexthoponthepathtothefinaldestination.All access points(includingwireless access points) forwardframes.
GLOSSARY"Glossary-46710 Access PointUser’sGuideFrameAframeisaseriesofbytesofdataencapsulatedwithaheader(andtrailer).Frameisoften usedinterchangeablywithpacket,althoughtechnicallyapacketreferstodatafrom thenetworklayeroftheprotocolstack.Frequency AgileThefrequencyagilesystemsoftwareallowsaccess pointstobeindividuallyconfiguredto operate onone ofseveralpre-programmedfrequencies.Wireless stationsarepro-grammedwithalistofall frequenciesusedintheinstalledaccess points,andchangefrequenciesinordertoroambe-tweenaccess points.Access pointsmaybeinstalledwithoverlappingcoverageusingdifferentfrequenciestoincreasethroughput.Currently,noprovisionexiststoallowfrequencyagile op-erationonasubsetoftheavailablefrequencies.Frequency HoppingFrequencyhoppingisaspreadspectrum techniquebywhichthebandisdividedintoanumberofchannelsandthetransmissionshopfromchanneltochannel isinaspeci-fiedsequence.HopHopisusedinvectordistanceroutingandisequalto onedatalink.Apathtothefinaldestinationonanetisase-riesofhopsawayfrom the origin.Inbound FramesFrames sent towardthedistributionLANareinbound.
GLOSSARY"6710 Access PointUser’sGuide Glossary-5IP SubnetAnIPsubnetisasinglememberofthecollectionofhard-warenetworksthatcomposeanIPnetwork.Hostaddress-esonagivensubnetshareanIPnetworknumberwithhostsonall othersubnetsofthatIPnetwork,but thelocaladdress partisdividedintosubnet-numberandhostnum-berfieldstoindicatewhichsubnetahostison.IPWireless StationAnIPwireless stationisanyPC-compatiblecomputingsta-tionrunningIP.(APEN*KEYRcomputerisanIPwirelessstationifitisrunninganoff-the-shelfIPprotocolstack.)LAN (LocalArea Network)ALANisagroupofnetworkdevicesinwhicheachdevicecancommunicatethroughawiredorwireless link.Thewiredlinkmaybecomposedofseveralsegmentsjoinedbyrepeatersandbridges.TheLAN ischaracterizedbytherel-ativelyshortdistanceitisdesignedtocover,ahighspeedofoperation,andrelativelylowerror rates.Thegeographicscope ofLANsislimitedtothousandsof feetor closely-spacedbuildingcomplexes.MAC (MediaAccess Control)SublayerTheMACsublayer isthelowerportionoftheDataLinklayeroftheOpenSystemsInterconnection(OSI)model.MobileIPWireless StationInthisuser’sguide,amobileIPwireless stationisanyIPwireless stationthatcanroamacross IPsubnetboundaries.
GLOSSARY"Glossary-66710 Access PointUser’sGuideMulticastAddressAmulticastaddress isaformofbroadcastaddress throughwhichcopiesoftheframearedeliveredtoasubsetofallpossibledestinationswithacommonmulticastaddress.NNLWireless StationAnNNLwireless stationisaterminalemulationstation.Thesestationsuseanoptimizedtransportprotocolfor reli-able operationinwireless environments.OctetAnoctetisa bytecomposedofeightbits.OpenSystemAnopensystemcomprisesprotocolsandcomponentsthatmeetstandards setbyindustry-acceptedgoverningbodies.Thestandardsensurethatwhen newprotocolsandcompo-nentsareintroducedintoanexistingsystem,theprotocolsandcomponentswill meet thestandardsandbeabletocommunicatewiththe existingsystem.TheOSImodel isthebasisforasystem tocommunicatewithanyothersys-tem.Themodel isaframeworkofstandardsusedtocreateprotocolstacksandapplicationsfornetworkingapplica-tions.OpenWireless LAN NodeAnopenwireless LANnodeisanyaccess pointorwirelessstationthatconnectstothenetworkusingthe900 MHzorsynthesizedUHFradio option.
GLOSSARY"6710 Access PointUser’sGuide Glossary-7Outbound FramesFramesmovingawayfrom thedistributionLANareout-bound.PrimaryLANSee DistributionLAN.RadioNetworkTheradionetworkconsistsofradio-enablednetworkdevicesandcommunicationpaths.Itisagroupof fixed-enddevicesandwireless stationsinwhicheachcancommuni-catewithatleastone otherdevicethrougheitheraradio orwiredEthernetlink.SecondaryEthernetLANsarepartoftheradionetwork;thedistributionLAN isnotpartoftheradionetwork.RedundancyRedundancyistheabilityofaduplicateaccess point toimmediatelytake overthefunctionofanotheraccess pointthatgoesoffline.RemoteSubnetTheremote subnetisanEthernetsegmentotherthanthedistributionLAN.ForEnterpriseOWL,theremotesubnetistheEthernetlinkoftheaccess point thatattachestothesuper root throughanIPtunnel.
GLOSSARY"Glossary-86710 Access PointUser’sGuideROM (Read-OnlyMemory)ROMcontainscomputerinstructionsthatcannotberepro-grammedbytheuser.Thecomputer canreadinstructionsoutofROM,butnodatacanbestoredinROM.Theusercanchangesome ofthevariableswithinROM,suchasthesoftware,bootsegment,datasegment,andbaudrate.RootSubnetTherootsubnetistheEthernetsegment towhichtheaccesspointsuper rootconnects, whichisthedistributionLAN.ForEnterpriseOWL,therootsubnetistheEthernetlinkoftheaccess point thatoriginatesanIPtunnel, whichisthesuper root.SecondaryEthernetLANAsecondaryEthernetLANisanEthernetsegment thatcon-nectstothedistributionLANthroughawireless link.Asingleaccess pointfunctionsasthedesignatedbridgeforthesecondaryLAN.SegmentInLANs,asegmentisalengthofcablefrom terminationtotermination.Forexample,a 10BASE2cablesegmentisthelengthofcablebetweenthe50-Ohm terminatorsthatattachto eachendofthecable.Forpropernetworkcommu-nications,cablesegmentsmust meetANSI/IEEE standardspecifications.
GLOSSARY"6710 Access PointUser’sGuide Glossary-9SingleFrequencyIfawireless stationisusingasinglefrequency,itoperatesontheselectedfrequencyinalistof frequencies.Thede-faultisthefirstfrequencyinthelist.SubnetAsubnetisasinglememberofthecollectionofhardwarenetworksthatcomposeanIPnetwork.HostaddressesonagivensubnetshareanIPnetworknumberwith hostsonallothersubnetsofthatIPnetwork.Thelocaladdress partisdividedintosubnetnumberandhostnumberfieldstoindicatewhichsubnetahostison.Aparticulardivisionofthelocaladdress partisnotassumed;thiscouldvaryfromnetworktonetwork.UnicastAddressAunicastaddress isauniqueEthernetaddress assignedtoasinglestationonthenetwork.Wireless HopsAwireless hopisawireless connectiontoanopenwirelessLAN.Fortheaccess point,awireless hopmeansconnect-ingtothe openwireless LANspanningtree throughitsRFportinsteadofitsEthernetport.Themajoradvantage ofusingawireless connectiontotheLAN isthatitreduces,andsometimeseveneliminates,therequirementsforLANcabling.
GLOSSARY"Glossary-10 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideThewireless access pointprovidesawireless store-and-for-wardoperation(ahop)witheachframetransmittedtwiceoverthewireless mediatoreachitsdestination.Becauseframesaretransmittedtwice,theamountofwireless trafficovertheradionetworkdoubles.Ingeneral,thethroughputofawireless access pointhasabouthalfthe effectivebandwidthofawiredbridge,becauseall framesreceivedontheradiochannelmustbeforwardedonthesamechannel.Therefore,usingawirelessaccess pointexchangesperformanceforease ofinstallation.Wireless StationsWireless stationsisaninclusiveterm thatreferstonetworkterminalsandwireless computersequippedwithwirelessNICs.NetworkterminalsincludetheINTERMECRRT1100 RadioTerminal,RT1700 RadioTerminal,andRT5900 RadioTerminal,andtheTRAKKER ANTARESproducts.Wireless computersincludetheINTERMECJANUS,PEN*KEY6400 Computer,andPEN*KEY6550Computer.
6710 Access PointUser’sGuide Index-1INDEX""""""""""""""""""""""""""""SYMBOLS? command,4-14NUMBERS10BASE-T(UTP)Ethernetconnectingto,3-16menu option,4-42networkcomponent,3-3portdescription,2-1810BASE2(thin)Ethernetconnectingto,3-11,3-12menu option,4-42networkcomponents,3-3portdescription,2-1810BASE5(thick)Ethernetconnectingto,3-13menu option,4-42networkcomponents,3-4portdescription,2-182.4GHzradio.See WLIFradio6710MIB.MIB,G-1,G-2802.1d,E-4802.2,4-44,4-50,4-51802.2--IPXSocketsEthernetfilter,4-44,4-45example,4-50,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85802.2--IPX--RIPEthernetfilter,4-46,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85,E-18802.2--IPX--SAPEthernetfilter,4-46,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85,E-18802.2--IPX--Socket,4-47,E-18802.2--OtherSAPsEthernetfilter,4-44,4-45example,4-50,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85802.2--SAP,4-47,E-18802.3addingSNAPheader,4-41filteringexample,4-48,4-50,E-17filteringframes,4-44menu option,4-19,4-41settingEthernet type,4-19802.3--IPXSocketsEthernetfilter,4-44,4-45example,4-50,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85802.3--IPX--Socket,4-47802.5,2-3900 MHzradioantennaregulations,C-2attachmechanisms,2-6channelization,C-1countriesofoperation,C-2coverage,C-1datarates,C-1dualradio options,2-9filename,4-74,5-1installing,3-18menu options,4-74mode--channel,4-74partnumbers,C-2range,C-1regulatorycompliances,C-1remoteantennakits,C-3specifications,C-1whipantenna,C-2AAC INPUTport,2-18,3-20Access PointConfigurationscreen,4-91Accessories,2-19Action,4-45,4-53,4-55Addingheader,4-41Address,OWL/IP,4-83,4-84Address MaskReply,E-6Address MaskRequest,E-6Address ResolutionProtocol.See ARPAddressesbroadcast,4-83,4-84Class B,4-16,E-19Class C,E-13destination,2-3,4-28,4-37Ethernetport,4-39IP,4-16MAC,2-3,4-38,4-39,4-83multicast,2-6,4-84networkport,4-39OWL/IP,4-82,4-83,4-84permanent,4-35,4-42radioport,4-39router,4-18static,4-42subnetmask,4-17super root,4-25Telnetsession,3-6throughDHCP,4-20unicast,4-42,4-84Web browser,3-6,4-89Advancedfiltering,4-52Advanced password,4-86,4-87[AdvancedRXFilter],4-41,4-52All,4-46All Subnetsaddress,4-84,E-22,E-23AlternateHostAddress,E-6And,4-55Antennaregulations,B-3,C-2Antennas900 MHzradio,C-2connectors,B-6INTERMECRadapter cable,B-5Model2100,B-6S-UHFradio,D-3WLIF,B-3,B-6
INDEX "Index-26710 Access PointUser’sGuideApplyingpower,3-20ARPBootpserver,4-21broadcastingarequest,4-21convertingmulticastrequeststounicast,4-36DHCPserver,4-21flooding,4-36menu option,4-36minutesbetweenrequests,4-22overview,2-7servermode,4-23,4-36TCP/IPnodes,4-32ATMIBfamily,G-3Attachmechanisms,2-6Attachpriority,4-76,4-78AUISee also10BASE5(thick)Ethernetdropcable,3-4menu option,4-42port,2-18,3-13,F-2AUTO,4-72AutoARPminutes,4-16,4-22Autodetect,4-42Awaketime,4-25,4-26,4-27BBcommand,5-23B-routers,E-3Baudrate,4-4,4-5,5-24Beaconfrequency,4-69,4-70Beacons,4-70BFSK,4-72BGP,E-5BinaryFrequencyShiftKeying,4-72Bootsegmentsactivating,5-5,5-6,5-7changing,5-30copyingfileto,5-31description,5-1designating,5-26displaying,5-6erasing,5-8,5-15,5-31findingexecutablefilein,5-24mnemonic,5-3Bootsegments(Continued)scriptfile,5-14storingfilesin,5-11,5-12Bootpclient,2-12,4-21handshaking,4-21infiniteleases,4-21networkwithservers,4-21operation,4-21RFC,4-22server,2-12,4-21BootstrapProtocol.See BootpBorderGatewayProtocol,E-5BracketIndustrialLockingMounting,2-19mounting,2-16,3-2,3-9[Bridge],4-14,4-23Bridgeports,2-7,4-38Bridgepriority,4-57,4-58Bridgesdesignated.See Designatedbridgestranslating,2-2,2-4[Bridging],4-41,4-57Bridgingdefinition,Glossary-2functionality,2-2generalconcepts,2-2layer,2-4networkorganization,2-4pendingmessages,2-5BridgingparametersMIBgroups,G-7Broadcast,Glossary-2Broadcastaddress,4-83,4-84Browser,3-6,4-88CCable,LMR400,B-6Cableconnector,TypeN,B-6Cablepreptool,B-6Cableterminator,3-3,3-11Cabletype,4-41,4-42Cables,3-6,4-3,F-3Callsign,4-76Ceilingmount,3-9Changingpasswords,4-86Changingtheconfiguration,4-13,4-14Channel900 MHzradio,4-74definition,Glossary-2WLIFradio,4-62,4-67Channelization,C-1,D-1Checklistconfigurationguide,4-92defaultandsitesettings,4-7floodinglevel,4-31Checkpointvariable,5-19Class Baddress,4-16,E-19Class Caddress,E-13Class identifierstring,4-21Clear command,4-13Clearingtheconfiguration,4-13Clientsapplications,4-33Bootp,2-12DHCP,2-12,4-19,4-21TFTP,2-13,5-8,5-16CMOTMIBfamily,G-3Collectingthe equipment,3-2Collineardipoleantennas,B-4Commandmonitor,4-5,5-22Commands?,4-14B,5-23Clear,4-13DefineFileSegment,5-25,5-26ErasePCMCIA Card,5-25,5-27EraseSegment,5-25Exit,4-14,5-25FBs,5-25,5-26FCs,5-23FD,5-23,5-25Fd,5-6FE,5-25Fe,5-8FFRf,5-25,5-26FI,5-25,5-26File,4-13FileSystemDirectory,5-23,5-25FileSystemReset,5-25,5-26
INDEX "6710 Access PointUser’sGuide Index-3Commands(Continued)FPCfs,5-25,5-26FPD,5-25,5-26FPE,5-25,5-27FPX,5-25,5-27FR,5-23,5-24FSsn,5-25,5-26FXs,5-23MIString,5-25,5-28MoveFiletoFLASH,5-23NorandPasswordMenu,5-23NPWD,5-23,5-24PasswordMenu,5-23PCMCIAFileDirectory,5-25,5-26PCMCIAFiletoFLASH,5-25,5-26PN,5-25,5-27Power-UpNormal,5-25,5-27Power-UpQuiet,5-25,5-27PQ,5-25,5-27PWD,5-23,5-25Read,4-13,4-14Reboot,4-14,5-16,5-23ResetModemInitString,5-25,5-28RMI,5-25,5-28Run File,5-25,5-26Run FLASHBootFile,5-23SerialBaudRate,5-23SetBootSegment,5-25,5-26SetModemInitString,5-25,5-28SRz,5-23,5-24TFTP,5-8View,4-13,4-14Write,4-14X,5-25,5-28YmodemFileDownload,5-23YmodemFiletoPCMCIA,5-25,5-27Communityname,G-4Communitystring,G-5Compliances900 MHzradio,C-1access point,A-2S-UHFradio,D-2WLIFradio,B-2Components10BASE-T,3-310BASE2,3-310BASE5,3-4access point,2-16communicationequipment,3-5EthernetLAN,3-2Telnet,3-6Web browser,3-6Configuringtheaccess pointDIAGport,4-2,4-12Telnet,4-6,4-12Web browser,4-88ConnectingtoEthernet,2-18,3-10Connectors,B-6ControlMIBgroup,G-7Countries900 MHzradio,4-74,C-2S-UHFradio,4-77,D-2WLIFradio,B-2Coveragearea900 MHzradio,C-1designatedbridge,4-58extending,D-6S-UHFradio,4-77,D-1,D-5wireless access points,Glossa-ry-10WLIFradio,4-62,B-1CreatingDIAGportsession,4-2scriptfiles,5-13Telnetsession,4-6Web browsersession,4-88wireless hop,4-65CustomerResponseCenter,1-4Customersupport,1-4DData bits,4-4,4-5DataLinkLayer,2-3Datarates900 MHzradio,C-1S-UHFradio,D-1,D-3,D-4WLIFradio,B-1Datasegmentsactivating,5-5,5-6description,5-1displaying,5-6erasing,5-15,5-31mnemonic,5-3scriptfile,5-14Decimalvalues,4-47,E-4,E-18DECnet,2-3DefaultMAC configuration,4-68,4-69Defaultsettingschangingconfigurationto,4-13listof,4-7OWL/IP,E-3OWL/IPfilters,E-3,E-6Deferralslot,4-69,4-70DefineFileSegmentcommand,5-25,5-26Delayflooding,4-36,4-37DesignatedbridgesallocatingIPaddresses,4-20bridgepriority,4-57candidates,4-57configuringasSlave,4-61definition,Glossary-1,Glossa-ry-2flooding,4-30,4-43overridingfloodregister,4-59OWL/IPavoidingwireless bridging,E-3configuring,4-81,4-85example,E-15,E-16,E-19,E-21forwardingframes,E-4,E-6,E-11operation,E-7,E-10stationmobility,E-12subnetfiltering,E-6terminatingtunnel,4-79,E-2S-UHFradio,4-57selection,4-58Destinationaddresses,2-3,4-28,4-37DestinationUnreachable,E-6DGP,E-5
INDEX "Index-46710 Access PointUser’sGuideDHCPclient,2-12,4-19definition,Glossary-2menu option,4-16,4-19OWL/IPtunneling,4-20RFCs,4-22servername,4-16,4-20DIAGportcables,F-3connectingtoPC,4-2,4-3description,2-18Dimensions,A-2Directsequence,4-75,C-1,Glos-sary-3DisablingARPservermode,4-36,4-37designatedbridge,4-58DHCP,4-19,4-20Ethernetport,4-40floodregister,4-59flooding,4-29,4-30globalparameters,4-27Mastermode,4-77,4-78radioport,4-40Discardingframes,4-45,4-62,4-63,4-84DissimilarGatewayProtocol,E-5DistributionLANdefinition,Glossary-3designatedbridgeincoveragearea,4-58filtering,4-31flooding,4-33,4-34framefloodedtoward,4-28OWL/IP,E-7,E-9super rootcandidates,4-24wireless hops,4-65,4-67DIX0800 InternetProtocol,E-5addingheader,4-41defaultOWL/IPfilters,E-6definition,Glossary-3filtering,4-44,4-84filteringexample,4-48,4-50,E-17forwardingframes,E-5IPframetype,4-19menu option,4-19,4-41OWLframetype,4-41DIX--ARPEthernetfilter,4-46,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85,E-18DIX--EtherType,4-47DIX--IP--OtherProtocolsEthernetfilter,4-44,4-45example,4-50,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85DIX--IP--Protocol,4-47DIX--IP--TCP PortsEthernetfilter,4-44,4-45example,4-50,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85DIX--IP--TCP--Port,4-47DIX--IP--UDP PortsEthernetfilter,4-44,4-45example,4-50,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85DIX--IP--UDP--Port,4-47DIX--IPXSocketsEthernetfilter,4-44,4-45example,4-50,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85DIX--IPX--Socket,4-47DIX--OtherEtherTypesEthernetfilter,4-44,4-45example,4-50,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85Domain,4-23Drivername,4-38,4-39Drop,4-45,4-55Dropcable,3-4DS,4-75,C-1,Glossary-3Dualflatantenna,B-6Dualradio options,2-9,4-65EEchoReply,E-6EchoRequest,E-6EEPROM,4-14EGP,E-5EGPMIBfamily,G-3Electricalspecifications,A-1Electronicsoftwaredistribution,2-13Emissions,A-2Enabled(DHCP),4-19,4-20Enabled,ifIPaddress iszero,4-19,4-20EnablingARPservermode,4-36designatedbridge,4-58DHCP,4-19,4-20Ethernetport,4-40floodregister,4-59,4-60flooding,4-29,4-30globalparameters,4-27Mastermode,4-77,4-78radioport,4-40EnterNetworkPasswordscreen,4-89Environmentalspecifications,A-2EQoperator,4-54ErasePC Cardcommand,5-25,5-27EraseSegmentcommand,5-25[Ethernet],4-38,4-39,4-41Ethernetbroadcastaddress,4-84cabletype,4-41,4-42connectingto,2-18,3-10definition,Glossary-3filters,2-8,4-43frametype,4-41LANcomponents,3-2menu options,4-41port,2-7,4-38troubleshootingtheconnec-tion,6-2ETHERNETlightgroup,6-2Exampleschannel,4-63,4-64,4-68Ethernetfiltering,4-48OWL/IPconfigurations,E-13,E-19OWL/IPfiltering,E-17samplenetwork,2-14scriptfile,5-14subchannel,4-63,4-64,4-68TFTP softwaredownload,5-29wireless WLIFhops,4-65Exitcommand,4-14,5-25,5-28
INDEX "6710 Access PointUser’sGuide Index-5Exitingconfigurationmenus,4-14ROMpasswordsubmenu,5-28[Expressions],4-52ExprSeq,4-53ExteriorGatewayProtocol,E-5FFairness slot,4-69,4-70[Falcon],4-38,4-39,4-74FalconFragSize,4-25,4-26,4-27Falconradio.See 900 MHzradioFalcon_d.29k,4-74,5-1,5-6,5-14FBscommand,5-25,5-26FCscommand,5-23FCC,4-77FDcommand,5-23,5-25Fdcommand,5-6FEcommand,5-25Fecommand,5-8FFRfcommand,5-25,5-26FHDR29K.EXE,5-13FIcommand,5-25,5-26Figures.See IllustrationsFilecommand,4-13Filenames900 MHzradio,4-74,5-1FLASH,5-1,5-6,5-7,5-9S-UHFradio,4-76,5-1,5-6scriptfiles,5-13segments,5-3USTART29.BIN,5-1,5-6,5-7,5-9withsystemcommands,5-4FileSystemDirectorycom-mand,5-6,5-23,5-25Filesystem menu,4-13,5-5FileSystemResetcommand,5-25,5-26FilteringadvancedRX,4-52ARPservermode,4-37common networkprotocols,4-44examples,4-48normalRX,4-43overview,2-8OWL/IPconfiguringfilters,4-84defaultsettings,E-3,E-6example,E-17indesignatedbridges,4-81insuper root,4-81permanentfilters,E-4restrictions,E-4subnet,E-6preconfiguredfilters,4-46protocolsthatcannotbefil-tered,4-45FLASHcopyingfilesto,5-26definition,Glossary-3designatingsegments,5-26directories,5-4,5-6,5-23downloadingto,5-4,5-29erasingsegments,5-8,5-25,5-26redefiningdefaultfileseg-ments,5-26USTART29.BIN,5-1,5-6,5-7,5-9version,1-1versionsupportedwithTFTP,5-9Ymodembatchprotocoldown-load,5-23Flatpanelantenna,B-6Floodregisterandinboundsetting,4-34,4-35,4-36andoutboundtosecondariessetting,4-30,4-34,4-35,4-36menu option,4-57,4-59OWL/IP,4-81FloodingARPs,4-36checklist,4-31floodregister,4-36,4-59Flooding(Continued)frameswith unknowndes-tinations,4-29global,4-28,4-59inbound,4-28multicastframes,4-28noflooding,4-37,4-59outboundtosecondaries,4-29outboundtostations,4-30overview,2-6,2-9OWL/IP,4-81,E-4,E-6,E-9Proxy ARPServer,2-7tosecondaryLAN,4-59unicastframes,4-28Forwarding,Glossary-3Forwardingdatabaseattachmechanisms,2-6description,2-5filtering,2-9functionaloverview,2-5OWL/IPport,2-11Proxy ARP,2-7FPCfscommand,5-25,5-26FPDcommand,5-25,5-26FPEcommand,5-25,5-27FPXcommand,5-25,5-27FRcommand,5-23,5-24FragAckRetry,4-69,4-73FragQFSKRetry,4-69,4-73Fragmentsize,4-69,4-71[FrameTypes],4-43,4-44Frametypes802.3,4-19DIX,4-19,4-41filtering,4-43,4-84IP,4-19menu options,4-44OWL,4-41SNAP,4-41Framesdefinition,Glossary-4discarding,4-45,4-62,4-63,4-84encapsulating,E-2floodinginbound,4-29toall ports,4-29tosecondaryLANs,4-29with unknowndestina-tions,4-29
INDEX "Index-66710 Access PointUser’sGuideFrames(Continued)IPX,E-3noflooding,4-29OWL/IPforwarded,E-5forwarding,E-11inbound,E-11notforwarded,E-4operation,E-7permanentfilters,E-4restrictions,E-4safeguards,E-3subnetfiltering,E-6Frequencies900 MHzradio,C-1beacon,4-70reusing,D-7S-UHFradio,4-77,D-1,D-4separationguidelines,D-10single,D-7,D-8,Glossary-9sourcepower,A-1WLIFradio,B-1Frequency,4-76,4-77Frequencyagile,D-9,Glossary-4Frequencyhopping,B-1,Glossa-ry-4FSsncommand,5-25,5-26FTP,E-18FX,5-23FXscommand,5-23GGEoperator,4-54GenericRouterEncapsulation.See GREGetcommand,5-11[GlobalFlooding],4-24,4-28Globalflooding,4-28[GlobalRadio],4-24,4-25GRE,4-79,E-2,E-5,E-11GToperator,4-54Guidelinesconfiguration,4-92floodinglevelchecklist,4-31general installation,3-7Guidelines(Continued)S-UHFfrequencyandseparation,D-10installation,D-5transactionrates,D-4HHandshaking,4-21Height,A-2Hellomessages,4-40,E-9Helloperiod,4-38,4-40Help,online,4-1Hexadecimalvalues,E-18Highgaincollineardipoleanten-na,B-4Highgainyagiantenna,B-5Highpriority,4-78Homesubnetaddressinglimitations,E-2,E-4,E-13description,4-79example,E-15,E-19floodingrestrictions,E-4frameforwarding,E-11subnetfiltering,E-6super rooton,4-79,E-2Hop period,4-69,4-70Hopsbetweenbeacons,4-70definition,Glossary-4,Glossa-ry-9wirelessexample,2-15S-UHFradio,D-3WLIFradio,4-62,4-65Horizontalmount,3-8HPOpenViewforWindows,G-1HTTP,2-13,4-45,4-89Humidityspecifications,A-2HypertextTransferProtocol,2-13,4-45,4-89IICMPIProuting,4-84notfiltered,4-45OWL/IPfiltering,E-3forwardedframetype,4-84forwardingframesout-bound,E-11frametypesnotforwarded,E-3,E-5ICMPMIBfamily,G-3Identifierstring,4-21IDPR,E-5IDRP,E-5IEEE address.See MAC addressIGP,E-5IGRP,E-5Illustrations6710 Access Point,2-1900 MHzPCcardassembly,3-18AC powerinputconnection,3-21access pointfunctions,2-2cableterminator,3-3cablewithRJ45 plugs,3-3Class Bconfiguration,E-20Class Cconfiguration,E-14components,2-16connectingto10BASE-T,3-1610BASE2,3-11,3-1210BASE5,3-14,3-15DIAGportconnection,4-3INTERMEC antenna adaptercable,B-5mountingbracket,3-9N-seriestransceiver,3-4OWL/IPtunnel,E-8PCcardslots,2-17S-UHF PCcardassembly,3-19samplenetwork,2-15T-connector,3-3Telnetsession,4-6vampiretap,3-5Web browsersession,4-89WLIF PCcardassembly,3-17Immunity,A-2
INDEX "6710 Access PointUser’sGuide Index-7Inboundandfloodregister,4-36ARPrequests,4-37definition,Glossary-4description,4-28floodingframes,4-29floodinglevelchecklist,4-31menu option,4-28,4-30OWL/IPflooding,E-4,E-6OWL/IPframes,E-11requiredfloodinglevels,4-31S-UHFradiofloodinglevel,4-36Indicatorlights,2-17,6-1IndustrialLockingMountingBracket,2-19Infiniteleases,4-21Installationapplyingpower,3-20checkingdefaultconfigura-tion,3-1collectingthe equipment,3-2connectingtoEthernet,3-10findingthebestlocation,3-7generalguidelines,3-7MIBs,G-2mountingtheaccess point,3-8PCcards,3-17preparingfor,3-2S-UHFradio,D-5sitesurvey,3-7Inter-DomainPolicyRoutingProtocol,E-5Inter-DomainRoutingProtocol,E-5InterfaceMIBgroups,G-7InterfacesMIBfamily,G-3Interference,4-68,4-69InteriorGatewayProtocol,E-5InteriorGatewayRoutingProto-col,E-5INTERMEC antenna adaptercable,B-5InternationalOrganizationforStandardization,2-3InternetControlMessageProto-col.See ICMP[IPAddresses],4-82,4-83IPaddressesaccess point,4-16,4-22ARPrequests,4-22ARPservermode,4-36Bootp,4-19DHCP,4-19OWL/IPconfiguring,4-83destination,4-80,E-2framesforwardedinbound,E-12hellomessages,E-10homesubnet,E-4,E-6limitations,E-2router,4-16,4-18,4-22subnetmask,4-16,4-17Telnetsession,4-7IPframetype,4-16,4-19IPMIBfamily,G-3IPMobilitySupport,E-12IProuter.See RoutersIPsubnetmask.See SubnetmaskIPsubnets,4-79,E-12,Glossa-ry-5IPtunnels.See OWL/IPIPwireless stations,Glossary-5See alsoWireless stationsIPv6,E-5IPX,4-44ISO,2-3JJapan,WLIFradio,B-2LLANSee alsoSecondaryLANsdefinition,Glossary-5ID,4-23,4-87sample,2-15LEoperator,4-54Leases,4-20,4-21,4-81LEDs,2-17,6-1Length,A-2License,4-77,D-4Lightningsuppressorandbrack-et,B-6Lightningsuppressor capsule,B-6Line ofsight,B-1,C-1,D-1LINKindicatorlight,6-2Linkingnetworks.See Desig-natedbridges;WirelesshopsListen,4-82LLC,4-45LMR400 cable,B-6LMR400 cablepreptool,B-6Loading(reading)thepreviousconfiguration,4-14Localsession,4-2,4-3Locatingtheaccess point,3-7Lockingbracket,2-19LogicalLinkControl,4-45Lowpriority,4-78LT operator,4-54MMAC addressesEthernet,4-83Ethernetport,4-38,4-39overview,2-3radioport,4-38,4-39MAC config,4-60,4-68MAC sublayer,2-3,Glossary-5MainMenu,4-12MainOptionsMenu,4-14Manual,4-68,4-69[ManualMAC Parms],4-60,4-69Mask,4-53,4-54Mastermode(S-UHFradio),4-76,4-77,4-78station(WLIFradio)beaconfrequency,4-70channel,4-62,4-67menu option,4-60,4-61parameters,4-62subchannel,4-62,4-67wireless hops,4-65
INDEX "Index-86710 Access PointUser’sGuide[MasterParms],4-60,4-62MediaAccess Controlsublayer.See MAC sublayerMediumgaincollineardipoleantenna,B-4Mediumgainpatchantenna,B-3Mediumpriority,4-78Memory,A-1MHRP,E-5MIStringcommand,5-25,5-28MIB,G-1MIBdirectory,G-6MIBfamilies,G-3MIBgroupsbridgingaddr,G-20,G-63brg,G-19,G-61brgstate,G-20,G-64bridgeStats,G-22,G-69rt,G-18,G-56controlpowerUp,G-23,G-72softwareDownLoad,G-23,G-72interfaceinformationnifx,G-12,G-32pmsg,G-16,G-49portState,G-13,G-36portStats,G-14,G-41ptxq,G-15,G-46products,G-8,G-24SNMPcommunity,G-17,G-52trapTarget,G-17,G-55systeminformationcriticalErrors,G-11,G-30dir,G-11,G-28fsinfo,G-10,G-25hw,G-9,G-24segment,G-10,G-26MIBoutline,G-8MIB-II,G-2,G-3,G-6MinutesbetweenARPs,4-22Mnemonic,5-3MobileHostRoutingProtocol,E-5MobileIP,E-5,E-12,Glossary-5Mobility,E-12Mode1,4-752,4-753,4-75900 MHzradio,4-74ARPserver,4-23,4-36OWL/IP,4-82S-UHFradio,4-76,4-77,4-78transmit,4-69,4-72,4-73MODElight,6-2Mode-channel,4-74Model110,B-5Model2100,B-5,B-6Modemcable,3-6,4-3,F-3Modifyingtheconfiguration,4-13,4-14Mounting,3-8MoveFiletoFlashcommand,5-23Multicastaddresses,2-6,4-84ARPrequests,4-36,4-37definition,Glossary-6floodingandfloodregister,4-36,4-59checklist,4-31inbound,4-28outboundtosecondaries,4-29outboundtostations,4-30OWL/IP,4-83S-UHFradio,4-36NN-seriestransceiver,3-4Name,port,4-38,4-39Navigatingthemenus,4-15nBridge,G-4nControl,G-4NEoperator,4-54NetBEUI,2-3NETBIOSEthernetfilter,4-46,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85,E-18NETWORKLIGHTgroup,6-2Networkmanagement,2-14,3-6NextPowerUpTimevariable,5-21NIC1light,6-2NIC2light,6-2nInterfaces,G-4NNLdefaultfiltersetting,E-6Ethernetexample,4-51OWL/IPdefaultsettings,4-85,E-3example,E-17,E-18transparentroaming,4-79predefinedEthernetfilter,4-46wireless station,Glossary-6Noflooding,4-36,4-37,4-59Nodetype,4-60,4-61NorandDHCPServer,4-20NorandPasswordMenu com-mand,5-23,5-24NORANDOWLsecurityID,4-61NormAckRetry,4-69,4-72NormQFSKRetry,4-69,4-73Normalflooding,4-36,4-37[NormalRXFilter],4-41,4-43Novell IPX,4-44Novell NetWare,4-45NPWDcommand,5-23,5-24nSNMP,G-4nSystem,G-4Null modemcable,3-6,4-3,F-3OObjectIdentification,G-4,G-8Objects,management,G-1Octet,4-27,Glossary-6Offset,4-53,4-54OIDs,G-4,G-8Omde,4-38,4-39Omdflca,4-38,4-39Omdflcb,4-38,4-39Omdip,4-38,4-39Omdpxma,4-38,4-39Omdpxmb,4-38,4-39
INDEX "6710 Access PointUser’sGuide Index-9Omduhfb,4-38,4-39Omniantennas,B-6Onlinehelp,4-1Op,4-53,4-54OpenShortestPathFirstInteri-orGatewayProtocol,E-5Opensystem,Glossary-6Operatingtemperature900 MHzradio,C-1S-UHFradio,D-1WLIFradio,B-2OrganizationallyUniqueIdenti-fier,4-47OriginateifRoot,4-82OSPFIGP,E-5OUI,4-47Outbound,4-28,E-11,Glossa-ry-7Outboundtosecondariesandfloodregister,4-36,4-59menu option,4-28,4-29requiredfloodinglevels,4-31S-UHFradio,4-36Outboundtostationsmenu option,4-28,4-30requiredfloodinglevels,4-32,4-33,4-35Outputpower,B-1,C-1,D-1OWLframetype,4-41[OWL/IP],4-38,4-39,4-79OWL/IPaddressinglimitations,E-2,E-4buildingthespanningtree,E-9configurationexamples,E-13defaultsettings,E-3,E-6establishingtunnels,E-10filtering,4-84,E-3,E-4flooding,4-81,E-4floodingrestrictions,E-4frameforwarding,E-11functionaloverview,2-10installationlimitations,E-2menu options,4-82MobileIPcomparison,E-12operation,E-7overview,4-79passwordsecurity,E-7OWL/IP(Continued)permanentfilters,E-4redundancy,E-10safeguards,E-3stationmobility,E-12subnetfiltering,E-6tunnelconfiguration,E-9PParameterProblem,E-6Parity,4-4,4-5Partnumbers900 MHzradio,C-2antenna adapter cable,B-5cableterminator,3-3cables,3-6,4-3,F-3highgaincollineardipolean-tenna,B-4highgainyagiantenna,B-5mediumgaincollineardipoleantenna,B-4mediumgainpatchantenna,B-3Model2100 antennasandcables,B-6Model2100 cablesandcon-nectors,B-6publications,1-3remoteantennakits,B-3,C-3S-UHFradio,D-2T-connector,3-3whipantennas,B-3,D-3WLIFradio,B-2Pass,4-45,4-55PasswordMenu command,5-23,5-25Passwordscreen,4-12Passwordsadvanced,4-86,4-87changing,4-86configurationmenus,4-12,4-86EnterNetworkPasswordscreen,4-90ROMcommandmonitormenu,5-25security,4-86service,4-86top-level,4-12,4-86Patchantennas,B-3PCcardslots,2-17PCcards900 MHzradio,3-18,C-1S-UHFradio,3-19,D-1WLIFradio,3-17,B-1PCMCIAFileDirectorycom-mand,5-25,5-26PCMCIAFiletoFlashcom-mand,5-25,5-26PCMCIAlightgroup,6-2Peerstation,4-77Pendingmessages,2-5Permanentaddresses,4-35,4-42Permanentfilters,4-85,E-4Permanentleases,4-20,4-81Physicaladdresses.See MACaddressesPhysicalcharacteristics,A-2Pin-outs,F-1,F-2,F-3PNcommand,4-5,5-25,5-27POLARITYindicatorlight,6-2[Ports],4-23,4-38Portsbridge,2-2,2-3Ethernet,2-7,4-38,4-41OWL/IP,2-10,4-79radio,2-9,4-38Powerapplying,3-20cord,2-19,3-20management,2-5output,B-1,C-1,D-1requirements,A-1Power-UpNormalcommand,4-5,5-25,5-27Power-UpQuietcommand,4-5,5-25,5-27PQcommand,4-5,5-25,5-27Predictingcoverage,D-5Preparingforinstallation,3-2Primary,4-29PrimaryLAN.See DistributionLANProcessor,A-1ProductOIDsMIBgroup,G-7,G-8
INDEX "Index-10 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideProgrammablefilters,4-52ProtocolsSee alsospecificprotocolsnetwork,2-3,4-28,4-44,4-79Proxim2.4GHzradio.See WLIFradioProxy ARPserver,2-7Publications,1-3Putcommand,5-12PWDcommand,5-23,5-25QQFSK,4-72QuadratureFrequencyShiftKeying,4-72RR-LINKlight,6-2Radionetworkdefinition,Glossary-7requiredfloodinglevels,4-32,4-33,4-34,4-35settingfiltersin,4-31Radio options,2-9,4-65Radioports,2-9,4-38RAMsegmentdescription,5-3field description,5-7mnemonic,5-3noterasing,5-8scriptcommands,5-13Ranges900 MHzfragmentsize,4-27900 MHzradio,C-1advanced password,4-87autoARPminutes,4-22awaketime,4-27beaconfrequency,4-70bridgepriority,4-57callsign,4-76channel,4-62DHCPservername,4-20expressionsequence,4-53fragmentacknowledgmentretry,4-73fragmentQFSKretry,4-73Ranges(Continued)fragmentsize,4-71IProuter,4-18IPsubnetmask,4-17LANID,4-23mask,4-54normalacknowledgmentretry,4-72normalQFSKretry,4-73offset,4-54password,4-86rootpriority,4-24S-UHFradio,D-1securityID,4-60staticaddresses,4-43subchannel,4-62targetIPaddress,4-84UHFfragmentsize,4-27UHFRFP threshold,4-27value,4-56valueID,4-55,4-56WLIFradio,B-1RAP,E-5Readcommand,4-13,4-14Read-OnlyMemory,Glossary-8Readingtheconfiguration,4-14Rebootcommand,4-14,5-16,5-23Receiversensitivity,D-1Redirect,E-6Redundancydefinition,Glossary-7designatedbridge,E-10super root,4-25,4-80,E-10Registered,4-29,4-30Regulatorycompliances,B-2,C-1,D-2Remoteantennakits,B-3,C-3Remotesession,4-6,4-88Remotesubnetdefinition,4-79,Glossary-7designatedbridge on,4-79,E-2establishingtunnelsto,E-10example,E-16frameforwarding,E-11numbersupported,E-13operation,E-7redundancy,E-10restrictingframetypes,4-84ResetModemInitStringcom-mand,5-25,5-28Resettingtheconfiguration,4-13Resourcenumber,4-90Reusingfrequencies,D-7RFC1533,4-22RFC1534,4-22RFC1541,4-22RFC2002,E-12RFC951,4-22RFC1213.MIB,G-1,G-2RFC1398.MIB,G-1,G-2RIP,E-5RM111.See S-UHFradioRM160.See 900 MHzradioRM180.See WLIFradioRMIcommand,5-25,5-28ROM,1-1,5-9,Glossary-8ROMcommandmonitor,5-22[Root],4-23,4-24Rootnode.See Super rootRootprioritymenu option,4-24Slaveradio,4-67spanningtree,E-9,E-10super rootredundancy,4-25super rootselection,4-25Rootsubnet,Glossary-8RouteAccess Protocol,E-5RouterAdvertisement,E-5Routerprotocoltypes,E-4RouterSelection,E-5RoutersARPtables,4-22autoARPminutes,4-22B-routers,E-3Class Baddresses,4-17filteringexample,4-48,4-50GRE frames,4-83infiniteleases,4-21IPX,4-48,4-50menu option,4-16,4-18obtainingaddress throughDHCP,4-20
INDEX "6710 Access PointUser’sGuide Index-11Routers(Continued)OWL/IPconfiguringrouting,4-83framesforwarded,E-5framesnotforwarded,E-4insamplenetwork,E-13,E-19installationlimitations,E-2overview,E-1redundancy,E-10roamingacross boundaries,E-1,E-3Telnetsession,4-6updatingroutingtables,4-22Web browsersession,4-88RoutingInformationProtocol,E-5Rubberfeet,2-18Run Filecommand,5-25,5-26Run FlashBootFilecommand,5-23,5-24SS-UHFradioantennaconnector,D-3attachmechanisms,2-6channelization,D-1countries,D-2datarates,D-1,D-3,D-4designatedbridging,4-57dualradio options,2-9filename,4-76,5-1,5-6frequencies,D-1frequencyandseparationguidelines,D-10increasingsystemthrough-put,D-8installationguidelines,D-5installingmultipleaccess points,D-6PCcard,3-19singleaccess point,D-6menu options,4-76outputpower,D-1partnumbers,D-2predictingcoverage,D-5range,D-1receiversensitivity,D-1recommendedfloodinglevel,4-36S-UHFradio(Continued)regulatorycompliances,D-2reusingthefrequency,D-7sitelicense,D-4specifications,D-1technology,D-4transactionrates,D-4,D-6,D-8transmitpower,D-1whipantennas,D-3wireless hops,D-3Safety,A-1Savethispasswordinyourpass-wordlist,4-90Savingtheconfiguration,4-14Scope,4-45,4-46Scriptcommand,5-12Scriptfiles,5-13SCRIPT.DAT,5-13SCRIPT.TXT,5-13ScriptFilenamevariable,5-18SDVarscommand,5-17SecondaryLANsSee alsoDesignatedbridgesbridgepriority,4-57definition,Glossary-8filteringexample,4-48floodingto,4-29,4-32,4-43networkorganization,2-4Slavestation,4-61,4-67wireless hopsto,4-65,4-66[Security],4-14,4-86Security,4-60,4-86,E-7SecurityId,4-60Segment,Glossary-8Separationguidelines,D-10SerialBaudRatecommand,5-23,5-24Serialnumber,4-23Server command,5-9Servernamefield,4-20Serverstartcommand,5-10Serverstopcommand,5-10ServerIPAddress variable,5-18ServersBootp,2-12,4-20class identifierstring,4-21DHCP,2-12,4-19,4-20DHCPservername,4-21filteringlevels,4-33floodingframesinbound,4-29on homesubnet,4-80OWL/IPtunnels,4-80Proxy ARP,2-7servername,4-20TFTP,2-13,5-8,5-9Servicepassword,4-86SessionsDIAGport,3-5,4-2Telnet,3-6,4-6Web browser,3-6,4-88SetBootSegmentcommand,5-25,5-26Setglobally,4-27SetModemInitStringcom-mand,5-25,5-28SetActivePointersvariable,5-21SimpleNetworkManagementProtocol,3-6,G-1Singlefrequency,D-7,D-8Sitelicense,D-4Sitesettings,4-7Sitesurvey,3-7Slavebeaconfrequency,4-70menu option,4-61parameters,4-66synchronizingwithMaster,4-68wireless hops,4-65,4-66,4-67[SlaveParms],4-60,4-66Snamefield,4-20SNAPexample,E-17filtering,4-44header,4-19,4-41SNAP--ARPEthernetfilter,4-46,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85,E-18SNAP--EtherType,4-47,E-18
INDEX "Index-12 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideSNAP--IP--OtherProtocolsEthernetfilter,4-44,4-45example,4-50,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85SNAP--IP--Protocol,4-47SNAP--IP--TCP PortsEthernetfilter,4-44,4-45example,4-50,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85SNAP--IP--TCP--Port,4-47SNAP--IP--UDP PortsEthernetfilter,4-44,4-45example,4-50,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85SNAP--IP--UDP--Port,4-47SNAP--IPXSocketsEthernetfilter,4-44,4-45example,4-50,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85SNAP--IPX--Socket,4-47SNAP--OtherEtherTypesEthernetfilter,4-44,4-45example,4-50,4-51OWL/IPfilter,4-85SNMP,3-6,G-1SNMPconfigurationMIBgroups,G-7SNMPMIBfamily,G-3Softwaredownloadvariables,5-17Sourceaddress,2-3SourceQuench,E-6Spanningtree,2-5,E-9Specifications900 MHzradio,C-1access point,A-1S-UHFradio,D-1WLIFradio,B-1Splitter,B-6SRzcommand,5-23,5-24StartTimevariable,5-18StaticAddress Table,4-42[StaticAddresses],4-41,4-42Stationmobility,E-12Statusdesignatedbridge,4-57,4-58Ethernetport,4-38,4-40indicatorlights,6-2radioport,4-38,4-40STATUSlightgroup,6-2Stopbits,4-4,4-5Storagetemperature,A-2Subchannel,4-62,4-67Subnetfiltering,E-6Subnetmaskinfiniteleases,4-21menu option,4-17obtainingthroughDHCP,4-18,4-20Telnetsession,4-6Web browsersession,4-88SubnetsAll Subnetsaddressing,4-84AutoARPminutes,4-22connectedbyrouter,4-18definition,Glossary-9mask,4-20OWL/IPaddressinglimitations,E-4choosinghomesubnet,4-80choosingremotesubnets,4-80choosingsuper roots,4-81designatedbridge onre-mote,4-82establishingtunnels,E-10examples,E-13,E-19framefiltering,4-84,E-6frameforwarding,E-11operation,E-2,E-7roamingacross boundaries,E-1,E-12serverson,E-2spanningmultiple,4-79subnetmask,4-6,4-17,4-88[SubTypes1],4-43,4-46,E-17,E-18[SubTypes2],4-43,4-47Super rootcandidates,4-20,4-24configuring,4-24description,2-5EthernetMAC address,4-83flooding,4-29,4-30,4-59Super root(Continued)globalflooding,4-28,4-59globalradioparameters,4-25indicatorlights,6-5OWL/IPfiltering,4-85redundancy,4-80,E-2,E-10tunneloriginator,4-79,4-80redundancy,4-25selection,4-25Slaveradio,4-67Support,customer,1-4SynthesizedUHFradio.See S-UHFradioSynuhf_d.29k,4-76SysteminformationMIBgroups,G-7,G-9SystemMIBfamily,G-3TT-connector,3-3,3-11Tabletopmount,3-8TCPMIBfamily,G-3[Tcpip],4-14,4-16Technicalsupport,1-4Telnet,3-6,4-6,E-18Temperature900 MHzradio,C-1access pointstorage,A-2S-UHFradio,D-1WLIFradio,B-2Terminalemulation,4-2,4-31,4-34Terminatevariable,5-20Terminator,3-3,3-11TFTPclient,2-13,5-10,5-16commands,5-8,5-10RAMsegment,5-3scriptfiles,5-12server,2-13,5-9,5-10softwaredownloadexample,5-29ThickEthernet.See 10BASE5(thick)EthernetThinEthernet.See 10BASE2(thin)Ethernet
INDEX "6710 Access PointUser’sGuide Index-13ThroughputS-UHFradio,D-6,D-8,D-10WLIFradio,4-68,4-69TimeExceeded,E-6TimeStamp,E-6TimeStampReply,E-6TokenRing,2-3Top-levelpassword,4-12,4-86TraceRoute,E-6Transactionrates,D-4,D-6,D-8Translatingbridges,2-2,2-4TransmissionMIBfamily,G-3Transmitmode,4-69,4-72,4-73Transmitpower,D-1Troubleshooting,6-1TunnelsSee alsoOWL/IPestablishing,E-10example,E-15,E-21floodingparameters,E-9floodingrestrictions,E-4frameforwarding,E-11installationlimitations,E-2numberallowed,E-2,E-13operation,E-7origination,E-9overview,E-2permanentfilters,E-4[TXFilter]defaultsettings,E-6menu option,4-82,4-84outboundframes,E-11Type,OWL/IP,4-83TypeII PCcard,2-17,3-19,D-1TypeIII PCcard900 MHzradio,C-1installing,3-17,3-18PCcardslots,2-17WLIFradio,B-1TypeNcableconnector,B-6TypeNpolarizedcableconnec-tor,B-6UUDP,4-44,4-47,E-5UDPMIBfamily,G-3[UHF],4-38,4-39,4-76UHF FragSize,4-25,4-26,4-27UHFradio.See S-UHFradioUHFRfpThreshold,4-25,4-26,4-27UnicastARPrequests,4-36definition,Glossary-9floodingandfloodregister,4-36,4-59checklist,4-31inbound,4-28outboundtosecondaries,4-29outboundtostations,4-30S-UHFradio,4-36OWL/IP,4-83,4-84permanentaddresses,4-42staticaddresses,4-42UniformResourceLocator,4-89Unlisted,4-46URL,4-89Username,4-90USTART29.BIN,5-1,5-6,5-7,5-9UTP Ethernet.See 10BASE-T(UTP)EthernetVValue,4-27,4-56ValueId,4-53,4-55,4-56[Values],4-52,4-56Vampiretap,3-4VersionsEthernet,4-19,Glossary-3FLASH,1-1,5-9ROM,1-1,5-9Verticalmount,3-9Viewcommand,4-13,4-14Viewingtheconfiguration,4-14Voltages,A-1WW-LINKlight,6-2Web browser,3-6,4-88Weight,A-2Whipantennas,B-3,C-2,D-3Width,A-2Wiredaccess points,Glossary-1Wiredbridges,Glossary-1Wireless access points,4-61,Glossary-1Wireless hopsdefinition,Glossary-4,Glossa-ry-9example,2-15S-UHFradio,D-3WLIFradio,4-62,4-65Wireless PCcards900 MHzspecifications,C-1installing,3-17S-UHFspecifications,D-1slots,2-17WLIFspecifications,B-1Wireless stations900 MHzradio options,4-75ARPservermode,4-36attachingtoMaster,4-61,4-67,4-70attachingtoSlave,4-65beaconfrequency,4-70channel,4-75definition,Glossary-5,Glossa-ry-10differentsubnets,4-79filtering,2-8,4-43filteringexamples,4-48floodinginboundframes,4-29multicastframes,4-32multicastorbroadcastframes,4-33requiredlevels,4-31TCP/IP,4-35helloperiod,4-40homesubnet,4-81,E-2,E-4IPaddresses,4-81,E-2,E-4IPnetworking,4-81LANID,4-24learningIPaddressesof,4-36MobileIP,E-13mode,4-75ondifferentsubnets,E-1
INDEX "Index-14 6710 Access PointUser’sGuideWireless stations(Continued)pendingmessages,2-5powermanagement,2-5securityID,4-60subnetfiltering,E-6[WLIF],4-38,4-39,4-60WLIFradioantennacablesandconnec-tors,B-6antennaregulations,B-3countries,B-2datarates,B-1dualradio options,2-9,4-65flooding,4-30frequencies,B-1installing,3-17menu options,4-60outputpower,B-1partnumbers,B-2range,B-1regulatorycompliances,B-2remoteantennakits,B-3specifications,B-1whipantenna,B-3Writecommand,4-14Writingtheconfiguration,4-14XXcommand,5-25,5-28YYagiantennas,B-5YmodemFileDownloadcom-mand,5-23YmodemFiletoPCMCIAcom-mand,5-25,5-27

Navigation menu